产品描述：
CQDST120 CQDST240s CQDST277s CQDST480s CQDST600
CQDST12 CQDST24 CQDST48 CQDST125
Auxiliary Switch
240 125 1A–1B CQDA1
240 125 2A–2B CQDA2
Alarm Switch
240 125 CQDBA
Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Combinations
24 — 120 — 240 — 277 — 480 — 600 —
— 12 — 24 — 48 — 125
CQDST24AASs CQDST120AASs CQDST240AASs CQDST277AASs CQDST480AASs CQDST600AASs
CQDST12DASs CQDST24DASs CQDST48DASs CQDST125DASs
Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations
BQD, BQD6, CQD, NGG,
hGG, LGG, NGB, hGB CQDA1BAs and LGB
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. aAdds 1-pole space for accessory.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
EG 125A Frame Selection/Dimensions
Type NEG (Cable In - Cable Out)
HEG
Continuous Ampere Rating @ 40°C
1-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
4-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
15 NEG1B015La 20 NEG1B020La 25 NEG1B025Lb 30 NEG1B030Lb
35 NEG1B035Lb 40 NEG1B040Lb 45 NEG1B045Lb 50 NEG1B050Lb 60 NEG1B060L
70 NEG1B070L 80 NEG1B080L 90 NEG1B090L
100 NEG1B100L
110 NEG1B110L 125 NEG1B125L
b b
NEG2B015Lb NEG2B020Lb NEG2B025Lb NEG2B030Lb
NEG2B035Lb NEG2B040Lb NEG2B045Lb NEG2B050Lb NEG2B060L
NEG2B070L NEG2B080L NEG2B090L NEG2B100L
NEG2B110L NEG2B125L
NEG3B015L NEG3B020L NEG3B025L NEG3B030L
NEG3B035L NEG3B040L NEG3B045L NEG3B050L NEG3B060L
NEG3B070L NEG3B080L NEG3B090L NEG3B100L
NEG3B110L NEG3B125L
HEG3B015L HEG3B020L HEG3B025L HEG3B030L
HEG3B035L HEG3B040L HEG3B045L HEG3B050L HEG3B060L
HEG3B070L HEG3B080L HEG3B090L HEG3B100L
HEG3B110L HEG3B125L
NEG4B015L NEG4B020L NEG4B025L NEG4B030L
NEG4B035L NEG4B040L NEG4B045L NEG4B050L NEG4B060L
NEG4B070L NEG4B080L NEG4B090L NEG4B100L
NEG4B110L NEG4B125L
HEG4B015L HEG4B020L HEG4B025L HEG4B030L
HEG4B035L HEG4B040L HEG4B045L HEG4B050L HEG4B060L
HEG4B070L HEG4B080L HEG4B090L HEG4B100L
HEG4B110L HEG4B125L
Type HEG (Cable In - Cable Out)
3.0
5.5
NEG, HEG
Continuous Ampere Rating @ 40°C
1-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
4-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
15 HEG1B015La 20 HEG1B020La 25 HEG1B025Lb 30 HEG1B030Lb
35 HEG1B035Lb 40 HEG1B040Lb 45 HEG1B045Lb 50 HEG1B050Lb 60 HEG1B060L
70 HEG1B070L 80 HEG1B080L 90 HEG1B090L
100 HEG1B100L
110 HEG1B110L 125 HEG1B125L
b b
HEG2B015Lb HEG2B020Lb HEG2B025Lb HEG2B030Lb
HEG2B035Lb HEG2B040Lb HEG2B045Lb HEG2B050Lb HEG2B060L
HEG2B070L HEG2B080L HEG2B090L HEG2B100L
HEG2B110L HEG2B125L
Line and load lugs are included as standard. hACR rated.
Suitable for screw mounting.
Shipping Weights
Interrupting Ratings
Lugs For 60/75°C Wire
Number of Poles
Number per Carton
Shipping Weight lbs. (kg)
1 2 3 4
1 1 1 1
1.1 (0.5) 2.0 (0.9) 3.1 (1.4) 3.9 (1.8)
NEG/HEG
Ampere Rating
Wire Size
Catalog Number
15–125A
#14 – 3/0 AWG Cu (steel lugs)
3TW1EG30 (qty. 3)
15–125Ad
#14 – 1/0 AWG Cu #14 – 1/0 AWG Al
3TA1EG10 (qty. 3)
15–125Ad
#6 - 3/0 AWG Cu #6 - 3/0 AWG AI
3TA1EG30 (qty. 3)
15–125A
Nut Keeper plate w/ screw (for crimp terminals)
TNKE3 (3-Pole) TNKE4 (4-Pole)
Breaker Type
Number of
Poles
UL 489 AIR
IEC 60947-2
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
Volts AC(50/60Hz)
Volts DC
220/240
380/415
Volts DC
240
277
347
480
600/347
125
125/250
lcu
lcs
lcu
lcs
125
125/250
NEG
01
085
35
22
—
—
35
—
85
43
—
—
35
—
2, 3, 4
085
—
—
35
22c
—
35
85
43
40
20
—
35
hEG
01
0100
65
25
—
—
42
—
100
50
—
—
42
—
2, 3, 4
0100
—
—
65
25c
—
42
100
50
70
35
—
42
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
a SWD rated. c Applies to 3 & 4-pole breakers only.
b hID rated 277 VAC. d Optional lugs for NEG and hEG Accessories pages 7-44 and 7-95 to 7-100
breakers.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-43
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for NEG and HEG 125A Frame Selection
Control Voltage
NEG, HEG, NEB, HEB Catalog Number
V AC
V DC
110-240 — 380-600 24-60
—
125 — 24-60
STRER240A STRED125D STREV600 STREM60D
Maximum Voltage
Number of Contacts
NEG, HEG,
NEB, HEB Catalog Number
AC DC
240 125 240 125
1A–1B 2A–2B
ASKE2 ASKE3
Maximum Voltage
Number of Contacts
NEG, HEG,
NEB, HEB Catalog Number
AC DC
240 125 240 125
1A–1B 2A–2B
ASKE1 ASKE5
Control Voltage
NEG, HEG,
NEB, HEB Catalog Number
AC
DC
24 60 120 240 480 600
UVREB24A UVREM60s UVREN120 UVRER240 UVREU480s UVREV600s
24
48 125 250
UVREB24D UVREC48Ds UVRED125Ds UVREE250Ds
For Breaker Catalog Number
NEG, HEG ASKE6
7-44
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Shunt Trip
Auxiliary Switch
Alarm Switch
Undervoltage Trip
Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
ED 125A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Ordering Instructions
All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add ”L” suffix to catalog number. Consult Siemens sales office for any addditional charge
50°C Calibration, 400HZ - see page 7-91. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected
Type ED2e 015
020 25 030 35 040 45 050 060 070 80 90 100
Type ED4e 015
020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 110 125
Type ED6e 15
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90
100 110 125
ED21B015dn ED21B020dn ED21B025n ED21B030n ED21B035n ED21B040n ED21B045n ED21B050n ED21B060n ED21B070n ED21B080n ED21B090n ED21B100n
ED41B015d ED41B020d ED41B025 ED41B030 ED41B035n ED41B040 ED41B045n ED41B050 ED41B060 ED41B070 ED41B080n ED41B090n ED41B100 ED41B110 —
ED61B015 ED61B020 ED61B025 ED61B030 ED61B035 ED61B040 ED61B045n ED61B050 ED61B060 ED61B070n ED61B080 ED61B090 ED61B100n —
—
ED22B015 ED22B020 ED22B025n ED22B030 ED22B035n ED22B040 ED22B045n ED22B050 ED22B060 ED22B070 ED22B080n ED22B090n ED22B100
—
ED42B020 ED42B025 ED42B030 ED42B035n ED42B040 ED42B045n ED42B050 ED42B060 ED42B070 ED42B080n ED42B090n ED42B100 ED42B110n ED42B125
—
ED63B020 ED63B025 ED63B030 ED63B035 ED63B040 ED63B045 ED63B050 ED63B060 ED63B070 ED63B080 ED63B090 ED63B100 ED63B110 ED63B125
Blue Label
ED23B015 ED23B020 ED23B025n ED23B030 ED23B035n ED23B040 ED23B045n ED23B050 ED23B060 ED23B070 ED23B080 ED23B090n ED23B100
Blue Label
ED43B015 ED43B020 ED43B025 ED43B030 ED43B035 ED43B040 ED43B045 ED43B050 ED43B060 ED43B070 ED43B080 ED43B090 ED43B100 ED43B110 ED43B125
Blue Label
ED63D015L ED63D020L ED63D025L ED63D030L ED63D035L ED63D040L ED63D045L ED63D050L ED63D060L —
—
—
—
—
—
Shipping Weights
Lugs
Aluminum Body Lugs
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6
1 30 38 2 10 25 3 10 38
CED6
2 5 20 3 5 30
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
1-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
120V AC 125V DC
125V DC 240V AC 250V DC
240V AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
No. of Poles
Catalog Number
Wire Range
All 15–25A
All 30–100A
ED2, 4, CED6 30–60A
ED2, 4, CED6 70–100A
ED2, 4,
HED4, HHED6 30–100A
ED6 20-50A
All 110, 125A
1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1
1
2, 3
2, 3 2, 3
Line/Load
SA1E025
Line Side
LN1E100
Load Side
LD1E060
Load Side
LD1E100
Load Side
LN1E100
Line Side
LN1E100
Line/Load
TA1E6125
Line/Load
TC1ED6150c
CCE125
#14–#10 Cu #12–#10 Al
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
#10–#4 Cu/Al
#6–#1/0 Cu/Al
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
#3–3/0 Cu #1–2/0 Al
#10–1/0 Cu only
2/0
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
1-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
120V AC
277V AC 125V DC
480V AC 250V DC
480V AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Copper Body Lugs
All 30–125A 1, 2, 3
Compression Lugs
All ED, HHED, CED
Enclosures (Neutral Included)f
Type
1 (Surface) 1 (Flush) 3R
4–4X
4–4X
4–4X (316SS) 7–9
7–9
12
1 (Surface)
1 (Flush)
3R
12
Catalog Number
E2N1S (15–100A) E2N1F (15–100A) E2N3R (15–100A) ED6SS4 (15–100A) ED6S4 (15–100A) ED6S4316 (15–100A) EA (15–60A)
EB (70–100A) E2N12 (15–100A) CED6N1S b CED6N1F b CED6N3R b CED6N12 b
Continuous Current Rating
@ 40°C
1-Polea
2-Pole
3-Pole
3-Pole
347V AC
600V AC 250V DC
600V AC 500V DC
600V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
—
ED62B020 ED62B025n ED62B030 ED62B035n ED62B040n ED62B045n ED62B050n —
—
—
—
—
—
—
Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489 Supplement SB “Naval”— See page 7-91 for additional information
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. aCSA Certified only (Not UL)
all 110–125 ampere ED frames. 7-88.
b For
c See
dSWD rated.
e hACR rated.
f Not for use with hhED6 breakers.
CED types and Note: A, page
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6 Accessoriespages7-47and7-95to7-100
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-45
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
ED 125A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions
Black Label
FIGURE1 - ED, hED, hhED
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
1-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
277V AC 125V DC
480V AC 250V DC
480V AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
D D1
H
??
??
W3
1-POLE
FIGURE 2 - CED (3-Pole shown)
??
W1 W2
2-POLE 3-POLE
H
W2, W3
Black Label Red Label
Continuous Current Rating
@ 40°C
3-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
600V AC
600V AC, 250V DC
600V AC, 500V DCb
Catalog Numberf
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
??
D D1
Breaker Type
W1
W2
W3
H
D
D1
Breaker Type
UL 489 AIR (File #E10848)
IEC 947-2
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
Volts AC
Volts DC
220/240
380/415
500
120
240
277
347
480
600
125
250
500b
600
lcu
lcs
lcu
lcs
lcu
lcs
7-46
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type HED4e
015 HED41B015a
020 HED41B020a 25 HED41B025 030 HED41B030
35 HED41B035n 040 HED41B040
45 HED41B045n 050 HED41B050n 060 HED41B060n 070 HED41B070n
80 HED41B080n
90 HED41B090n 100 HED41B100n 110 —
125 —
HED42B015 HED42B020 HED42B025n HED42B030 HED42B035n HED42B040 HED42B045n HED42B050 HED42B060n HED42B070n HED42B080n HED42B090n HED42B100n HED42B110n HED42B125n
HED43B015 HED43B020 HED43B025 HED43B030 HED43B035 HED43B040 HED43B045 HED43B050 HED43B060 HED43B070 HED43B080 HED43B090 HED43B100 HED43B110 HED43B125
Type HHED6e
015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060
070 080 090 100
110 125
HHED63B015A HHED63B020 HHED63B025 HHED63B030 HHED63B035 HHED63B040 HHED63B045 HHED63B050 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type CED6e
CED62B015 CED62B020n — CED62B030n — CED62B040n — CED62B050n CED62B060n
CED62B070n CED62B080n CED62B090n CED62B100n
—
CED62B125n
25 18 ——
— —
— —
42 —
CED63B015 CED63B020 — CED63B030 — CED63B040 — CED63B050 CED63B060
CED63B070 CED63B080 CED63B090 CED63B100
CED63B110n CED63B125
— —
5(2-P) —
— —
30(2-P) —
30 — — 18 (3-P) — —
— —
— —
30(2-P) —
— —
50 (2-P) 30 (3-P)
Dimensions (in inches)
Fuseless Current Limiting
Figure 1 ED2, ED4, ED6, hED4, ED6 ETIc Figure 1 hhED6 Figure 2 CED6, CED6 ETIc
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— 65 17 10 — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
— — —
1 2 3 6.353.924.56 — 2 3 6.53 3.92 4.56
— 2
3 9.58 3.92 4.56
Interrupting Ratings
ED2(1-P)
ED2(2,3-P)
ED4(1-P)
ED4(2,3-P)
ED6(1P)
ED6(2,3-P)
ED6(3-P)
hED4 (1-P)
(15–30A)
hED4 (1-P)
(35–100A)
hED4(2,3-P)
hhED6(2,3-P) — 100 — — CED6 (2, 3-P) — 200 — —
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aSWD rated.
bWhen wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems.
5 —
30 —
—
—
—
30
30 —
10 — — —
— 10 — —
65 — 22 —
— 65 — —
— — — 30d — —
— —
— —
— —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
35 9 18 5
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
18 —
— 65 — — — — — —
100 — 65 —
100 — 25 — — 100 — —
65 18f —
200 100 —
c ED6-ETI, CED6-ETI, see page 7-74 for ordering information.
d Single Pole 15-30A 30KA @ 347V non-UL. 35-100A 18KA @ 347V non-UL.
e hACR rated.
f hhED63B015A is rated 18KAIC at 600/347V.
Product Category MCCB
?? ??
??
??
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
??
??
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Accessories Selection
Accessories for:
ED 125A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Shunt Trip
1 Auxiliary Switch and 1 Alarm Switch
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Alarm Switch
1 Shunt Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
024 048 120 208 240 277 480
S17ED60 S18ED60 S01ED60 — S03ED60 S15ED60s S04ED60
—
—
S01ED62A S02ED62As S03ED62A S15ED64As S04ED64As
—
—
S01ED62AB S02ED62ABs S03ED62AB S15ED64ABs S04ED64ABs
—
—
S01ED62B S02ED62Bs S03ED62Bs S15ED64Bs S04ED64Bs
—
—
S01ED62AA S02ED62AAs S03ED62AAs —
—
012 024 048 125 250
S16ED60s S07ED60 S09ED60s S11ED60s S13ED60s
S16ED62As S07ED62A S09ED62As S11ED62As S13ED62As
—
S07ED62ABs S09ED62ABs S11ED62ABs S13ED62ABs
—
S07ED62Bs S09ED62Bs S11ED62Bs S13ED62Bs
—
S07ED62AAs S09ED62AAs S11ED62AAs S13ED62AAs
Combinations
Available only when ordered together. Only one module can be added to a breaker. Additional accessories, which always attach to the left pole, cannot be added to the combination later. Adds 1 inch pole space.
Equipment
Ground Sensing
A field addable kit containing 30mA or 5 mA ground fault accessory module, current transformer with 24 inch leads, and current transformer mounting equipment. Current transformer to mount in gutter of lighting panel or any control panel. Accessory module operates from separate 120V control power source.
Both 30MA and 5MA devices are equipment protection devices only.
Do not use for personnel protection.
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch and
1 Alarm Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Alarm Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
120 208 240 277 480 600
U01ED60 U02ED60s U03ED60 U16ED60s U06ED60s U08ED60s
U01ED62A U02ED62As U03ED62As U16ED64As U06ED64As —
U01ED62ABs U02ED62ABs U03ED62ABs U16ED64ABs U06ED64ABs —
U01ED62Bs U02ED62Bs U03ED62Bs U16ED64Bs U06ED64Bs —
U01ED62AAs U02ED62AAs U03ED62AAs —
—
—
024 048 125 250
U13ED60 U14ED60s U10ED60s U12ED60s
U13ED62As U14ED62As U10ED62As U12ED62As
U13ED62ABs U14ED62ABs U10ED62ABs —
U13ED62Bs U14ED62Bs U10ED62Bs —
U13ED62AAs U14ED62AAs U10ED62AAs U12ED62AAs
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Maximum Voltage
AC DC
240 250
480
1 Auxiliary Switch
Catalog Number
A01ED62
A01ED64
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
Catalog Number
A01ED62B
A01ED64B
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
A02ED62
—
1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
A02ED62B
—
GF01ED60
Maximum Voltage
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC DC
Catalog Number
12
A01EDLV Gold Plated Contacts—for PLC use
Alarm Switch Only
Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit — Equipment Protection Only
Maximum Voltage
1 Alarm Switch
AC DC
Catalog Number
240 250
B00ED62
480
B00ED64
For Use With Breaker Frame
Number of Poles
Description
Catalog Number
30mA
5mA
CED6, ED2, ED4 ED6, EFC, EFF, hED4, hhED6
1, 2, 3
Basic Kit
GF01ED60
GF01ED65
Basic Kit with Normally Open Bell Alarm
GF01ED60B0
GF01ED65B0s
Basic Kit with Normally Closed Bell Alarm
GF01ED60BC
GF01ED65BCs
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-47
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FD 250A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Ordering Information
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Prices of FD6, hFD6, and hhFD6 breakers includes frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TA1FD350A). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled with- out Lugs
Prices of FXD6, hFXD6, hhFXD6, and CFD6 includes frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA1FD350A) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400 Hz Applications see page 7-91.
Blue Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Blue Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Wire Range
TA1FD350A
#6—350 kcmil Cu #4—350 kcmil Al
TC1FD350
#6—350 kcmil Cu
Compression Lug
CCF250 350 kcmil Cu/Al
Type
Catalog Number
1
3R
4-4X
7-9
12 Neutral d
F6N1S(F) F6N3R FD6SS4 EC2 F6N12 N250
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
240
480
600
250
500 c
220/240
380/415
500
lcu
lcs
lcu
lcs
lcu
lcs
FXD6-A, FD6-A
65
35
22
30 (2-P)
18 (3-P)
65
33
35
9
—
—
hFXD6, hFD6
100
65
25
30 (2-P)
25 (3-P)
100
50
65
33
—
—
hhFD6, hhFXD6
200
100
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CFD6
200
200
100
30 (2-P)
50 (3-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-50 and 7-95 to 7-100
Breaker Ampere Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20% Tolerance Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
+20% Tolerance High
170-90 100-110 125-150 175-200 225-250
600 700 800 900 1100
640 770 900 1060 1300
690 840 1000 1210 1500
730 920 1100 1370 1700
770 990 1200 1520 1900
810 1060 1300 1780 2100
850 1140 1400 1930 2300
900 1200 1500 2000 2500
7-48
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type FXD6-Aaf
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker – Without Lugs)
70 80 90
100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250
Type FD6-Af
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb 70 FD62B070n 80 FD62B080n 90 FD62B090n 100 FD62B100n 110 FD62B110n 125 FD62B125n
150 FD62B150 175 FD62B175n 200 FD62B200 225 FD62B225n 250 FD62B250n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc 70 FD63B070n 80 FD63B080n 90 FD63B090n
FXD62B070n FXD62B080n FXD62B090n FXD62B100 FXD62B110n FXD62B125 FXD62B150 FXD62B175 FXD62B200 FXD62B225 FXD62B250
FXD63B070 FXD63B080 FXD63B090 FXD63B100 FXD63B110 FXD63B125 FXD63B150 FXD63B175 FXD63B200 FXD63B225 FXD63B250
FD62T070n FD62T080n FD62T090n FD62T100n FD62T110n FD62T125n FD62T150 FD62T175n FD62T200 FD62T225n FD62T250n
FD63T070n FD63T080n FD63T090n FD63T100 FD63T110n FD63T125 FD63T150 FD63T175 FD63T200 FD63T225 FD63T250
FD62F250
100 FD63B100
110 FD63B110n
125 FD63B125 FD63F250 150 FD63B150
175 FD63B175
200 FD63B200
225 FD63B225
250 FD63B250
Interrupting Ratings
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”. See page 7-91 for additional information.
Lugs For 75°C Wiree
Enclosures
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aType FXD6-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse fed applications.
b2-pole units are 3-pole width.
c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
d Order neutral as separate item.
e See Note: A, page 7-88.
f hACR rated.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FD 250A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions
Type HFD6, Type HFXD6bcde
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
Black Label
FD62T070n FD62T080n FD62T090n FD62T100n FD62T110n FD62T125n FD62T150n FD62T175n FD62T200n FD62T225n FD62T250n
FD63T070n FD63T080n FD63T090n FD63T100 FD63T110n FD63T125 FD63T150 FD63T175 FD63T200 FD63T225 FD63T250
FD63T070n FD63T080n FD63T090n FD63T100 FD63T110n FD63T125 FD63T150 FD63T175 FD63T200 FD63T225 FD63T250
?W? Figure 1 Figure 2
L
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
70 HFD62B070n 80 HFD62B080n 90 HFD62B090n
100 HFD62B100n 110 HFD62B110n 125 HFD62B125n 150 HFD62B150n 175 HFD62B175n 200 HFD62B200n 225 HFD62B225n 250 HFD62B250n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCa
70 HFD63B070n 80 HFD63B080n 90 HFD63B090n
100 HFD63B100 110 HFD63B110n 125 HFD63B125 150 HFD63B150 175 HFD63B175 200 HFD63B200 225 HFD63B225 250 HFD63B250
HFD62F250
HFD63F250
Dimensions (in inches)
Shipping Weights
Breaker Type
W
L
D
D1
(to handle)
Figure 1
FXD6-A, FD6-A, hFD6, hFXD6, hhFD6, FD6-ETId
4.50
09.50
4
5.25
Figure 2 CFD6, CFD6-ETI d
4.50
14.25
4
5.25
Type HHFD, HHFXD6bce 3-Pole 600V AC, Extra High Interrupting
70 HHFD63B070n 80 HHFD63B080n 90 HHFD63B090n
100 HHFD63B100 110 HHFD63B110n 125 HHFD63B125 150 HHFD63B150 175 HHFD63B175 200 HHFD63B200 225 HHFD63B225 250 HHFD63B250
Type CFD6-Ace Fuseless Current Limiting
HHFD63F250
Red Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6, FXD6-A
Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
070 080 090 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems.
b For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole hFD6 type circuit
CFD63B070n CFD63B080n CFD63B090n CFD63B100n CFD63B110n CFD63B125n CFD63B150 CFD63B175 CFD63B200 CFD63B225 CFD63B250
breaker, change prefix identifier from hFD6 to hFXD6. Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price of hFXD63B250 equals price of hFD63F250 plus price of FD63T250. Order lugs separately.
c Type hFXD6, hhFXD6, CFD6 are UL Listed for reverse feed applications.
d FXD6, ETI, CFD6, ETI — See page 7-74 for ordering information.
e hACR rated.
Product Category MCCB
2 1 08.6 3 1 10
FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6 Frame Only
2 1 07.5 3 1 08.7
FD6 Trip Unit Only
2 1 01.1 3 1 01.3
CFD6 Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals)
3 1 16
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-49
??
D
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories Selection
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Voltage
1 Auxiliary Switch
2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
7-50
S01FD60
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Accessories:
for FD, FFC & FFF 250A Frames
Shunt Trip Combinations
024 120 240 277 480 600
S17FD60 S01FD60 S03FD60 S15FD60s S04FD60 S06FD60s S16FD60s S07FD60 S09FD60s S11FD60 S13FD60s
012 024 048 125 250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
120 U01FD60
208 U02FD60s
240 U03FD60
277 U16FD60s
480 U06FD60s
600 U08FD60s
024 U13FD60
048 U14FD60s
125 U10FD60s
250 U12FD60s
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
240 A01FD62
480 A01FD64
12 A01FDLV
Alarm Switch Combinations
W01FD64
W02FD64s
W03FD64s
W16FD64s
W06FD64s
—
W13FD64
W14FD64s
W10FD64s
W12FD64s
A02FD62
A02FD64
Gold Plated Contacts - for PLC use
480 250
B00FD64 C01FD64
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aAuxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum. Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new
Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Ordering Information
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Prices of JD6, hJD6, and hhJD6 breakers include frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled with- out Lugs
Prices of JXD6, hJXD6, hhJXD6, and CJD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole).
100% Rated (3-pole only)
Types JXD6 and hJXD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings.
To order add suffix “h” to catalog number, and 10% to list price.n 100% rated JD breakers require the use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs TC1J6600
or TC2J6500.
50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400Hz Applications see page 7-91.
Blue Label
Type JXD2-Ad
240V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC Only
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole (3-Pole Width) Catalog Number
3-Pole
Catalog Number
200 JXD22B200n 225 JXD22B225n 250 JXD22B250n 300 JXD22B300 350 JXD22B350n 400 JXD22B400
Type JXD6-Aad
600V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC, 3-Pole 500V DCb
JXD23B200 JXD23B225 JXD23B250 JXD23B300 JXD23B350 JXD23B400
Blue Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
200 225 250 300 350 400
Type JD6-Ad
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 200 JD62B200n
225 JD62B225n 250 JD62B250n 300 JD62B300n 350 JD62B350n 400 JD62B400
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCb 200 JD63B200 225 JD63B225 250 JD63B250 300 JD63B300 350 JD63B350 400 JD63B400
Interrupting Ratings
JXD62B200n JXD62B225n JXD62B250n JXD62B300 JXD62B350n JXD62B400
JD62F400
JD63F400
JXD63B200 JXD63B225 JXD63B250 JXD63B300 JXD63B350 JXD63B400
Blue Label
JD62T200n JD62T225n JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400
JD63T200 JD63T225 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Lugs For 75°C Wirec
Catalog Number
Cables per Lug
Wire Range
TA2J6500
1, 2 2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu #4/0-500 kcmil Al
TA1L6750
1 1
500-750 kcmil Al 500-600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600
1
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu
TC2J6500
1, 2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu
Compression Lug
CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
220/240
380/415
500
240
480
600
250
500 b
lcu
lcs
lcu
lcs
lcu
lcs
JXD2-A
065
—
—
30 (2-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JXD6-A, JD6-A
065
035
025
30 (2-P)
25 (3-P)
065
033
040
20
—
—
hJD6-A, hJXD6-A
100
065
035
30 (2-P)
35 (3-P)
100
050
065
33
—
—
hhJD6, hhJXD6
200
100
050
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CJD6-A
200
150
100
30 (2-P)
50 (3-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Breaker Ampere Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20% Tolerance Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
+20% Tolerance
High
200-300
1250
1430
1610
1790
1960
2140
2320
2500
350-400
2000
2290
2570
2860
3140
3430
3710
4000
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aType JXD2 and JXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications.
bWhen wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only.
cSee Note: A, page 7-88.
d hACR rated.
Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B
“NAVAL.” See page 7-91 for additional information.
Product Category MCCB
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-54 and 7-95 to 7-100
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-51
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions
Black Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
D1
?W?
Figure 1 Figure 2
Breaker Type
W
L
D
To Handle D1
Figure 1
JXD2-A, JXD6-A, JD6-A hJD6-A, hJXD6-A, hhJD6, hJD6, hJXD6, hhJXD6, JXD6-ETI,c SJD6, ShJD6
7.5
11
4
5.44
Figure 2
CJD6, CJD6-ETI,c SCJD6
7.5
17.86
4
5.44
Black Label
Type
Catalog Number
1
3R
12
4X
7, 9 (200-250A) 7, 9 (300-400A)
J6N1 J6N3R J6N12 LD6SS4 EC4
EE
Neutral
W60992
Red Label
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
JXD2, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2 1 17.5 3 1 19.5
JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Frame Only
2 1 14
3 1 15.5
JD6 Trip Unit Only
2 1 03.5 3 1 04
CJD6 Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
3 1 31.5
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
7-52
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type HJD6-A, HJXD6-Abdf
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 200 HJD62B200n
225 HJD62B225n
250 HJD62B250n
JD62T200n JD62T225n JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400
JD63T200 JD63T225 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400
JD62T200n JD62T225n JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400
JD63T200 JD63T225 JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400
300 HJD62B300n 350 HJD62B350n 400 HJD62B400n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCabe
200 HJD63B200 225 HJD63B225 250 HJD63B250 300 HJD63B300 350 HJD63B350 400 HJD63B400
Type HHJD6, HHJXD6bdf
2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width) 200 HHJD62B200n 225 HHJD62B225n 250 HHJD62B250n 300 HHJD62B300n 350 HHJD62B350n 400 HHJD62B400n
3-Pole 600VAC
200 HHJD63B200 225 HHJD63B225 250 HHJD63B250 300 HHJD63B300 350 HHJD63B350 400 HHJD63B400
Type CJD6-A ef Fuseless Current Limiting
HJD62F400n
HJD63F400
HHJD62F400n
HHJD63F400
Dimensions (in inches)
Enclosures (Except SCJD6)
Shipping Weights
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
200
CJD63B200n CJD63B225n CJD63B250n CJD63B300n CJD63B350n CJD63B400
225 For 2-pole application 250 use outside poles of
300 3-pole circuit breaker 350
400
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
2-pole units available in 3-pole construction.
a When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only.
b For non-interchangeable 3-pole hJD6 or hhJD6 type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to hJXD6 or hhJXD6. Price equals price of frame plus price of trip, e.g. price of hJXD63B400 equals price of hJD63F400 plus price of JD63T400. Order lugs separately.
c JXD6-ETI, CJD6-ETI see page 7-74 for ordering information. d Type hJXD6, hhJXD6 Circuit Breakers are UL listed for
reverse fed applications.
e CE applies to non-interchangeable type hJXD6-A only. f hACR rated.
Product Category MCCB
??
D
D
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection
Ordering Information
Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series SJD frames is for complete breaker only – price required lugs as separate items – lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.
SJD6 and SCJD6 are acceptable for reverse connection application.
SHJD6 are not acceptable for reverse connection application.
Type SJD6-A
Blue Label
SJD69200n 200 SJD69300n 300 SJD69400n 400
SJD69200Gn 200 SJD69300Gn 300 SJD69400Gn 400
SJD69200NTn 200 SJD69300NTn 300 SJD69400NTn 400
SJD69200NGTn 200 SJD69300NGTn 300 SJD69400NGTn 400
Type SHJD6-A
Black Label
SHJD69200n 200 SHJD69300n 300 SHJD69400n 400
SHJD69200Gn 200 SHJD69300Gn 300 SHJD69400Gn 400
SHJD69200NTn 200 SHJD69300NTn 300 SHJD69400NTn 400
SHJD69200NGTn 200 SHJD69300NGTn 300 SHJD69400NGTn 400
Current Limiting
Type SCJD6-A
Red Label
SCJD69200n 200 SCJD69300n 300 SCJD69400n 400
SCJD69200Gn 200 SCJD69300Gn 300 SCJD69400Gn 400
SCJD69200NTn 200 SCJD69300NTn 300 SCJD69400NTn 400
SCJD69200NGTn 200 SCJD69300NGTn 300 SCJD69400NGTn 400
Shipping Weights
Lugs for 75°C Wirea
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Breaker Type
Number per Carton
Shipping Weight (lbs)
SJD6-A ShJD6-A SCJD6-A
1 1 1
20 20 33
SJD 400A Frame – 100% Ratedb
Type SJD6-A
Blue Label
SJD69200Hn 200 SJD69300Hn 300 SJD69400Hn 400
SJD69200GHn 200 SJD69300GHn 300 SJD69400GHn 400
SJD69200NTHn 200 SJD69300NTHn 300 SJD69400NTHn 400
SJD69200NGTHn 200 SJD69300NGTHn 300 SJD69400NGTHn 400
Type SHJD6-A
Black Label
SHJD69200Hn 200 SHJD69300Hn 300 SHJD69400Hn 400
SHJD69200GHn 200 SHJD69300GHn 300 SHJD69400GHn 400
SHJD69200NTHn 200 SHJD69300NTHn 300 SHJD69400NTHn 400
SHJD69200NGTHn 200 SHJD69300NGTHn 300 SHJD69400NGTHn 400
Neutral Transformers
Catalog Number
No of Cables per Con- nector
Wire Range
TA2J6500
2 2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu #4/0-500 kcmil Al
TA1L6750
1 1
500–750 kcmil Al 500–600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600 TC2J6500 TA2J630
1 2 2
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu #3/0-500 kcmil Cu #4–#3/0-Cu/Al
Compression Lug
CCL600 (1 pc.) #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Interrupting Ratings
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire systems.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aFor additional information, see Note: A, page 7-88. bRefer to the NEC for proper application of 100%
rated devices.
Ampere Rating
200 300 400
Catalog Number
N02SJD N03SJD N04SJD
Suffix Letter Code
Trip Type
Cont Current Setting
Long Time Delay
Instan- taneous Setting
Short Time Pick Up
Short Time Delay
Short Time l2t
Pick Up
Ground Fault Pick Up
Ground Fault Delay
None
LI
u
u
u
G
LIG
u
u
u
u
u
NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
240V AC
480V AC
600V AC
SJD6-A ShJD6-A SCJD6-A
065 100 200
035 065 150
025 035 100
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-54 and 7-95 to 7-100
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-53
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories Selection
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CatalogNumber
Breaker Type
Description
Catalog Number
7-54
S01JLD6
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Sensitrip Ammeter
The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status.
Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit.
Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, hJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, hL6 and SLL circuit breakers.
120 208 240 480
U01JLD6 U02JLD6s U03JLD6 U06JLD6 U13JLD6 U14JLD6s U10JLD6s U12JLD6s
U01JLD62AA U02JLD62AAs U03JLD62AAs U06JLD64AAs U13JLD62AA U14JLD62AAs U10JLD62AAs U12JLD62AAs
024 048 120 240 277 480
S17JLD6 S18JLD6s S01JLD6 S03JLD6 S15JLD6s S04JLD6
S16JLD6s S07JLD6 S09JLD6s S11JLD6 S13JLD6s
—
—
S01JLD62A S03JLD62A S15JLD64As —
S16JLD62As S07JLD62A S09JLD62A S11JLD62As S13JLD62As
U01JLD62A U02JLD62As U03JLD62As U06JLD64As U13JLD62A U14JLD62As U10JLD62As U12JLD62As
A02JLD64
A02JLDLV
A01JLD64B
SADU
SADURMK18
012 024 048 125 250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
024 048 125 250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
480 250 A01JLD64
— 12 A01JLDLV
Alarm Switch Combinations
480 250
B01JLD64
A02JLD64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
SJD, SLD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LD 600A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Ordering Information
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Prices of LD6, hLD6, and hhLD6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled with- out Lugs
Prices of LXD6, hLXD6, hhLXD6, and CLD6 include frame with non- interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole).
100% Rated (3-pole only)
Types LXD6 and hLXD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings.
To order add suffix “h” to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% rated LD breakers require the use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs TC1J6600
or TC2J6500.
50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400Hz Applications see page 7-91.
Type LXD6-Aad Blue Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole (3-Pole Width)
3-Pole
600V AC 250V DC
600V AC 500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
450 500 600
Type LD6-Ad
Interchangeable Trip
LXD62B450n LXD62B500n LXD62B600
LXD63B450 LXD63B500 LXD63B600
Blue Label
JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 LD62T450n LD62T500n LD62T600
JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 LD63T450 LD63T500 LD63T600
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
250 LD62B250n 300 LD62B300n 350 LD62B350n 400 LD62B400 450 LD62B450n 500 LD62B500n 600 LD62B600
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b
250 LD63B250 300 LD63B300 350 LD63B350 400 LD63B400 450 LD63B450 500 LD63B500 600 LD63B600
Interrupting Ratings
LD62F600
LD63F600
Shipping Weights
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
240
480
600
250
500 c
220/240
380/415
500
(lcu)
(lcs)
(lcu)
(lcs)
(lcu)
(lcs)
LD6-A, LXD6-A
065
035
025
30 (2-P)
25 (3-P)
065
033
040
20
—
—
hLD6-A, hLXD6-A
100
065
035
30 (2-P)
35 (3-P)
100
050
065
33
—
—
hhLD6, hhLXD6
200
100
050
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CLD6-A
200
150
100
—
50 (3-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
LXD6, LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2 1 17.5 3 1 19.5
LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Frame Only
2 1 14
3 1 15.5
LD6, HHLD6 Trip Unit Only
2 1 03.5 3 1 04
CLD6 Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
3 1 31.5
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aType LXD6A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse fed applications.
b When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only.
c See Note: A, page 7-88.
d hACR rated.
Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”.
See page 7-91 for additional information.
Lugs For 75°C Wirec
Breaker Ampere Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20% Tolerance Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
+20% Tolerance High
250-300 350-450 500-600
1250 2000 3000
1430 2290 3430
1610 2570 3800
1790 2860 4290
1960 3140 4710
2140 3430 5140
2320 3710 5570
2500 4000 6000
Catalog Number
Cables per Lug
Wire Range
TA2J6500
1, 2 2
#3/0 500 kcmil Cu #4/0 500 kcmil Al
TC2J6500
2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu
TA1L6750
1 1
500-750 kcmil Al 500-600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600
1
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu
Compression Lug
CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-58 and 7-95 to 7-100
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-55
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LD 600A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions
Black Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
D1
Figure 1
L
Breaker Type
W
L
D
To Handle
D1
Figure 1
LXD6-A, LD6-A
hLD6-A
hhLD6, hhLXD6, LXD6–ETI,d SLD6, ShLD6
7.5
11
4
5.44
Figure 2
CLD6,
CLD6-ETI,d SCLD6
7.5
17.86
4
5.44
7-56
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Black Label
L
Figure 2
Type
Catalog Number
1 3R 12 4X 7,9
LD6N1 LD6N3R LD6N12 LD6SS4 ED6
Neutral
W60993
Red Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Type HLD6-A, HLXD6-Abcf
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
250 HLD62B250n 300 HLD62B300n 350 HLD62B350n 400 HLD62B400n 450 HLD62B450n 500 HLD62B500n 600 HLD62B600n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCae
250 HLD63B250 300 HLD63B300 350 HLD63B350 400 HLD63B400 450 HLD63B450 500 HLD63B500 600 HLD63B600
Type HHLD6, HHLXD6bcf
2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width)
250 HHLD62B250n 300 HHLD62B300n 350 HHLD62B350n 400 HHLD62B400n 450 HHLD62B450n 500 HHLD62B500n 600 HHLD62B600n
3-Pole 600V AC
250 HHLD63B250 300 HHLD63B300 350 HHLD63B350 400 HHLD63B400 450 HHLD63B450n 500 HHLD63B500n 600 HHLD63B600n
Type CLD6-Acf Fuseless Current Limiting
HLD62F600n
HLD63F600
HHLD62F600n
HHLD63F600
JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 LD62T450n LD62T500n LD62T600
JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 LD63T450 LD63T500 LD63T600
JD62T250n JD62T300n JD62T350n JD62T400 HHLD62T450n HHLD62T500n HHLD62T600n
JD63T250 JD63T300 JD63T350 JD63T400 HHLD63T450n HHLD63T500n HHLD63T600n
Dimensions (in inches)
Enclosures: (except SCLD6)
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
450 For 2-pole application 500 use outside poles of 600 3-pole circuit breaker
CLD63B450n CLD63B500 CLD63B600
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only.
b For complete assembled 3-pole hLD6 or hhLD6 type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier hLD6 or hhLD6 to hLXD6 or hhLXD6. Price is sum of frame and trip units prices, e.g. price of hLXD63B400 is the price of hLD63F600 plus the price of LD63T600. Order the terminal connectors separately.
cType hLXD6, hhLXD6, & CLD6 Circuit Breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications.
d LXD6-ETI, CLD6-ETI see page 7-74 for ordering information. e CE Applies to non-interchangeable type hLXD only.
f hACR rated.
Product Category MCCB
??
D
D
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SLD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection
Ordering Information
Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series SLD frames is for complete breaker only – price required lugs as separate items – lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.
SLD6 and SCLD6 are suitable for reverse connection application.
SHLD6 are not suitable for reverse connection application.
Type SLD6-A
Blue Label
SLD69300n 300 SLD69400n 400 SLD69500n 500 SLD69600n 600
SLD69300Gn 300 SLD69400Gn 400 SLD69500Gn 500 SLD69600Gn 600
SLD69300NTn 300 SLD69400NTn 400 SLD69500NTn 500 SLD69600NTn 600
SLD69300NGTn 300 SLD69400NGTn 400 SLD69500NGTn 500 SLD69600NGTn 600
Type SHLD6-A
Black Label
SHLD69300n SHLD69400n SHLD69500n SHLD69600n SHLD69300Gn SHLD69400Gn SHLD69500Gn SHLD69600Gn SHLD69300NTn SHLD69400NTn SHLD69500NTn SHLD69600NTn SHLD69300NGTn SHLD69400NGTn SHLD69500NGTn SHLD69600NGTn
300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600 300 400 500 600
Current Limiting
Type SCLD6-A
Red Label
SCLD69300n 300 SCLD69400n 400 SCLD69500n 500 SCLD69600n 600 SCLD69300Gn 300 SCLD69400Gn 400 SCLD69500Gn 500 SCLD69600Gn 600 SCLD69300NTn 300 SCLD69400NTn 400 SCLD69500NTn 500 SCLD69600NTn 600 SCLD69300NGTn 300 SCLD69400NGTn 400 SCLD69500NGTn 500 SCLD69600NGTn 600
Shipping Weights
Neutral Transformers
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Breaker Type
Number per Carton
Shipping Weight (lbs)
SLD6-A ShLD6-A SCLD6-A
1 1 1
20 20 33
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
300 400 500 600
N03SJD N04SJD N05SLD N06SLD
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Interrupting Ratings
Suffix Letter Code
Trip Type
Cont Current Setting
Long Time Delay
Instan- taneous Setting
Short Time Pick Up
Short Time Delay
Short Time l2t
Pick Up
Ground Fault Pick Up
Ground Fault Delay
None
LI
u
u
u
G
LIG
u
u
u
u
u
NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
240V AC
480V AC
600V AC
SLD6-A ShLD6-A SCLD6-A
065 100 200
035 065 150
025 035 100
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item.
For ordering information and terminal connectors see page 7-55; for enclosures, see page 7-56.
100% Rated – Not available in SLD6 Frame.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-57
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories Selection
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CatalogNumber
Breaker Type
Description
Catalog Number
7-58
S01JLD6
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Sensitrip Ammeter
The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status.
Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit.
Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, hJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, hL6 and SLL circuit breakers.
120 208 240 480
U01JLD6 U02JLD6s U03JLD6 U06JLD6 U13JLD6 U14JLD6s U10JLD6s U12JLD6s
U01JLD62AA U02JLD62AAs U03JLD62AAs U06JLD64AAs U13JLD62AA U14JLD62AAs U10JLD62AAs U12JLD62AAs
024 048 120 240 277 480
S17JLD6 S18JLD6s S01JLD6 S03JLD6 S15JLD6s S04JLD6
S16JLD6s S07JLD6 S09JLD6s S11JLD6 S13JLD6s
—
—
S01JLD62A S03JLD62A S15JLD64As —
S16JLD62As S07JLD62A S09JLD62A S11JLD62As S13JLD62As
U01JLD62A U02JLD62As U03JLD62As U06JLD64As U13JLD62A U14JLD62As U10JLD62As U12JLD62As
A02JLD64
A02JLDLV
A01JLD64B
SADU
SADURMK18
012 024 048 125 250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
024 048 125 250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
480 250 A01JLD64
— 12 A01JLDLV
Alarm Switch Combinations
480 250
B01JLD64
A02JLD64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
SJD, SLD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Ordering Information
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Prices of LMD6 and hLMD6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). These catalog numbers include the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of LMXD6 and hLMXD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole).
50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400Hz Applications see page 7-91.
Type LMXD6ad Blue Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole (3-Pole Width) Catalog Number
3-Pole
Catalog Number
500 600 700 800
Type LMD6d
—
LMXD62B600n LMXD62B700n LMXD62B800
LMXD63B500n LMXD63B600 LMXD63B700 LMXD63B800
LMD62F800n
LMD63F800
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
500 LMD62B500n 600 LMD62B600n 700 LMD62B700n 800 LMD62B800n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCb
500 LMD63B500n 600 LMD63B600n 700 LMD63B700n 800 LMD63B800
Blue Label
LMD62T500n LMD62T600n LMD62T700n LMD62T800n
LMD63T500n LMD63T600n LMD63T700n LMD63T800
Shipping Weights
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
LMD6, HLMD6, LMXD6, HLMXD6 Complete Breaker (less terminals)
2 1 53
3 1 61.5
LMD6, HLMD6 Frame Only
2 1 42.25 3 1 46
LMD6, HLMD6 Trip Unit Only
2 1 4.5 3 1 6.5
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Ampere Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
Low +/- 20% 2 Tolerance
3
4
56
7
High +/- 20% Tolerance
500-600 700-800
3000 3430 3200 3500
3860 3700
4290 4200
4710 5140 4700 6400
5570 7300
6000 8000
Lugsc for 75°C Wire
Catalog Number
Cables per Lug
Wire Range
TA2K500 TA3K500 TA2N750
1, 2 1-3 1, 2
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a LMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connected applications.
b When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only.
Product Category MCCB
c See Note: A, page 7-88. d hACR rated.
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-61 and 7-95 to 7-100
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-59
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions
Black Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Black Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Breaker Type
UL 489A IR
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Volts AC
Volts DC
240 480 600
250 500
LMD6, LMXD6
65 50 25
30 (2-P) 25 (3-P)
hLMD6, hLMXD6
100 065 050
30 (2-P) 50 (3-P)
Breaker Type
W
L
D
D1
LMD6, LMXD6, hLMD6, hLMXD6 LMXD6-ETI b
7.5
16
4.5
5.93
Type
Catalog Number
1 3R 12
LMD1 LMD3R LMD12n
Neutral
W63623
7-60
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type HLMXD6ad
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
500 600 700 800
For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker
HLMXD63B500n HLMXD63B600n HLMXD63B700n HLMXD63B800
Type HLMD6d
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 500 HLMD62B500n
600 HLMD62B600n HLMD62F800n 700 HLMD62B700n
800 HLMD62B800n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc 500 HLMD63B500
600 HLMD63B600 HLMD63F800 700 HLMD63B700
800 HLMD63B800
Interrupting Ratings
LMD62T500n LMD62T600n LMD62T700n LMD62T800n
LMD63T500 n LMD63T600 n LMD63T700 n LMD63T800
Dimensions (in inches)
Enclosures
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
ahLMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications.
b LMXD6-ETI, see page 7-74 for catalog information.
c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only.
d hACR rated.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories Selection
Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame LD 600A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 600A Frame
Sensitrip Ammeter
The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status.
Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit.
Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, hJ6, SJL, LJ6, LL6, hL6 and SLL circuit breakers.
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
024 048 120 240 277 480
S17JLD6 S18JLD6s S01JLD6 S03JLD6 S15JLD6s S04JLD6
S16JLD6s S07JLD6 S09JLD6s S11JLD6 S13JLD6s
—
—
S01JLD62A S03JLD62A S15JLD64As —
S16JLD62As S07JLD62A S09JLD62A S11JLD62As S13JLD62As
U01JLD62A U02JLD62As U03JLD62As U06JLD64As U13JLD62A U14JLD62As U10JLD62As U12JLD62As
A02JLD64
A02JLDLV
A01JLD64B
SADU
SADURMK18
S01JLD6
012 024 048 125 250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
120 208 240 480
U01JLD6 U02JLD6s U03JLD6 U06JLD6 U13JLD6 U14JLD6s U10JLD6s U12JLD6s
U01JLD62AA U02JLD62AAs U03JLD62AAs U06JLD64AAs U13JLD62AA U14JLD62AAs U10JLD62AAs U12JLD62AAs
024 048 125 250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
480 250 A01JLD64
— 12 A01JLDLV
Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CatalogNumber
480 250
B01JLD64
A02JLD64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type
Description
Catalog Number
SJD, SLD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-61
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Blue Label
Ordering Information
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Pricing information for MD6 and hMD6 breakers includes frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled with- out Lugs
Prices of MXD6, hMXD6 and
CMD6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip units installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole).
100% Ratede 3-Pole Only
Types MXD6, hMXD6 and CMD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix “h” to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% rated MD breakers require the use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs 3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N8750.
50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400Hz Applications see page 7-91.
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Poleb
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Blue Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Cables Per Lug
Lugs Per Kit
Wire Range
TA2K500 TA3K500 TC2K500 TC3K350
1-2 1-3 1-2 1-3
1 1 1 1
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al #1-500 kcmil Cu #1-350 kcmil Cu
Kits
2TA2N8750 3TA2N8750
1-2
2 3
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
2TA3N8750 3TA3N8750
1-3
2 3
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
2TA4N8500 3TA4N8500
1-4
2 3
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al
2TA4P8500 3TA4P8500
1-4
2 3
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
MD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6 Complete Breaker Assembled (less lugs)
2 1 53
3 1 61.5
MD6, HMD6 Frame Only
2 1 42.25 3 1 46
MD6, HMD6 Trip Unit Only
2 1 4.5 3 1 6.5
Ampere Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
Low+/-20% 2 3 4 5 6 7 High+/-20% Tolerance Tolerance
500 600–800
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000
Type
Catalog Number
1 3R 12
MND61 MND63 MND612n
Neutral
W63623
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-65 and 7-95 to 7-100
7-62
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type MXD6af
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
600 MXD62B600n 700 MXD62B700n 800 MXD62B800n
Type MD6f
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb
500 MD62B500n 600 MD62B600n 700 MD62B700n 800 MD62B800n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc
500 MD63B500 600 MD63B600 700 MD63B700 800 MD63B800
Lugs d
MXD63B600 MXD63B700 MXD63B800
MD62F800n
MD63F800
MD62T500n MD62T600n MD62T700n MD62T800n
MD63T500 MD63T600 MD63T700 MD63T800
Shipping Weights
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Enclosures
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications.
b2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
d See Note: A, page 7-88.
e 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be
marked in the 100% rated version.
f hACR rated.
Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 7-91 for additional information.
UPS systems.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions
Type HMXD6ae Black Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
600 For 2-pole application 700 use outside poles of 800 3-pole circuit breaker
Type HMD6e
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb
HMXD63B600n HMXD63B700n HMXD63B800
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
500 HMD62B500n
600 HMD62B600n HMD62F800n 700 HMD62B700n
800 HMD62B800n
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCd 500 HMD63B500
600 HMD63B600 HMD63F800 700 HMD63B700
800 HMD63B800
Type CMD6ae Fuseless Current Limiting
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
Black Label
MD62T500n MD62T600n MD62T700n MD62T800n
MD63T500 MD63T600 MD63T700 MD63T800
Red Label
Lug
When wire lug shield NDTS is used.
Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs are used. The kits include the NDTS shield.
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
600 For 2-pole application 700 use outside poles of 800 3-pole circuit breaker
Interrupting Ratings
CMD63B600n CMD63B700n CMD63B800
Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker Type
MD6, MXD6, hMD6, hMXD6, CMD6, MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI, SMD6, ShMD6, and SCMD6
Breaker Type
UL 489 AIR—File E10848
IEC 947-2 AIR
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Volts AC (50/60HZ)
Volts AC
Volts DC
220/240
380/415
500
240
480
600
250
500 d
(lcu)
(lcs)
(lcu)
(lcs)
(lcu)
(lcs
MD6, MXD6
065
050
25
30 (2-P)
25 (3-P)
065
033
040
20
—
—
hMD6, hMXD6
100
065
50
30 (2-P)
50 (3-P)
100
050
065
33
—
—
CMD6
200
100
65
—
50 (3-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
with lug shields
W
9
9
L
16
24
D
6
6
(To Handle) D1
8.25
8.25
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
ahMXD6 and CMD circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse connection applications.
b2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
c MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI see page 7-74 for catalog information.
dWhen wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only.
e hACR rated.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-63
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesc Selection
Ordering Information
Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series MD frames is for com- plete breaker only. Price requires lugs or lug kits as separate items. Lugs are suit- able for 75°C wire or as noted. Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. Choose actual connector for circuit breakers based on customer requirements. Recommended Terminal Connectors
Breaker Ampere Connector or Frame Rating Connector Kit
MD 500–600 TA2K500 MD 700–800 TA3K500
Types SMD6 and ShMD6 are acceptable for reverse connection applications.
Blue Label Black Label Red Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Breaker Number per Shipping Type Carton Weight (lbs)
All types 1 61.5
Blue Label Black Label Red Label
Catalog Number
Cables per Lug
Wire Range
TA2K500 TA3K500 TC2K500 TC3K350
2 3 2 3
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al #1-500 kcmil Cu #1-350 kcmil Cu
Kits (3 lugs/kit)
3TA4N8500 4 3TA4P8500 4 3TA2N8750 2 3TA3N8750 3
250–500 kcmil Cu/Al 250–500 kcmil Cu/Al 500–750 kcmil Cu/Al 500–750 kcmil Cu/Al
Each kit contains the following:
3TA4P8500—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier 3TA3N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier 3TA2N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
0600 0700 0800
N06SMDA N07SMDA N08SMDA
Suffix Letter Code
A
AG
ANT
ANGT
Trip Type
LI
LIG
LSI
LSIG
Cont Current Setting
u
u
u
u
Long Time Delay
u
u
u
u
Instan- taneous Setting
u
u
u
u
Short Time Pick Up
u
u
Short Time Delay
u
u
Ground Fault Pick Up
u
u
Ground Fault Delay
u
Type
Catalog Number
1 3R 12
MND61 MND63 MND612
Neutral
W63623
u
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
240V AC 480V AC
600V AC
SMD6 ShMD6 SCMD6
065 050 100 065 200 100
25 50 65
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-65 and 7-95 to 7-100
7-64
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type SMD6
SMD69600An 600 SMD69700An 700 SMD69800An 800
SMD69600AGn 600 SMD69700AGn 700 SMD69800AGn 800
SMD69600ANTn 600 SMD69700ANTn 700 SMD69800ANTn 800
SMD69600ANGTn 600 SMD69700ANGTn 700 SMD69800ANGTn 800
Type SHMD6
SHMD69600An 600 SHMD69700An 700 SHMD69800An 800
SHMD69600AGn 600 SHMD69700AGn 700 SHMD69800AGn 800
SHMD69600ANTn 600 SHMD69700ANTn 700 SHMD69800ANTn 800
SHMD69600ANGTn 600 SHMD69700ANGTn 700 SHMD69800ANGTn 800
Current Limiting
Type SCMD6-A
SCMD69600An 600 SCMD69700An 700 SCMD69800An 800
SCMD69600AGn 600 SCMD69700AGn 700 SCMD69800AGn 800
SCMD69600ANTn 600 SCMD69700ANTn 700 SCMD69800ANTn 800
SCMD69600ANGTn 600 SCMD69700ANGTn 700 SCMD69800ANGTn 800
Current Limiting
Type SCMD6-A
SCMD69600AHn 600 SCMD69700AHn 700 SCMD69800AHn 800
SCMD69600AGHn 600 SCMD69700AGHn 700 SCMD69800AGHn 800
SCMD69600ANTHn 600 SCMD69700ANTHn 700 SCMD69800ANTHn 800
SCMD69600ANGTHn 600 SCMD69700ANGTHn 700 SCMD69800ANGTHn 800
Shipping Weights
Lugs for 75°C Wireb
SMD 800A Frame – 100% Rateda
Type SMD6
SMD69600AHn 600 SMD69700AHn 700 SMD69800AHn 800
SMD69600AGHn 600 SMD69700AGHn 700 SMD69800AGHn 800
SMD69600ANTHn 600 SMD69700ANTHn 700 SMD69800ANTHn 800
SMD69600ANGTHn 600 SMD69700ANGTHn 700 SMD69800ANGTHn 800
Type SHMD6
SHMD69600AHn 600 SHMD69700AHn 700 SHMD69800AHn 800
SHMD69600AGHn 600 SHMD69700AGHn 700 SHMD69800AGHn 800
SHMD69600ANTHn 600 SHMD69700ANTHn 700 SHMD69800ANTHn 800
SHMD69600ANGTHn 600 SHMD69700ANGTHn 700 SHMD69800ANGTHn 800
Neutral Transformers
Enclosures
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Interrupting Ratings
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for 90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized per 75°C ampacity.
b For additional information, see Note: A, page 7-88. c SMD6, ShMD6 and SCMD6 circuit breakers are UL
Listed for reverse connection applications.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories Selection
Accessories for:
MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 1600A Frame RD 2000A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
120 208 240 277 480 600
S01MN6 S02MN6s S03MN6 S15MN6s S04MN6s S06MN6s
S16MN6s S07MN6 S09MN6s S11MN6 S13MN6s
S01MN64A — S03MN64As S15MN64As S04MN64As —
S16MN64As S07MN64A — S11MN64As S13MN64As
U01MN64A U02MN64As U03MN64As U15MN64As U04MN64As —
U07MN64A U09MN64As U11MN64As U13MN64As
A02MN64
A02MNDLVs
A01MN64B
SADU
SADURMK18
S01MN6
012 024 048 125 250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole.
Sensitrip Ammeter
The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phase current flowing in the breaker. They are powered by the breaker’s CT’s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status.
Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. Product Category MCCB
120 208 240 277 480 600
U01MN6 U02MN6s U03MN6s U15MN6s U04MN6s U06MN6s
U07MN6 U09MN6s U11MN6s U13MN6s
U01MN64AA U02MN64AAs U03MN64AAs U15MN64AAs U04MN64AAs —
U07MN64AA U09MN64AAs U11MN64AAs U13MN64AAs
Maximum Voltage
480 250
B00MN64
A02MN64B
024 048 125 250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
480 250 A01MN64
— 12 A01MNDLVs
Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type
Description
Catalog Number
SMD, SND, SPD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-65
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Ordering Information
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Prices of ND6 and hND6 breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog numbers are the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of NXD6, hNXD6, and
CND6 include frame with non-interchangeable trip units installed only. Order required terminal connectors separately.
For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500) installed, add suffix “L” to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lug kit).
100% Rated (3-Pole only)g
Types NXD6, hNXD6 and CND6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order, add suffix “h” to catalog number, and add 10% to list price. 100% rated ND breakers require 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity and lug kit 3TA4P8500
or 3TA3N8750.
50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400Hz Applications see page 7-91.
Blue Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Blue Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 A IR
IEC 947-2
Volts AC
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60HZ)
240
480
600
250
500 c
220/240
380/415
500
(lcu)
(lcs)
(lcu)
(lcs)
(lcu)
(lcs)
ND6, NXD6
65
50
25
30 (2-P)
25 (3-P)
65
33
40
20
—
—
hND6, hNXD6
100
65
50
30 (2-P)
50 (3-P)
100
50
65
33
—
—
CND6
200
100
65
—
50 (3-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Catalog Number
Cables per Lug
Wire Range
TA2K500 TA3K500 TC2K500 TC3K350
2 3 2 3
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al #1-500 kcmil Cu #1-350 kcmil Cu
Kits (2 Kits required per breaker)
2TA4P8500 d 3TA4P8500 d
4
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al
2TA4N8500 e 3TA4N8500 e
4
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al
2TA2N8750 3TA2N8750
2
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
2TA3N8750 3TA3N8750
3
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
Breaker Ampere Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20% Tolerance Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
+20% Tolerance High
800
4000
4570
5140
5710
6280
6850
7420
08000
900-1200
5000
5715
6430
7145
7860
8575
9290
10000
Type
Catalog Number
1 3R 12
MND61 MND63 MND612 n
Neutral
W63623
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-69 and 7-95 to 7-100
7-66
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type NXD6ah
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
0900 NXD62B900n 1000 NXD62B100n 1200 NXD62B120n
Type ND6h
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb
NXD63B900 NXD63B100 NXD63B120
0800 ND62B800n
0900 ND62B900n ND62F120 1000 ND62B100n
1200 ND62B120
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc
0800 ND63B800
0900 ND63B900 ND63F120 1000 ND63B100
1200 ND63B120
Interrupting Ratings
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
MD62T800n ND62T900n ND62T100n ND62T120
MD63T800 ND63T900 ND63T100 ND63T120
Lugs f
marked in the 100% rated version.
hhACR rated.
Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 7-91 for additional information.
Enclosures
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aNXD6 circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse connection applications.
b2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
cWhen wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
dUse 2 – 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 – 2TA4P8500
kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90° C cable. Use for 100% rated breakers.
eUse 2 – 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 – 2TA4N8500 for 2-pole. Rated for 75°C cable.
fSee Note: A, page 7-88.
g80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series Selection/Dimensions
NXD63B120
Type HNXD6ad Black Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
0900 For 2-pole application 1000 use outside poles of 1200 3-pole circuit breaker
Type HND6d
Interchangeable Trip
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb
HNXD63B900 HNXD63B100 HNXD63B120
Black Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
0800 0900 1000 1200
For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc
0800 HND63B800 0900 HND63B900 1000 HND63B100 1200 HND63B120
Type CND6ad Fuseless Current Limiting
HND63F120
MD63T800 ND63T900 ND63T100 ND63T120
Red Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
2-Pole
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
0900 For 2-pole application, 1000 use outside poles of 1200 3-pole circuit breaker
Shipping Weights
CND63B900n CND63B100 CND63B120
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
ahNXD6 and CND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications.
b2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. Product Category MCCB
c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only.
d hACR rated.
Lugs
When lugs shield NDTS is used.
Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs TA4P8500 or TA4N8500 are used. The kits include the NDTS shield.
Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker Type
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
ND6, HND6, NXD6, HNXD6, CND6 Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2 1 53
3 1 61.5
ND6, HND6 Frame Only
2 1 42.25 3 1 46
ND6, HND6 Trip Unit Only
2 1 04.5 3 1 06.5
ND6, NXD6, hND6, hNXD6, CND6, SND6, ShND6, and SCND6
with NDTS lug shield
W
9
9
L
16
24
D
6
6
D1
8.25
8.25
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-67
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SND 1200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesb Selection
Blue Label Black Label Red Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Blue Label Black Label Red Label
SND69120ANGT
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Suffix Letter Code
Trip Type
Cont Current Setting
Long Time Delay
Instan- taneous Setting
Short Time Pick Up
Short Time Delay
Short Time l2t
Pick Up
Ground Fault Pick Up
Ground Fault Delay
A
LI
u
u
u
AG
LIG
u
u
u
u
u
ANT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
ANGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
0800 1000 1200
N08SMDA N10SNDA N12SNDA
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
240V AC 480V AC
600V AC
SND6 ShND6 SCND6
065 050 100 065 200 100
25 50 65
7-68
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type SND6
SND69800An 800 SND69100An 1000 SND69120An 1200
SND69800AGn 800 SND69100AGn 1000 SND69120AGn 1200
SND69800ANTn 800 SND69100ANTn 1000 SND69120ANTn 1200
SND69800ANGTn 800 SND69100ANGTn 1000 SND69120ANGTn 1200
Type SHND6
SHND69800An 800 SHND69100An 1000 SHND69120An 1200
SHND69800AGn 800 SHND69100AGn 1000 SHND69120AGn 1200
SHND69800ANTn 800 SHND69100ANTn 1000 SHND69120ANTn 1200
SHND69800ANGTn 800 SHND69100ANGTn 1000 SHND69120ANGTn 1200
Current Limiting
Type SCND6-A
SCND69800An 800 SCND69100An 1000 SCND69120An 1200
SCND69800AGn 800 SCND69100AGn 1000 SCND69120AGn 1200
SCND69800ANTn 800 SCND69100ANTn 1000 SCND69120ANTn 1200
SCND69800ANGTn 800 SCND69100ANGTn 1000 SCND69120ANGTn 1200
Current Limiting
Type SCND6-A
SCND69800AHn 800 SCND69100AHn 1000 SCND69120AHn 1200
SCND69800AGHn 800 SCND69100AGHn 1000 SCND69120AGHn 1200
SCND69800ANTHn 800 SCND69100ANTHn 1000 SCND69120ANTHn 1200
SCND69800ANGTHn 800 SCND69100ANGTHn 1000 SCND69120ANGTHn 1200
SND 1200A Frame – 100% Rateda
Type SND6
SND69800AHn 800 SND69100AHn 1000 SND69120AHn 1200
SND69800AGHn 800 SND69100AGHn 1000 SND69120AGHn 1200
SND69800ANTHn 800 SND69100ANTHn 1000 SND69120ANTHn 1200
SND69800ANGTHn 800 SND69100ANGTHn 1000 SND69120ANGTHn 1200
Type SHND6
SHND69800AHn 800 SHND69100AHn 1000 SHND69120AHn 1200
SHND69800AGHn 800 SHND69100AGHn 1000 SHND69120AGHn 1200
SHND69800ANTHn 800 SHND69100ANTHn 1000 SHND69120ANTHn 1200
SHND69800ANGTHn 800 SHND69100ANGTHn 1000 SHND69120ANGTHn 1200
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Interrupting Ratings
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
Neutral Transformers
For ordering information and terminal connectors, and enclosures, see page 7-66.
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for 90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized per 75°C ampacity.
b SND6, ShND6 and SCND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories Selection
Accessories for:
MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 1600A Frame RD 2000A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
120 208 240 277 480 600
S01MN6 S02MN6s S03MN6 S15MN6s S04MN6s S06MN6s
S16MN6s S07MN6 S09MN6s S11MN6 S13MN6s
S01MN64A — S03MN64As S15MN64As S04MN64As —
S16MN64As S07MN64A — S11MN64As S13MN64As
U01MN64A U02MN64As U03MN64As U15MN64As U04MN64As —
U07MN64A U09MN64As U11MN64As U13MN64As
A02MN64
A02MNDLVs
A01MN64B
SADU
SADURMK18
S01MN6
012 024 048 125 250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole.
120 208 240 277 480 600
U01MN6 U02MN6s U03MN6s U15MN6s U04MN6s U06MN6s
U07MN6 U09MN6s U11MN6s U13MN6s
U01MN64AA U02MN64AAs U03MN64AAs U15MN64AAs U04MN64AAs —
U07MN64AA U09MN64AAs U11MN64AAs U13MN64AAs
024 048 125 250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
480 250 A01MN64
— 12 A01MNDLVs
Alarm Switch Combinations
480 250 B00MN64
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
A02MN64B
Maximum Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Breaker Type
Description
Catalog Number
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Maximum Voltage
SMD, SND, SPD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
DC
1 Alarm Switch
Catalog Number
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
Catalog Number
1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
Catalog Number
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-69
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
PD 1600A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Blue Label
Ordering Instructions
Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs
Prices of PD6, hPD6, RD6, and hRD6 type breakers include frame, trip, mounting base (MB9301), and both line and load lugs (PD Frame – TA5P600, RD Frame – TC5R600). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, mounting assembly and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different mounting base or lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of PXD6, hPXD6, RXD6, hRXD6 and CPD6 type breakers include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required mounting base and lugs separately.
100% Rated (3-Pole only)
Types PXD6, hPXD6 breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix “h” to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% PD breakers require 90 ? C cable sized
at 75 ? C ampacity and TC5R600 lugs. RD 2000A Frames not available with 100% ratings.
50°C Applications see page 7-91. 400HZ Applications see page 7-91.
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Mounting Assembly
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Blue Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Mounting Assembly
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Blue Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
Black Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Mounting Assembly
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
No of Cables per Connector
Wire Range
TA5P600 TC5R600 TA4P750s TA6R600
1-5 1-5 1-4 1-6
300-600 kcmil Cu/Al 300-600 kcmil Cu only 600-750 kcmil Cu/Al 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al
Red Label
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
Breaker Type
UL 489 A IR
RMS Symmetrical KA
Volts AC
Volts DCa
240
480
600
250
500
PD6, PXD6
65
50
25
30 (2P)
25 (3P)
hPD6, hPXD6
100
65
50
30 (2P)
50 (3P)
CPD6
200
100
65
30 (2P)
50 (3P)
7-70
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Type PXD6b Non-Interchangeable Tripe 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCa
1200 PXD63B120n MB9301 1400 PXD63B140n -or- 1600 PXD63B160 MBR9302
Type PD6 Interchangeable Tripe 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCa
TA5P600
1200 PD63B120n PD63T120n MB9301
1400 PD63B140 PD63F160 PD63T140 -or- TA5P600 1600 PD63B160 PD63T160 MBR9302
Type HPXD6b Non-Interchangeable Tripe 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCa
1200 HPXD63B120n 1400 HPXD63B140n 1600 HPXD63B160
Type HPD6 Interchangeable Tripe 3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCa
1200 HPD63B120n PD63T120n MB9301
1400 HPD63B140 HPD63F160 PD63T140 -or- TA5P600 1600 HPD63B160 PD63T160 MBR9302
Type CPD6 Non-Interchangeable Tripe Fuseless Current Limiting
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCa
Lugs (6 required per breaker)d
1200 1400 1600
Interrupting Ratings
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aUse two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V b When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
c PXD6, hPXD6 and CPD6 type circuit breakers are UL
Listed for reverse feed applications.
dFor additional information See Note: A, page 7-88.
e hACR rated.
Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 7-91 for additional information.
CPD63B120n CPD63B140n CPD63B160n
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SPD 1600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series PD frame unit is for breaker only. Price required mounting block assembly and necessary terminal connectors as separate items.
SPD6 and ShPD6 are acceptable for reverse connection applications.
Type SPD6
Blue Label
SPD69140n SPD69160n
SPD69140Gn SPD69160Gn
SPD69140NTn SPD69160NTn
SPD69140NGTn SPD69160NGTn
Interrupting Ratings
Type SHPD6
Black Label
1400 SHPD69140n 1400 1600 SHPD69160n 1600
1400 SHPD69140Gn 1400 1600 SHPD69160Gn 1600
1400 SHPD69140NTn 1400 1600 SHPD69160NTn 1600
1400 SHPD69140NGTn 1400 1600 SHPD69160NGTn 1600
Lugsa
Neutral Transformers
Enclosure
Mounting Block (Required)b
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog Number
Max Current Rating
Catalog Number
No. of Cables per Connector
Wire Range
TA5P600 TC5R600 TA6R600
1–5 pcs. 1–5 pcs. 1–6 pcs.
300–600 kcmil Cu/Al 300–600 kcmil Cu Only 300–600 kcmil Cu/Al
Ampere
Rating Catalog Number
1400 N14SPD 1600 N16SPD
Suffix Letter Code
Trip Type
Cont Current Setting
Long Time Delay
Instan- taneous Setting
Short Time Pick Up
Short Time Delay
Short Time l2t
Pick Up
Ground Fault Pick Up
Ground Fault Delay
None
LI
u
u
u
G
LIG
u
u
u
u
u
NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Type Catalog Number
1 PRD6N1
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489
240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
SPD6 ShPD6
065 050 025 100 065 050
Catalog Number
MB9301 MBR9302
All PD, RD Frames:
MB9301 (shown)
MBR9302 MBR9302 MB9301 MBR9302 MB9301
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aFor additional information, see Note: A, page 7-88. bThe PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a
connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing into service.
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-71
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories Selection
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Maximum Voltage
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Breaker Type
Description
Catalog Number
7-72
S01MN6
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Accessories for:
MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 1600A Frame RD 2000A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
120 208 240 277 480 600
S01MN6 S02MN6s S03MN6 S15MN6s S04MN6s S06MN6s
S16MN6s S07MN6 S09MN6s S11MN6 S13MN6s
S01MN64A — S03MN64As S15MN64As S04MN64As —
S16MN64As S07MN64A — S11MN64As S13MN64As
U01MN64A U02MN64As U03MN64As U15MN64As U04MN64As —
U07MN64A U09MN64As U11MN64As U13MN64As
A02MN64
A02MNDLVs
A01MN64B
SADU
SADURMK18
012 024 048 125 250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used. Accessories cannot be mounted in left pole.
120 208 240 277 480 600
U01MN6 U02MN6s U03MN6s U15MN6s U04MN6s U06MN6s
U07MN6 U09MN6s U11MN6s U13MN6s
U01MN64AA U02MN64AAs U03MN64AAs U15MN64AAs U04MN64AAs —
U07MN64AA U09MN64AAs U11MN64AAs U13MN64AAs
024 048 125 250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
480 250 A01MN64
— 12 A01MNDLVs
Alarm Switch Combinations
480 250 B00MN64
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
A02MN64B
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
SMD, SND, SPD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series Selection
Blue Label
RXD63B200
Type RXD6d
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCa
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Mounting Assembly
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1600 RXD63B160 1800 RXD63B180 2000 RXD63B200
Type RD6d
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCa
MB9301 -or- MBR9302
TC5R600
TC5R600
Black Label
Black Label
TC5R600
Blue Label
Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs)
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Mounting Assembly
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1600 RD63B160n 1800 RD63B180 2000 RD63B200
Type HRXD6d
1600 1800 2000
Type HRD6d
1600 HRD63B160n
1800 HRD63B180 2000 HRD63B200
Interrupting Ratings
RD63F200
RD63T160n RD63T180 RD63T200
MB9301 -or- MBR9302
Mounting Blockf
Shipping Weights
Catalog
Number Connection Points
MB9301 Front MBR9302 Rear
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)
PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6, CPD6 Assembled Breakers
3 1 61.5
PD6, HPD6, RD6, HRD6 Frame Only
3 1 55.0
PD6, RD6
Trip Unit Only
3 1 06.5
Mounting Assembly
MB9301 1 53.0
MBR9302 1 50.9
HRXD63B160n HRXD63B180n HRXD63B200
Continuous Current Rating @ 40°C
Complete Breaker Unassembled
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Mounting Assembly
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
HRD63F200
RD63T160n RD63T180 RD63T200
MB9301 -or- MBR9302
Lugs (6 required per breaker)e
Breaker Type
UL 489 A IR
RMS Symmetrical KA
Volts AC
Volts DCa
240 480 600
250 500
RD6, RXD6
65 50 25
30 (2P) 25 (3P)
hRD6, hRXD6
100 65 50
30 (2P) 50 (3P)
Catalog Number
No of Cables per Connector
Wire Range
TC5R600 TA6R600
1-5 1-6
300-600 kcmil Cu only 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames)
Breaker Ampere Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20% Tolerance Low
+20%
Tolerance 2 3 4 5 6 7 High
1200-2000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9790 10,000
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aUse two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V DC applications.
b When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only.
c RXD6 and hRXD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications.
d hACR rated.
e For additional information See Note: A, page 7-88.
Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 7-91 for additional information.
f For required mounting base (MB9301 or MBR9302) see
page 7-71.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-73
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Magnetic Trip Only — ETI Motor Circuit Protector Selection
Breaker Type
Ampere Rating
Instantaneous Trip Rangeb
Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugse
Minimumc
Maximumc
Catalog Number 2-Pole
Catalog Number 3-Pole
HEM
3
7 015 030 50 70 0100
9 021 045 090 0150 0210 0300
33
77 165 330 550 770 1100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HEM3M003L HEM3M007L HEM3M015L HEM3M030L HEM3M050L HEM3M070L HEM3M100L
ShIPPING: 3.7 lbs. each
ED6-A
600V AC 250V DC
001 002 003 005 010 025 030 040 050 100 125
002.6 007 010 016 030 055 080 115 180 315 500
00009 00022 00035 00054 00100 00180 00270 00375 00600 01000 01250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ED63A001 ED63A002 ED63A003 ED63A005 ED63A010 ED63A025 ED63A030 ED63A040 ED63A050 ED63A100 ED63A125
ShIPPING: 03.8 lbs. each
CED6-A
600V AC 250V DC
001 002 003 005 010 025 030 040 050 100 125
002.6 007 010 016 030 055 080 115 180 315 500
00009 00022 00035 00054 00100 00180 00270 00375 00600 01000 01250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CED63A001n CED63A002n CED63A003n CED63A005n CED63A010n CED63A025n CED63A030n CED63A040n CED63A050n CED63A100n CED63A125n
ShIPPING: 06 lbs. each
FXD6d 600V AC 250V DC
150 0400 150 0800 150 1100 250 1100
00800 — 01500 — 02500 — 02500 —
FXD63L150n FXD63A150 FXD63H150 FXD63A250
ShIPPING: 0 09 lbs. each
CFD6d 600V AC 250V DC
150 0400 150 0800 150 1100 250 1100
00800 — 01500 — 02500 — 02500 —
CFD63L150n CFD63A150n CFD63H150n CFD63A250n
ShIPPING: 12 lbs. each 12 lbs. each
JXD6(A)a 600V AC
250V DC
400 1250 02500 — JXD63L400 400 2000 04000 JXD62H400n JXD63H400
ShIPPING: 16 lbs. each 20 lbs. each
CJD6a 600V AC 250V DC
400 1250 02500 — 400 2000 04000 —
CJD63L400n CJD63H400n
ShIPPING: 29.5 lbs. each 31.5 lbs. each
LXD6(A)a 600V AC
250V DC
600 2000 04000 LXD62L600n LXD63L600n 600 3000 06000 — LXD63H600
ShIPPING: 16 lbs. each 20 lbs. each
CLD6a 600V AC 250V DC
600 2000 04000 — 600 3000 06000 —
CLD63L600n CLD63H600n
ShIPPING: 31.5 lbs. each
LMXD6d 600V AC
250V DC
800 2800 06000 — 800 3200 08000 —
LMXD63L800n LMXD63A800
ShIPPING: 35 lbs. each
MXD6d 600V AC 250V DC
800 3000 800 4000 800 5000
06000 — 08000 — 10000 —
MXD63L800n MXD63A800n MXD63H800
ShIPPING: 33 lbs. each
CMD6d 600V AC 250V DC
800 3000 800 4000 800 5000
06000 — 08000 — 10000 —
CMD63L800n CMD63A800n CMD63H800n
ShIPPING: 80 lbs. each
Important Information
ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
e Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for HEM, ED and CED6 ETIs. Order ETI circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD6, CFD6, MXD6, CMD6, JXD6, CJD6, LXD6 and CLD6 ETI’s.
Lug Information pages 7-88 to 7-90 Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-95 to 7-100 Application data pages 7-75 to 7-76
7-74
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. b When applied on DC Circuits — Trip levels will increase
tings are -20%/+20%
d For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit
breaker.
a 2-pole available in 3-pole width only.
approximately +15 to 20%.
c Tolerance -20%/+30% for lowest setting. All other set-
Product Category MCCB
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Motor Circuits Application
General
Protection of Motor Circuits
Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current-protection devices, and should permit the motor
to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous-current rating of not less than 115% of the motor full-load current.
The recommended motor circuit protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous only circuit breakers) listed have
continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The trip-setting positions are approximately
11 times motor full-load currents. The suggested trip settings may have to be adjusted upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full load current for design E motors, to allow for motor start-up due to inrush currents.
Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead
of Motor Starter
Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor
branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens ETI motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor-inrush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protective device.
Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it
is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs.
Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters).
Motor Full Load Amperes
Catalog Number
ETI Trip Setting
Adjust- ment
Amperes
0.69 – 0.91 1.1 – 1.3 1.6 – 1.7 2.0 – 2.2 2.3 – 2.5 2.6 – 2.8
HEM3M003L
A (min) B
C
D
E
F (max)
9 15 21 27 30 33
1.5 – 2.0 2.6 – 3.1 3.7 – 3.9 4.8 – 5.2 5.3 – 5.7 5.8 – 6.1
HEM3M007L
A (min) B
C
D
E
F (max)
21 35 49 63 70 77
3.4 – 4.5 5.7 – 6.8 8.0 – 9.1
10.4 – 11.4 11.5 – 12.6 12.7 – 13.0
HEM3M015L
A (min) B
C
D
E
F (max)
45
75 100 135 150 165
3.9 – 9.1 11.5 – 13.7 16.1 – 18.3 20.7 – 22.9 23.0 – 25.2 25.3 – 26.1
HEM3M030L
A (min) B
C
D
E
F (max)
90 150 210 270 300 330
11.5 – 15.2 19.2 – 22.9 26.9 – 30.6 34.6 – 38.3 38.4 – 42.1 42.2 – 43.5
HEM3M050L
A (min) B
C
D
E
F (max)
150 250 350 450 500 550
16.1 – 30.6 26.9 – 32.2 37.6 – 42.9 48.4 – 53.7 53.8 – 59.1 59.2 – 60.9
HEM3M070L
A (min) B
C
D
E
F (max)
210 350 490 630 700 770
23.0 – 30.9 38.4 – 46.0 53.8 – 61.4 69.2 – 76.8 76.9 – 84.5 84.6 – 87.0
HEM3M100L
A (min) B
C
D
E
F (max)
300 500 700 900
1000 1100
.20 – .33 .34 – .45 .46 – .56 .57 – .68 .69 – .81
ED63A001 CED63A001
Low 2
3
4 high
2.6 4.5 6 7.5 9
.53 – .83
.84 – 1.14 1.15 – 1.45 1.46 – 1.68 1.69 – 2.00
ED63A002 CED63A002
Low 2
3
4 high
7 11 15 19 22
.76 – 1.29 1.30 – 1.75 1.76 – 2.29 2.30 – 2.68 2.69 – 3.18
ED63A003 CED63A003
Low 2
3
4 high
10 17 23 30 35
Motor Full Load Amperes
Catalog Number
ETI Trip Setting
Adjust- ment
Amperes
1.23 – 1.99 2.00 – 2.75 2.76 – 3.52 3.53 – 4.14 4.15 – 4.90
ED63A005 CED63A005
Low 2
3
4 high
16 26 36 46 54
2.30 – 3.83 3.84 – 5.37 5.38 – 6.52 6.53 – 7.68 7.69 – 9.10
ED63A010 CED63A010
Low 2
3
4 high
30 50 70 85
100
4.23 – 6.92 – 9.62 –
11.92 – 13.84 –
6.91
9.61 11.91 13.83 16.40
ED63A025 CED63A025
Low 2
3
4 high
55
90 125 155 180
6.15 – 10.38 – 14.23 – 18.07 – 20.76 –
10.37 14.22 18.06 20.75 24.50
ED63A030 CED63A030
Low 2
3
4 high
80 135 185 235 270
8.84 – 14.23 – 19.61 – 25.00 – 28.84 –
14.22 19.60 24.99 28.83 34.00
ED63A040 CED63A040
Low 2
3
4 high
115 185 255 325 375
13.84 – 23.07 – 31.53 – 40.00 – 46.15 –
23.06 31.52 39.99 46.14 54.50
ED63A050 CED63A050
Low 2
3
4 high
180 300 410 520 600
24.23 – 41.53 – 56.92 – 68.46 – 76.92 –
41.52 56.91 68.45 76.91 90.90
ED63A100 CED63A100
Low 2
3
4 high
315 540 740 890
1000
38.46 – 55.38 – 70.76 – 84.61 – 96.15 –
55.37 70.75 84.60 96.14
113.60
ED63A125 CED63A125
Low 2
3
4 high
500 720 920
1100 1250
30.76 – 35.38 – 44.51 – 53.84 – 58.46 – 63.07 –
35.37 39.99 49.23 58.45 63.06 74.50
FXD63L150 CFD63L150
Low 2
4
6
7 high
400 460 580 700 760 820
61.53 – 69.23 – 84.61 –
100.00 – 108.00 – 115.00 –
69.22 76.91 92.29
108.00 115.00 136.00
FXD63A150 CFD63A150
Low 2
4
6
7 high
800
900 1100 1300 1400 1500
85.00 – 100.00 100.00 – 115.00 131.00 – 146.00 162.00 – 177.00 177.00 – 192.00 192.00 – 227.00
FXD63A250 CFD63A250
Low 2
4
6
7 high
1100 1300 1700 2100 2300 2500
Motor Full Load Amperes
Catalog Number
ETI Trip Setting
Adjust- ment
Amperes
95.00 – 110.00 110.00 – 124.00 138.00 – 151.00 165.00 – 178.00 178.00 – 192.00 192.00 – 227.00
JXD63L400 CJD63L400
Low 2
4
6
7 high
1250 1430 1790 2140 2320 2500
154.00 – 176.00 176.00 – 198.00 220.00 – 242.00 264.00 – 285.00 285.00 – 308.00 308.00 – 326.00
JXD63H400 CJD63H400
Low 2
4
6
7 high
2000 2290 2860 3430 3710 4000
155.00 – 176.00 176.00 – 198.00 220.00 – 242.00 264.00 – 285.00 285.00 – 308.00 308.00 – 326.00
LXD63L600 CLD63L600
Low 2
4
6
7 high
2000 2290 2860 3430 3710 4000
231.00 – 264.00 264.00 – 292.00 330.00 – 362.00 395.00 – 428.00 428.99 – 462.00 462.00 – 490.00
LXD63H600 CLD63H600
Low 2
4
6
7 high
3000 3430 4290 5140 5570 6000
215.00 – 238.00 238.00 – 261.00 261.00 – 284.00 308.00 – 369.00 369.00 – 423.00 423.00 – 462.00 462.00 – 490.00
LMXD63L800
Low 2
3
5
6
7 high
2800 3100 3400 4000 4800 5500 6000
246.00 – 269.00 269.00 – 284.00 284.00 – 323.00 362.00 – 492.00 492.00 – 562.00 562.00 – 616.00 616.00 – 660.00
LMXD63A800
Low 2
3
5
6
7 high
3200 3500 3700 4700 6400 7300 8000
231.00 – 264.00 264.00 – 292.00 292.00 – 330.00 362.00 – 395.00 428.00 – 462.00 462.00 – 490.00
MXD63L800 CMD63L800
Low 2
3
5
7 high
3000 3430 3800 4710 5570 6000
308.00 – 352.00 352.00 – 442.00 442.00 – 447.00 483.00 – 527.00 571.00 – 616.00 616.00 – 660.00
MXD63A800 CMD63A800
Low 2
3
5
7 high
4000 4570 5740 6280 7240 8000
385.00 – 440.00 495.00 – 550.00 605.00 – 660.00 660.00 – 695.00
MXD63H800 CMD63H800
Low 3
5
6
5000 6430 7860 8575
Note: Lowest instantaneous settings have a -20%/+30% tolerance and all other settings have a -20%/+20% tolerance.
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-75
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Motor Circuits Application
Motor Horse- power Rating
200 and 208V Motors
230V Motors
460V Motors
575V Motors
240V Circuit Breaker Dataa
240V Circuit Breaker Dataa
480V Circuit Breaker Dataa
600V Circuit Breaker Dataa
Breaker Type
Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
Breaker Type
Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
Breaker Type
Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
Breaker Type
Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
0001⁄2 0003⁄4 001 0011⁄2 002 003
BQb
BQ3B015 BQ3B015 BQ3B015 BQ3B015 BQ3B020 BQ3B030
015 015 015 015 020 030
BQb
BQ3B015 BQ3B015 BQ3B015 BQ3B015 BQ3B015 BQ3B020
015 015 015 015 015 020
ED4
ED43B015 ED43B015 ED43B015 ED43B015 ED43B015 ED43B015
015 015 015 015 015 015
ED6
ED63B015 ED63B015 ED63B015 ED63B015 ED63B015 ED63B015
015 015 015 015 015 015
005 0071⁄2 010 015 020
BQb
BQ3B040 BQ3B060 BQ3B070 BQ3B100
040 060 070 100
BQb
BQ3B030 BQ3B050 BQ3B070 BQ3B090 BQ3B100
030 050 070 090 100
ED4
ED43B015 ED43B030 ED43B030 ED43B040 ED43B050
015 030 030 040 050
ED6
ED63B015 ED63B020 ED63B030 ED63B035 ED63B050
015 020 030 035 050
025 030 040 050
FXD6
FXD63B125 FXD63B150 FXD63B175 FXD63B200 FXD63B225
125 150 175 200 225
FXD6
FXD63B125 FXD63B150 FXD63B175 FXD63B200
125 150 175 200
FXD6
FXD63B090 FXD63B100 FXD63B125 FXD63B150
090 100 125 150
FXD6
FXD63B060 FXD63B070 FXD63B090 FDX63B100
060 070 090 100
060
JXD2
JXD23B300
300
—
—
—
FXD6, FD6
FXD63B150
150
FXD6
FXD63B100
100
075
JXD2
JXD23B400
400
JXD2
JXD23B350
350
FXD6, FD6
FXD63B200
200
FXD6, FD6
FXD63B125
125
100
JXD2
JXD23B400
400
JXD2
JXD23B400
400
FD6 c JD6 c
FD63B250 JD63B250
250 250
FXD6, FD6
FD63B175
175
125
LD6c or LMD6
LD63B600 LMD63B600
600
LD6c or LMD6
LD63B500 or LMD63B500
500
JD6 c
JD63B300
300
FXD6, FD6 OR JD6c
FXD63B200 JD63B200
200 200
150
LD6c or LMD6
LD63B600 or LMD63B600
600
LMD6
LD63B600 or LMD63B600
600
JD6 c
JD63B300
300
FXD6 or JD6 c
FXD63B225 JD63B225
225 225
200 250
300 350
400 500
LMD6 —
—
—
—
—
LMD63B800 —
—
—
—
—
800 —
—
—
—
—
LMD6 —
—
—
—
—
LMD63B800 —
—
—
—
—
800 —
—
—
—
—
JD6 c JD6 c LD6c or LMD6
LMD6
LMD6 —
JD63B350 JD63B400 LD63B600 or LMD63B600
LMD63B700
LMD63B800 —
350 400
600
700
800 —
JD6 c JD6 c
JD6 c
LD6c or LMD6 LD6c or LMD6 LMD6
JD63B300 JD63B400
JD63B400
LD63B500 or LMD63B500 LD63B600 or LMD63B600 LMD63B800
300 400
400 500
600 800
7-76
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Breaker Mounted at a Distance From
Motor Starter
ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers conform to the National Electrical Code table 430-52 requirements for motor branch and feeder circuit protection when properly applied in conjunction with motor-running overcurrent protective devices. The recommended
circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide adequate time delay for starting the majority of three phase induction motors.
To determine the ampere ratings of the ET breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the rating of the ET breaker used to protect the largest motor branch circuit in the group to the full-load currents of the remaining motors in the group.
Interrupt Ratings
For normal commercial purposes, available fault current can conveniently be obtained in the Interrupting Selector Tables.
Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters).
a The selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with Article 430, 2005 National Electric Code. Recommended circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special consideration is necessary for reduced voltage starting.
b For panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used.
c For non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the FXD6 for the FD6, the JXD6 for the JD6, or the LXD6 for the LD6.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Installments Magnetic Trip Settings Application
Breaker Type
Maximum Continuous Amperes
Nominal
AC Adjustable Trip Range
ETI Motor Circuit Protector Catalog Number
Thermal Magnetic Catalog Number
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
High
3-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
hEM
3
7 15 30 50 70 100
9 21 45 90 150 210 300
15 35 75
150 250 350 500
21
49 100 210 350 490 700
27
63 135 270 450 630 900
30
70 150 300 500 700 1000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
33
77 165 330 550 770 1100
HEM3M003L HEM3M007L HEM3M015L HEM3M030L HEM3M050L HEM3M070L HEM3M100L
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ED6
1 2 3 5
10 25 30 40 50
100 125
2.6 7 10 16 30 55 80 115 180 315 500
4.5 11 17 26 50 90
135 185 300 540 720
6 15 23 36 70 125 185 255 410 740 920
7.5 19 30 46 85
155 235 325 520 890
1100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9 22 35 54 100 180 270 375 600 1000 1250
ED63A001 ED63A002 ED63A003 ED63A005 ED63A010 ED63A025 ED63A030 ED63A040 ED63A050 ED63A100 ED63A125
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CED6
1 2 3 5
10 25 30 40 50
100 125
2.6 7 10 16 30 55 80 115 180 315 500
4.5 11 17 26 50 90 135 185 300 540 720
6 15 23 36 70 125 185 255 410 740 920
7.5 19 30 46 85 155 235 325 520 890 1100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9 22 35 54 100 180 270 375 600 1000 1250
CED63A001n CED63A002n CED63A003n CED63A005n CED63A010n CED63A025n CED63A030n CED63A040n CED63A050 CED63A100 CED63A125
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXD6-A
70 80 90
100 110 125 150 150 150 175 200 225 250
600 600 600 700 700 800 400 800
1100 900 900 1100 1100
640 640 640 770 770 900 460 900
1300 1060 1060 1300 1300
690 690 690 840 840
1000 520 1000 1500 1210 1210 1500 1500
730 730 730 920 920
1100 580 1100 1700 1370 1370 1700 1700
770 770 770 990 990
1200 640 1200 1900 1520 1520 1900 1900
810 810 810
1060 1060 1300
700 1300 2100 1780 1780 2100 2100
850 850 850
1140 1140 1400
760 1400 2300 1930 1930 2300 2300
900 900 900
1200 1200 1500
820 1500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXD63L150 FXD63A150 FXD63H150 —
—
—
FXD63A250
FXD62B070 FXD62B080 FXD62B090 FXD62B100 FXD62B110 FXD62B125 — FXD62B150 — FXD62B175 FXD62B200 FXD62B225 FXD62B250
FXD63B070 FXD63B080 FXD63B090 FXD63B100 FXD63B110 FXD63B125 — FXD63B150 — FXD63B175 FXD63B200 FXD63B225 FXD63B250
FD6-A
70 80 90
100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250
600 600 600 700 700 800 800 900 900
1100 1100
640 640 640 770 770 900 900
1060 1060 1300 1300
690 690 690 840 840
1000 1000 1210 1210 1500 1500
730 730 730 920 920
1100 1100 1370 1370 1700 1700
770 770 770 990 990
1200 1200 1520 1520 1900 1900
810 810 810
1060 1060 1300 1300 1780 1780 2100 2100
850 850 850
1140 1140 1400 1400 1930 1930 2300 2300
900 900 900
1200 1200 1500 1500 2000 2000 2500 2500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
FD62B070 FD62B080 FD62B090 FD62B100 FD62B110 FD62B125 FD62B150 FD62B175 FD62B200 FD62B225 FD62B250
FD63B070 FD63B080 FD63B090 FD63B100 FD63B110 FD63B125 FD63B150 FD63B175 FD63B200 FD63B225 FD63B250
hFD6
70 80 90
100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250
600 600 600 700 700 800 800 900 900
1100 1100
640 640 640 770 770 900 900
1060 1060 1300 1300
690 690 690 840 840
1000 1000 1210 1210 1500 1500
730 730 730 920 920
1100 1100 1370 1370 1700 1700
770 770 770 990 990
1200 1200 1520 1520 1900 1900
810 810 810
1060 1060 1300 1300 1780 1780 2100 2100
850 850 850
1140 1140 1400 1400 1930 1930 2300 2300
900 900 900
1200 1200 1500 1500 2000 2000 2500 2500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HFD62B070 HFD62B080 HFD62B090 HFD62B100 HFD62B110 HFD62B125 HFD62B150 HFD62B175 HFD62B200 HFD62B225 HFD62B250
HFD63B070 HFD63B080 HFD63B090 HFD63B100 HFD63B110 HFD63B125 HFD63B150 HFD63B175 HFD63B200 HFD63B225 HFD63B250
hhFD6
70 80 90
100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250
600 600 600 700 700 800 800 900 900
1100 1100
640 640 640 770 770 900 900
1060 1060 1300 1300
690 690 690 840 840
1000 1000 1210 1210 1500 1500
730 730 730 920 920
1100 1100 1370 1370 1700 1700
770 770 770 990 990
1200 1200 1520 1520 1900 1900
810 810 810
1060 1060 1300 1300 1780 1780 2100 2100
850 850 850
1140 1140 1400 1400 1930 1930 2300 2300
900 900 900
1200 1200 1500 1500 2000 2000 2500 2500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HHFD63B070 HHFD63B080 HHFD63B090 HHFD63B100 HHFD63B110 HHFD63B125 HHFD63B150 HHFD63B175 HHFD63B200 HHFD63B225 HHFD63B250
CFD6
70 80 90
100 110 125 150 150 150 175 200 225 250
600 600 600 700 700 800 400 800
1100 900 900 1100 1100
640 640 640 770 770 900 460 900
1300 1060 1060 1300 1300
690 690 690 840 840
1000 520 1000 1500 1210 1210 1500 1500
730 730 730 920 920
1100 580 1100 1700 1370 1370 1700 1700
770 770 770 990 990
1200 640 1200 1900 1520 1520 1900 1900
810 810 810
1060 1060 1300
700 1300 2100 1780 1780 2100 2100
850 850 850
1140 1140 1400
760 1400 2300 1930 1930 2300 2300
900 900 900
1200 1200 1500
820 1500 2500 2000 2000 2500 2500
—
—
—
—
—
—
CFD63L150 CFD63A150 CFD63H150 —
—
—
CFD63A250
CFD62B070 CFD62B080 CFD62B090 CFD62B100 CFD62B110 CFD62B125 — CFD62B150 — CFD62B175 CFD62B200 CFD62B225 CFD62B250
CFD63B070 CFD63B080 CFD63B090 CFD63B100 CFD63B110 CFD63B125 — CFD63B150 — CFD63B175 CFD63B200 CFD63B225 CFD63B250
Note: Tolerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489 (7.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given
in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 15% to nominal values.
Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instan-
taneous trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating
knob, then rotate to desired position.
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-77
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application
Breaker Type
Maximum Continuous Amperes
Nominal
AC Adjustable Trip Range
ETI Motor Circuit Protector Catalog Number
Thermal Magnetic Catalog Number
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
High
3-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
JXD2(A)
200 225 250 300 350 400
1250 1250 1250 1250 2000 2000
1430 1430 1430 1430 2290 2290
1610 1610 1610 1610 2570 2570
1790 1790 1790 1790 2860 2860
1960 1960 1960 1960 3140 3140
2140 2140 2140 2140 3430 3430
2320 2320 2320 2320 3710 3710
2500 2500 2500 2500 4000 4000
—
—
—
—
—
—
JXD22B200 JXD22B225 JXD22B250 JXD22B300 JXD22B350 JXD22B400
JXD23B200 JXD23B225 JXD23B250 JXD23B300 JXD23B350 JXD23B400
JXD6(A)
200 225 250 300 350 400
1250 1250 1250 1250 2000 2000
1430 1430 1430 1430 2290 2290
1610 1610 1610 1610 2570 2570
1790 1790 1790 1790 2860 2860
1960 1960 1960 1960 3140 3140
2140 2140 2140 2140 3430 3430
2320 2320 2320 2320 3710 3710
2500 2500 2500 2500 4000 4000
—
—
—
—
—
—
JXD62B200 JXD62B225 JXD62B250 JXD62B300 JXD62B350 JXD62B400
JXD63B200 JXD63B225 JXD63B250 JXD62B300 JXD23B350 JXD23B400
JD6(A)
200 225 250 300 350 400 400
1250 1250 1250 1250 2000 1250 2000
1430 1430 1430 1430 2290 1430 2290
1610 1610 1610 1610 2570 1610 2570
1790 1790 1790 1790 2860 1790 2860
1960 1960 1960 1960 3140 1960 3140
2140 2140 2140 2140 3430 2140 3430
2320 2320 2320 2320 3710 2320 3710
2500 2500 2500 2500 4000 2500 4000
—
—
—
—
—
JXD63L400 JXD63H400
JD62B200 JD62B225 JD62B250 JD62B300 JD62B350 — JD62B400
JD63B200 JD63B225 JD63B250 JD63B300 JD63B350 — JD63B400
hJD6(A)
200 225 250 300 350 400
1250 1250 1250 1250 2000 2000
1430 1430 1430 1430 2290 2290
1610 1610 1610 1610 2570 2570
1790 1790 1790 1790 2860 2860
1960 1960 1960 1960 3140 3140
2140 2140 2140 2140 3430 3430
2320 2320 2320 2320 3710 3710
2500 2500 2500 2500 4000 4000
—
—
—
—
—
—
HJD62B200 HJD62B225 HJD62B250 HJD62B300 HJD62B350 HJD62H400
HJD63B200 HJD63B225 HJD63H250 HJD63B300 HJD63B350 HJD63B400
hhJD6
200 225 250 300 350 400
1250 1250 1250 1250 2000 2000
1430 1430 1430 1430 2290 2290
1610 1610 1610 1610 2570 2570
1790 1790 1790 1790 2860 2860
1960 1960 1960 1960 3140 3140
2140 2140 2140 2140 3430 3430
2320 2320 2320 2320 3710 3710
2500 2500 2500 2500 4000 4000
—
—
—
—
—
—
HHJD62B200 HHJD62B225 HHJD62B250 HHJD62B300 HHJD62B350 HHJD62B400
HHJD63B200 HHJD63B225 HHJD63B250 HHJD63B300 HHJD63B350 HHJD63B400
CJD6
200 225 250 300 350 400 400
1250 1250 1250 1250 2000 2000 1250
1430 1430 1430 1430 2290 2290 1450
1610 1610 1610 1610 2570 2570 1610
1790 1790 1790 1790 2860 2860 1790
1960 1960 1960 1960 3140 3140 1960
2140 2140 2140 2140 3430 3430 2140
2320 2320 2320 2320 3710 3710 2320
2500 2500 2500 2500 4000 4000 2500
—
—
—
—
—
CJD63H400 CJD63L400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CJD63B200 CJD63B225 CJD63B250 CJD63B300 CJD63B350 CJD63B400 —
LXD6(A)
450 500 600
2000 3000 3000
2290 3430 3430
2570 3860 3860
2860 4290 4290
3140 4710 4710
3430 5140 5140
3710 5570 5570
4000 6000 6000
—
—
—
LXD62B450 LXD62B500 LXD62B600
LXD63B450 LXD63B500 LXD63B600
LD6(A)
250 300 350 400 450 500 600 600
1250 1250 2000 2000 2000 3000 2000 3000
1430 1430 2290 2290 2290 3430 2290 3430
1610 1610 2570 2570 2570 3800 2570 3800
1790 1790 2860 2860 2860 4290 2860 4290
1960 1960 3140 3140 3140 4710 3140 4710
2140 2140 3430 3430 3430 5140 3430 5140
2320 2320 3710 3710 3710 5570 3710 5570
2500 2500 4000 4000 4000 6000 4000 6000
—
—
—
—
—
—
LXD63L600 LXD63H600
LD62B250 LD62B300 LD62B350 LD62B400 LD62B450 LD62B500 — LD62B600
LD63B250 LD63B300 LD63B350 LD63B400 LD63B450 LD63B500 — LD63B600
hLD6(A)
250 300 350 400 450 500 600
1250 1250 2000 2000 2000 3000 3000
1430 1430 2290 2290 2290 3430 3430
1610 1610 2570 2570 2570 3860 3860
1790 1790 2860 2860 2860 4290 4290
1960 1960 3140 3140 3140 4710 4710
2140 2140 3430 3430 3430 5140 5140
2320 2320 3710 3710 3710 5570 5570
2500 2500 4000 4000 4000 6000 6000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HLD62B250 HLD62B300 HLD62B350 HLD62B400 HLD62B450 HLD62B500 HLD62B600
HLD63B250 HLD63B300 HLD63B350 HLD63B400 HLD63B450 HLD63B500 HLD63B600
hhLD6
250 300 350 400 450 500 600
1250 1250 2000 2000 2000 3000 3000
1430 1430 2290 2290 2290 3430 3430
1610 1610 2570 2570 2570 3860 3860
1790 1790 2860 2860 2860 4290 4290
1960 1960 3140 3140 3140 4710 4710
2140 2140 3430 3430 3430 5140 5140
2320 2320 3710 3710 3710 5570 5570
2500 2500 4000 4000 4000 6000 6000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HHLD62B250 HHLD62B300 HHLD62B350 HHLD62B400 HHLD62B450 HHLD62B500 HHLD62B600
HHLD63B250 HHLD63B300 HHLD63B350 HHLD63B400 HHLD63B450 HHLD63B500 HHLD63B600
CLD6
250 300 350 400 450 500 600 600
1250 1250 2000 2000 2000 3000 2000 3000
1430 1430 2290 2290 2290 3430 2290 3430
1610 1610 2570 2570 2570 3860 2570 3860
1790 1790 2860 2860 2860 4290 2860 4290
1960 1960 3140 3140 3140 4710 3140 4710
2140 2140 3430 3430 3430 5140 3430 5140
2320 2320 3710 3710 3710 5570 3710 5570
2500 2500 4000 4000 4000 6000 4000 6000
—
—
—
—
—
—
CLD63L600 CLD63H600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CJD63B250 CJD63B300 CJD63B350 CLD63B400 CLD63B450 CLD63B500 — CLD63B600
LMXD6
500 600 700 800 800
3000 3000 3200 2800 3200
3430 3430 3500 3100 3500
3860 3860 3700 3400 3700
4290 4290 4200 3700 4200
4710 4710 4700 4000 4700
5140 5140 6400 4800 6400
5570 5570 7300 5500 7300
6000 6000 8000 6000 8000
—
—
—
LMXD63L800 LMXD63A800
—
LMXD62B600 LMXD62B700 — LMXD62B800
LMXD63B500 LMXD63B600 LMXD63B700 — LMXD63B800
LMD6
500 600 700 800
3000 3000 3200 3200
3430 3430 3500 3500
3860 3860 3700 3700
4290 4290 4200 4200
4710 4710 4700 4700
5140 5140 6400 6400
5570 5570 7300 7300
6000 6000 8000 8000
—
—
—
—
LMD62B500 LMD62B600 LMD62B700 LMD62B800
LMD63B500 LMD63B600 LMD63B700 LMD63B800
7-78
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application
Breaker Type
Maximum Continuous Amperes
Nominal
AC Adjustable Trip Range
ETI Motor Circuit Protector Catalog Number
Thermal Magnetic Catalog Number
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
High
3-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
hLMXD6
500 600 700 800
3000 3000 3200 3200
3430 3430 3500 3500
3860 3860 3700 3700
4290 4290 4200 4200
4710 4710 4700 4700
5140 5140 6400 6400
5570 5570 7300 7300
6000 6000 8000 8000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HLMXD63B500 HLMXD63B600 HLMXD63B700 HLMXD63B800
hLMD6
500 600 700 800
3000 3000 3200 3200
3430 3430 3500 3500
3860 3860 3700 3700
4290 4290 4200 4200
4710 4710 4700 4700
5140 5140 6400 6400
5570 5570 7300 7300
6000 6000 8000 8000
—
—
—
—
HLMD62B500 HLMD62B600 HLMD62B700 HLMD62B800
HLMD63B500 HLMD63B600 HLMD63B700 HLMD63B800
MD6
500 600 700 800 800 800
3000 3000 4000 3000 4000 5000
3430 3430 4570 3430 4570 5715
3860 3860 5140 3860 5140 6430
4290 4290 5710 4280 5710 7145
4710 4710 6280 4710 6280 7860
5140 5140 6850 5140 6850 8575
5570 5570 7420 5570 7420 9290
6000 6000 8000 6000 8000
10000
—
—
—
MXD63L800 MXD63A800 MXD63H800
MD62B500 MD62B600 MD62B700 — MD62B800 —
MD63B500 MD63B600 MD63B700 — MD63B800 —
MXD6
500 600 700 800 800 800
3000 3000 4000 3000 4000 5000
3430 3430 4570 3430 4570 5715
3860 3860 5140 3860 5140 6430
4280 4280 5710 4280 5710 7145
4710 4710 6280 4710 6280 7860
5140 5140 6850 5140 6850 8575
5570 5570 7420 5570 7420 9290
6000 6000 8000 6000 8000
10000
—
—
—
MXD63L800 MXD63A800 MXD63H800
MXD62B500 MXD62B600 MXD62B700 — MXD62B800 —
MXD63B500 MXD63B600 MXD63B700 — MXD63B800 —
hMD6
500 600 700 800
3000 3000 4000 4000
3430 3430 4570 4570
3860 3860 5140 5140
4280 4280 5710 5710
4710 4710 6280 6280
5140 5140 6850 6850
5570 5570 7420 7420
6000 6000 8000 8000
—
—
—
—
HMD62B500 HMD62B500 HMD62B700 HMD62B800
HMD63B500 HMD63B600 HMD63B700 HMD63B800
hMXD6
500 600 700 800
3000 3000 4000 4000
3430 3430 4570 4570
3860 3860 5140 5140
4280 4280 5710 5710
4710 4710 6280 6280
5140 5140 6850 6850
5570 5570 7420 7420
6000 6000 8000 8000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HMXD63B500 HMXD63B600 HMXD63B700 HMXD63B800
CMD6
400 500 600 700 800 800 800
3000 3000 3000 4000 3000 4000 5000
3430 3430 3430 4570 3430 4570 5715
3860 3860 3860 5140 3860 5140 6430
4280 4280 4280 5710 4280 5710 7145
4710 4710 4710 6280 4710 6280 7860
5140 5140 5140 6850 5140 6850 8575
5570 5570 5570 7420 5570 7420 9290
6000 6000 6000 8000 6000 8000
10000
—
—
—
—
CMD63L800 CMD63A800 CMD63H800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CMD63B600 CMD63B700 — CMD63B800 —
ND6
800
900 1000 1200
4000 5000 5000 5000
4570 5715 5715 5715
5140 6430 6430 6430
5710 7145 7145 7145
6280 7860 7860 7860
6850 8575 8575 8575
7420 9290 9290 9290
8000 10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
ND62B800 ND62B900 ND62B100 ND62B120
ND63B800 ND63B900 ND63B100 ND63B120
NXD6
900 1000 1200
5000 5000 5000
5715 5715 5715
6430 6430 6430
7145 7145 7145
7860 7860 7860
8575 8575 8575
9290 9290 9290
10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
NXD62B900 NXD62B100 NXD62B120
NXD63B900 NXD63B100 NXD63B120
hND6
800
900 1000 1200
4000 5000 5000 5000
4570 5715 5715 5715
5140 6430 6430 6430
5710 7145 7145 7145
6280 7860 7860 7860
6850 8575 8575 8575
7420 9290 9290 9290
8000 10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
HND62B800 HND62B900 HND62B100 HND62B120
HND63B800 HND63B900 HND63B100 HND63B120
hNXD6
900 1000 1200
5000 5000 5000
5715 5715 5715
6430 6430 6430
7145 7145 7145
7860 7860 7860
8575 8575 8575
9290 9290 9290
10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
—
—
HNXD63B900 HNXD63B100 HNXD63B120
CND6
800
900 1000 1200
4000 5000 5000 5000
4570 5715 5715 5715
5140 6430 6430 6430
5710 7145 7145 7145
6280 7860 7860 7860
6850 8575 8575 8575
7420 9290 9290 9290
8000 10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CND63B800 CND63B900 CND63B100 CND63B120
PD6
1200 1400 1600
5000 5000 5000
5715 5715 5715
6430 6430 6430
7145 7145 7145
7860 7860 7860
8575 8575 8575
9290 9290 9290
10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
—
—
PD63B120 PD63B140 PD63B160
PXD6
1200 1400 1600
5000 5000 5000
5715 5715 5715
6430 6430 6430
7145 7145 7145
7860 7860 7860
8575 8575 8575
9290 9290 9290
10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
—
—
PXD63B120 PXD63B140 PXD63B160
hPD6
1200 1400 1600
5000 5000 5000
5715 5715 5715
6430 6430 6430
7145 7145 7145
7860 7860 7860
8575 8575 8575
9290 9290 9290
10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
—
—
HPD63B120 HPD63B140 HPD63B160
hPXD6
1200 1400 1600
5000 5000 5000
5715 5715 5715
6430 6430 6430
7145 7145 7145
7860 7860 7860
8575 8575 8575
9290 9290 9290
10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
—
—
HPXD63B120 HPXD63B140 HPXD63B160
CPD6
1200 1400 1600
5000 5000 5000
5715 5715 5715
6430 6430 6430
7145 7145 7145
7860 7860 7860
8575 8575 8575
9290 9290 9290
10000 10000 10000
—
—
—
—
—
—
CPD63B120 CPD63B140 CPD63B160
RD6
1800 2000
5000 5000
5715 5715
6430 6430
7145 7145
7860 7860
8575 8575
9290 9290
10000 10000
—
—
—
—
RD63B180 RD63B200
RXD6
1800 2000
5000 5000
5715 5715
6430 6430
7145 7145
7860 7860
8575 8575
9290 9290
10000 10000
—
—
—
—
RXD63B180 RXD63B200
hRD6
1800 2000
5000 5000
5715 5715
6430 6430
7145 7145
7860 7860
8575 8575
9290 9290
10000 10000
—
—
—
—
HRD63B180 HRD63B200
hRXD6
1800 2000
5000 5000
5715 5715
6430 6430
7145 7145
7860 7860
8575 8575
9290 9290
10000 10000
—
—
—
—
HRXD63B180 HRXD63B200
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-79
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Molded Case Switch — Circuit Disconnect Selection
Maximum Frame
Amp Rating
2-Pole
3-Pole
Self-Protective Instantaneous Override ±20%c
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1100
BQ2S060 n BQ2S100n
BQ3S060n BQ3S100n
11000 11000
1125
ED22S100An ED42S100An ED42S125An ED62S100An — CED62S100An CED62S125An —
—
ED23S100A ED43S100A ED43S125A ED63S100A ED63S125A CED63S100An CED63S125An HES3S100L HES3S125L
11000 11000 11000 11000 11000 11000 11000 11250 11250
1225
—
HQR23S250HA
12000
1250
FXD62S250A
HFXD62S250An a
FXD63S250A HFXD63S250An CFD63S250An
13200 13200 13200
1400
JXD22S400An
—
—
a
JXD23S400A JXD63S400A HJXD63S400An CJD63S400An
16000 16000 16000 16000
1600
—
—
a
LXD63S600A HLXD63S600An CLD63S600An
16000 16000 16000
1800
—
—
a
LMXD63S800An MXD63S800A CMD63S800A
18000 18000 18000
1200
—
a
NXD63S120A CND63S120An
10000 10000
1600
a
PXD63S160Ae
10000
2000
a
RXD63S200Ane
10000
Ordering Information
Order by catalog number. Switches include frame and self protective trip unit only. Order lugs separately from pages 7-88 to 7-90.
Lugs pages 7-88 to 7-90 Enclosures Section 6 Accessories pages 7-95 to 7-100
7-80
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker.
b For additional lugs see pages 7-88 to 7-90.
c Molded case switches up to R frame contain a self protecting instantaneous element, which may open circuit above their override set point.
d UL file E57556 Volume 1, section 2 and CSA LR 42022-51.
e Requires mounting block MB9301 or MBR9302.
Product Category MCCB
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Technical
Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers
Letter “A” is used for MD and ND Solid State frame types only.
Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker.
SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6, SPD6, SHPD6
The Sentron Sensitrip III circuit breaker is a true RMS current sensing device. Digital microprocessor circuitry within the electronic trip unit provides more precise control over the circuit breaker functions. This control allows circuit coordination flexibility not available with thermal magnetic circuit breakers.
Catalog Number (Description + Suffix)
Trip Type
Cont Current Setting
Long Time Delay
Instan- taneous Setting
Short Time Pick Up
Short Time Delay
Short Time l2t
Pick Up
Ground Fault Pick Up
Ground Fault Delay
Basic Unit + (A)
LI
u
u
u
Basic Unit + (A)G
LIG
u
u
u
u
u
Basic Unit + (A)NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
Basic Unit + (A)NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SCD6, SHLD6, SCLD6
ln = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating.
lr = Current Rating — a function of continuous ampere adjustment setting expressed in % of ln .
lg = Ground Fault Pickup — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln .
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-81
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Technical
D. Adjustable “Short Time Pick-Up” Switch (Optional)
Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch allow for selection of short time pick-up in a range from 1.5 to 10 times the setting of the maximum current rating.
E. Adjustable “Short Time Delay” Switch (Optional)
Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch also contain a switch for adjustment in time delay. The adjustable short time delay switch allows for either of two modes of short time delays. One range of settings enables the breaker to be set for fixed time delays and the other range of settings enables the breaker to be set for short time delays based on l2t curves.
A. Adjustable “Continuous Amps” Rating Switch
All Sensitrip III solid state molded case circuit breakers have an adjustable ampere rating switch. Adjustments made to this switch change the continuous current rating of the breaker from 20% to 100% of its maximum trip unit rating depending on the circuit breaker frame.
B. Adjustable “Long Time Delay” Switch
All Sensitrip III circuit breakers have an adjustable long time delay switch to allow for selection of long time delays of fixed time intervals at six times the setting of the adjustable “continuous amps”
rating switch.
C. Adjustable “Instantaneous Pick-Up” Switch
Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable instantaneous trip switch allow selection of a tripping point from related to the adjusted circuit breaker Rating (lr).
Adjustable “Ground Fault Pick-Up” Switch
Sensitrip III circuit breakers containing the optional equipment ground fault protection cover the ground fault pick-up range of 20% to 70% of the circuit breaker frame rating. The ground fault pick-up settings also allow for one of three time delays based on 12t curves.
For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an external neutral transformer is required with an ampere rating equal to the trip unit ampere rating.
ln = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating.
lr = Current Rating — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.
lg = Ground Fault Pick-up — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.
Examples of Adjustment Settings
In = 800
Continuous Current Setting
Long Time Delay Setting
Instantaneous Setting
In = 800 amperes Results
30
240 amperes
lr = 30% of 800
12
12 seconds trip
at 6 x 240 amps = 1440.
8
1920 amperes 8 x lr = 8 x 240
ln
lr Setting
Long Time Delay
Short Time Pick-Up Off
Instantaneous Setting
Short Time Pick-Up
On
Short Time Delay
l2T Set
Ground Fault Pick-Up
Ground Fault Delay
800 amperes Results
uA
070 560
uB
20
20 sec.
uC
—
—
uD
10 lr 5600A
uE
8 lr 4480A
uF
.5
.5 secs uG
.28
.28 sec @ 4480A
uh
40
320A uI
.2
.2 sec uJ
7-82
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Catalog Number SMD69800A
Catalog Number SMD69800ANGT
uA ln = 800 amperes.
uB lr = 560 amperes (70% of 800).
uC Delay = 20 seconds at 3360 amps (6 x lr). Breaker will trip in 20 seconds with 3360
amperes.
uD ShortTimePick-UpOff—Instantaneouscanbeused.
uE Instantaneous set at 10 x lr = 10 x 560 = 5600 amperes.
uF ShortTimePick-UpOn—Setat8=8x560=4480 amperes.
uG Short Time Delay = .5 seconds. (Definite Time) Note: uG & uh are mutually exclusive.
uh l2t switch on .28 seconds @ 6 x 560 = 3360 amperes. (Inverse time)
uI GroundFault Pick-Upsetat40=40%ofl =320
amperes. (Definite Time)
uJ Ground Fault Delay set at .2 seconds. Breaker will trip in 200 milliseconds with a 400 ampere ground fault.
n
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
WL Power Circuit Breakers
3-pole & 4-pole, up to 6000A General
Breaker Description
The ever-increasing use of plant and energy management systems has intensified the demand for circuit breakers supporting multiple open protocols to monitor and control the flow of energy in the power system. The extensive and modular WL family of circuit breakers and accessories provides this for applications from 200A to 6000A.
Applications
WL breakers can be applied as main, tie, feeder or distribution breakers in low-voltage electrical power systems.
Versions
b Frame ratings: 800A to 6000A
b 3 physical frame sizes
b Rated nominal operating voltage up to 635VAC
b Seven interrupting classes from 50kA to 200kA at 480V
b Circuit breaker or non-automatic switch b WL Circuit Breakers are delivered as
complete assembled breakers or individual frames, guide frames, and accessories
Installation Types
Fixed-mounted or Draw-out version.
Standards
b WL ANSI / UL 1066 Circuit Breakers will satisfy: C37.13, C37.16, C37.17, C37.50, NEMA SG3
b WL UL 489 Circuit Breakers will satisfy: UL 489
b WL Circuit Breakers are suitable for use in UL 1558 LV Switchgear and UL 891 LV Switchboards
Conditions of Application
WL Circuit Breakers are designed to meet standard Industrial and Commercial application requirements.
Uniform Dimensions
WL Circuit Breaker dimensions differ only in the device width, which varies by frame size. With the exception of the 200kA ANSI Frame Size II which has an additional 5” in depth to accommodate integral fuses and the UL489 Frame Size I which measures only 15” in height to allow six-high stacking in switchboards.
Minimal Space Requirements
The WL design is extremely compact without sacrificing performance and does not use energy-wasting heat sinks.
Trip Units
The electronic, micro processor-based trip unit is auxiliary voltage-independent for all protective functions and enables adaptation to the different protection requirements of distribution systems, motors, transformers and generators.
Non-Automatic Switch
A special version of the circuit breaker is used as a non-automatic switch.
The non-automatic switch is constructed without a trip unit and has no protective function. A possible application is for use as a tie in systems with parallel feeds.
Main Bus Connectors
Breakers are equipped with standard vertical main bus connections. Horizontal bus connections are available as an option in Frame Size 1 and 2 up to 2000A.
Communication Capability
MODBUS or PROFIBUS communica- tions transmit the acquired and metered data, such as current values, breaker status, trip log, etc. to a central monitoring computer. With a factory installed metering function option, the WL acquires data useful for power management and can contribute to a significant savings in energy costs. A new, internal circuit breaker bus enables the expansion of breaker functionality through the integration of many secondary functions which were previously separate, including:
b Control of analog displays b Options for testing the
communication setup
b Display of breaker status and reason for trip
Input modules for reading other b external signals and transmitting
these signalsvia PROFIBUS or MODBUS communication
b A selection of output modules to provide contact closures based on events or measured-value setpoints. It is not only possible to monitor the breaker remotely, it is also possible to open and close the breaker as well as setting parameters remotely
Operating Mechanisms
Circuit breakers can be optionally delivered with different operating mechanisms, including:
b Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing (standard)
b Manual operating mechanism with mechanical and electrically interlocked closing
b Motorized operating mechanism with mechanical and electrically interlocked closing. Operating mechanisms with electrically interlocked closing are suitable for synchronizing tasks
Auxiliary Contacts
Auxiliary switches can be added accord- ing to the type of installation. They are easily mounted via front, top mounted terminal blocks.
Modularity
Common guide frames for the draw-out version make them completely inter- changeable between the UL 489 and ANSI / UL 1066 rated circuit breakers. Components, such as auxiliary releases, motorized operating mechanisms, trip units, current sensors, auxiliary
signal switches, automatic reset devices or interlocks can be used to modify or retrofit any circuit breaker to meet changing requirements. The main con- tacts can be replaced to extend the life of the circuit breaker and feature inte- grated contact wear indicators.
Electronic Trip Unit Modularity
Modularity is the outstanding feature of the new WL Circuit Breakers. The trip units themselves can be retrofitted with special LCDs, ground fault modules, rating plugs and communication modules.100% Rated Circuit Breaker WL circuit breakers are designed for continuous operation at 100% of their current rating without the need for external heat sinks.
Conditions of Application
WL Circuit Breakers are designed to meet standard Industrial and Commercial application requirements.
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-83
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
WL Power Circuit Breakers
Communication Information General
7-84
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
WL Power Circuit Breakers
Electronic Trip Units General
Trip Unit Functions
Long-time overcurrent protection L Short-time delayed overcurrent protection S
Instantaneous overcurrent protection I Neutral conductor protection N Ground fault protection G
Selectable neutral protection Defeatable short-time protection Defeatable instantaneous protection Selectable thermal memory
Zone selective interlocking
Selectable I2t or fixed short-time delay Adjustable instantaneous pick-up
Selectable I2t or I4t long-time delay Adjustable short-time delay and pick-up Selectable and adjustable neutral protection Dual protective setting capability
Dynamic arc-flash sentry
Extended instantaneous protection
Parameterization by rotary switches (10 steps) Parameterization by communication (absolute values) Parameterization by menu/keypad (absolute values) Remote parameterization of the basic functions Remote parameterization of the additional functions Alphanumeric LCD
Graphical LCD
Metering function Metering function Plus
CubicleBUS
Communication via PROFIBUS-DP Communication via the MODBUS Communication via the Ethernet (BDA)
l Standard — Not available u Optional
ll l
ll l
ll l
ll l
uuu
Basic Protective Functions
ETU745
ETU748
ETU776
Additional Functions
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l l
— l
— l
l l
l l
l l
— l
l l
l l
l l
— —
— —
l
l
l l
—
l l
l —
ll
Parameterization and Displays
— —
— —
— —
l
l
l
u
u —
— —
l
Metering Function
uuu
uuu
lll
uuu
uuu
uuu
Communication
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-85
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
WL Power Circuit Breakers
3-pole & 4-pole, up to 6000A General
7-86
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Rating Plug
It is no longer necessary to replace the current transformer to change the rated current of the breaker. Instead, you simply replace the rating plug which is easily accessible on the front of the trip unit. The circuit breaker is set to the new rated current quickly and is already correctly labeled.
Long Time Overcurrent Protection with Switchable I2t/I4t Characteristics
The long time overcurrent
protection in the ETU745, ETU755 and ETU776 trip units can be switched between an I2t and I4t characteristic to improve coordination between upstream circuit breakers and fuses.
Front Panel
The front panel is designed so that it can be accessed through a cutout in the door, which means that all controls and displays are accessible even when the cubicle door is closed. The front panels of all Frame Size II and Frame Size III circuit breakers are identical, and allow for two different through-door access designs: Trip unit and front panel controls or front panel controls only. The degree of protection of the front panel is IP 20.
Environmental Protection
The plastics used are halogen-free and recyclable.
Safety and Reliability
In order to help protect the electrical distribution system and circuit breaker against unauthorized breaker operations,
Exclusive Features
Generator/Utility Protection Sets
24/7/365 power availability is critical for some systems. On-site generation capa- bility is growing more and more common in many systems. All of the WL digital electronic trip units allow the system designer to precisely tailor trip settings for the most demanding requirements. However, the 776 trip unit allows one set of trip settings for a fully loaded utility feed and with a simple contact closure, the trip unit toggles to a second trip set tailored to provide optimal generator pro- tection. The wide range of settings allows the WL to provide protection for
a minimal generator capacity for only essential loads, through full backup for an entire facility. This dual utility/generator protection capability in a single circuit breaker allows the system designer unparalleled, cost effective, flexibility.
Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry
A unique feature of the WL trip unit allows the system designer to achieve lower levels of arc flash energy and delayed tripping for selective trip coordination purposes.
a wide range of locking devices can be installed or retrofit, including:
b Lockable drawout version to protect against unauthorized removal (standard)
b High degree of protection through Plexiglas cover
Mechanical reclosing lockout after
b long-time, short-time or instantaneous
trip (optional)
Devices with trip unit ETU745 or higher are equipped with temperature sensors on the BSS and COM15/COM16 (standard)
Lock provision for locking the breaker b in the OPEN position
b Spring charge indicator
b Rear vertical main contacts
b
pressure screw terminals. Delivery includes all auxiliary plugs necessary for both factory installed and future field installed accessories
b Mechanical trip indicator of the overcurrent release system
b Automatic reset after trip
b
Lockable covers for the CLOSE button
of the breaker contact strip on the drawout circuit breaker
Breaker position display in the b operator’s panel
b Captive crank handle for racking out the breaker
b Guide frame with guide rails for easy handling of draw-out version
b Breaker cannot be moved in the CLOSED state
Rated current coding between the b guide frame and the breaker
b Suitable for reverse feed applications b The breaker is always equipped with
the required number of secondary disconnect blocks
the instantaneous function is switched off on an ‘LSI’ trip unit, can only be applied up to it’s short-time rating, commonly 85kA or less. For application on systems with levels of available fault current above the short-time rating, the typical ‘LS’ power circuit breaker cannot be applied or must employ an instanta- neous override. This instantaneous override is set at as much as 20% below the short-time rating and can seriously compromise selective trip coordination with downstream breakers.
The WL, equipped with EIP, overcomes these limitations by providing full withstand capability, and full coordina- tion, with a minus 0% short-time band tolerance up to 85kA on frame Size II and 100kA on Size III. Above fault cur- rents of 20% higher than the full short- time rating, the WL breaker is self-pro- tecting, and the EIP function will trip the breaker instantly to protect the frame and the system from these extremely high currents, as high as 150kA on frame Size III. One added benefit is that arc flash energy is greatly reduced in this high current region due to the instanta- neous trip response that EIP provides.
b
b Lockable racking handle prevents
moving the breaker
b Lockable charging handle prevents charging the springs
Standard Version Features
WL Circuit Breakers have the following standard equipment:
b Mechanical CLOSE and mechanical OPEN push buttons
b Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing
b Contact position indicator
Front panel ready-to-close indicator
Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry (DAS) employs the unique dual protective setting capa- bility of the 776 trip unit, coupled with the ability to easily toggle to a lower arc flash parameter set. A normal operation parameter set can be optimized for selective trip coordination, while the second set is optimized for lower arc flash energy levels. The dynamic action comes from the ability to switch from the normal operation set to the arc flash limiting set based on the presence of personnel as they approach the flash protection boundary. A wide variety of switching methods may be used based on the needs of a particular facility. The capabilities range from fully automatic switching using appropriate occupancy sensors to manual switching via a
key operation.
Extended Instantaneous Protection
Extended Instantaneous protection (EIP), another unique feature of the WL trip unit, allows the system designer to achieve full selective trip coordination up to the short-time rating of the frame while also allowing application of the breaker up to the interrupting rating of the frame. The typical power circuit breaker with an ‘LS’ trip unit, or when
Main contact replacement flag
b
b Auxiliary plug system with bare wire
The front panel cannot be removed if the circuit breaker closed
b
b Laminated main contact fingers as part
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic and Communications Accessories Selection
Multiplexor Translator
The Multiplexor Translator MTZ is an interface device required in zone selective interlock schemes. The MTA combines the zone selective interlocking function with interface to ACCESS® Systems.
Cables & Connectors
Ribbon Cables
Telephone Cables
Expansion Plug
The Expansion Plug EP is a required isolating device to connect the breaker with the Multiplexor Translator. It is connected to the trip unit on the breaker with a “Ribbon Cable”, EPC08 e.g., and the Multiplexor Translator with the “Telephone Cable” (an RJ-11 cable) MTCSB08 e.g.
Electronic & Display Devices
Trip Unit Test Set
The TS-31 test set is used to test the operation of the fault protection functions of the circuit breaker’s trip unit, including long-time, short- time, instantaneous, and ground fault by means of secondary current injections.
Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit
The Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit (SADU) provides real-time meter- ing for all Sentron-Sensitrip III Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The
unit plugs directly onto the front of the trip unit and provides displays for individual phase currents flowing through the breaker. Additional features include Average, Demand, Ground and Unbalance Current displays, along with impending Trip Status. Current Metering Logs, and a unique diagnostic Trip Log that records the date, time and type of fault for the previous five breaker trips. The device is UL and CSSA certified.
The optional panel mount accessory (SADURMK18) allows easy device mounting external from the circuit breaker, in panelboard and switch- board spaces or gutters, with the flexibility of interior panel exterior panel, or wall mounting capability.
The 2 x 16 alphanumeric LCD display provides easy viewing of data, such as viewing all three phase currents simultaneously.
Breaker Type
Features
Catalog Number
SJD, SLD SMD, SND SPD
Zone Interlocking Only
MTZ
Full Communications with Zone Interlocking
MTA
Type Catalog Number
SJD, SLD, SMD, SND, SPD, Portable TS31
Spare TS-31 Test Set Interconnecting Cable TS31CABLE
Breaker Type Catalog Number
SJD, SLD, SMD SADU
SND, SPD SADURMK18
Breaker Type
Length
Catalog Number
SJD, SLD SMD, SND SPD
06” 08” 12” 18” 24”
EPC06 EPC08 EPC12n EPC18 EPC24n
Breaker Type
Length
Catalog Number
SJD, SLD SMD, SND, SPD
8’ 15’ 25’ 50’
MTC08 MTC15 MTC25 MTC50
Breaker Frame Mounting
Type Size Type Catalog Number
Sensitrip ALL ALL EP
SADU Ammeter Display Unit b Direct plug-in or Panel Mounting*
b Trip Unit Powered & Battery back-up
b 2 x 16 LCD Alphanumeric Display*
b Ammeter Display Functions
—RMS Phase Currents
— Average Current* —Current Demand* —Ground Current —Current Unbalance (%)*
b Breaker Status — Normal
—Impending Trip*
b Time Stamped Trip Log
(last 5)
— Time & Date* — Trip Cause:
LT, ST, GF, SC
b Max Log (with date & time)
—Max Phase Current* —Max Average Current* —Max Ground Current* —Max Unbalance Current*
—Max Current Demand* * Unique Features
Component Selection Guidea
Trip Units and Application
Component Type
ZSI (only) with Sensitrip MCCB’S
Access and/or ZSI with Sensitrip MCCB’s
EP
3
3
MTZb
3
MTAb
3
EPC Cable
3
3
MTC Cablec
3
3
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a When ordered with circuit breaker from the factory. b One MTA or MTZ per eight trip units when required.
c Always required when multiple MT’s are used. One additional cable per each additional MT.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-87
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Lug Information
Mechanical Lug Selection
For Use With Type(s)
BQ, BQh, BQhF
BQE, BQF,
BL, BLh, hBL, hBQ
Switching Neutrals
BG, BLG
BQD, CQD BQD6, CQD6
NGG, hGG, LGG
NEG, hEG
Circuit Breaker Cables Per Catalog Ampere Rating Lug Lug Wire Range Number
Line Side
15–40 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1ab 1 #12–#6 AWG Al
45–125 1 #8–#1 AWG Cu TA1Q1b 1 #6–#1/0 AWG Al
Load Side
15–20
25–35
40–50
55–70
*exceptions in Table A
80–100
110–125
Line Side (CQD, CQD6) & Load Side
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
#14–#10 AWG Cu #12–#10 AWG Al
#14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al
#8–#6 AWG Cu #8–#4 AWG Al
#8–#4 AWG Cu #8–#2 AWG Al
#4–#1/0 AWG Cu #2–#1/0 AWG Al
#2–#1/0 AWG Cu #1/0–#2/0 AWG Al
Lugs are integral to Circuit Breaker
Lugs are integral to Circuit Breaker
Lugs are integral to Circuit Breaker
Lugs are integral to Circuit Breaker
Lugs are integral to Circuit Breaker
Lugs are integral to Circuit Breaker
15–40
45–100
15–30
15–30
35–125
15–125
15-125 15-125 15-125 15-125 15-125
1
1
1
1
1
—
1 1 1 — —
Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.
#14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al
#8–#1 AWG Cu #6–#1/0 AWG Al
#14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al
#14–#6 AWG Cu #12–#6 AWG Al
#8–#1/0 AWG Cu #8–#2/0 AWG Al
NUT KEEPER PLATE
#14-3/0 AWG Cu #14-1/0 AWG Cu/Al #6-3/0 AWG Cu/AI
Nut Keeper Kit (3-pole) Nut Keeper Kit (4-pole)
Integral
Integral
TC1Q1
3TC1Q1 (pkg. of 3)
3TC1GG20 (pkg. of 3)
TNKG3c (pkg. of 3)
3TW1EG30 (pkg. of 3) 3TA1EG10 (pkg. of 3) 3TA1EG30 (pkg. of 3) TNKE3 (pkg. of 3) TNKE4 (pkg. of 4)
For Use With Type(s)
Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating
Cables Per Lug
Lug Wire Range
Number of Poles
7-88
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Table A
BQ, BL, QP
Note:
Load Side
55-60 1
#8–#4 AWG Cu-Al
#3 AWG requires 22 or 65 kAIC
a Lug is steel.
b Sold in package of six.
c One nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the
NGG breaker.
This exception is applicable to 1- and 2-pole only
(A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity of 125 amperes or less are to be connected with 60 or 75°C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with 75°C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in article 110-14 C(1)(2) of the 2005 National
Electrical Code.
(B) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in
conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Lug Information
Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire Selection
For Use With Type(s)
Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating
Cables Per Lug
Lug Wire Range
Catalog Number
QR2, QR2h, hQR2, hQR2h
100-250
1
#3–300 Kcmil Al/C
3TA1QR300
(3 lugs per kit)
All 2, 3-pole ED2, ED4, ED6, ED6 ETI,
hED4,
hhED6
15–25
1
#14–#10 AWG (Cu) #12–#10 AWG (Al)
SA1E025
30–100
1
#10–#1/0 (Cu or Al)
LN1E100
110–125
1
#3-3/0 (Cu) #1-2/0 (Al)
TA1E6125
CED6
All 1-pole ED, hED
30–60
1
#10–4 (Cu or Al)
LD1E060 (Load Side)
70–100
1
#4–#1/0 (Cu or Al)
LD1E100 (Load Side)
FXD6-A, FD6-A, hFD6,
CFD6
hhFD6
70–250
1
#6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) #4 AWG–350 kcmil (Al)
TA1FD350A
SJD6(A), ShJD6(A) SCJD6
65-200
1–2
#4 AWG–3/0 (Cu or Al)
TA2J630
JXD2(A), JXD6(A), JD6(A), SJD6(A), hJD6(A), hJXD6(A) hhJXD6, hhJD6, ShJD6(A), CJD6, SCJD6
200–400
1–2
3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 4/0–500 kcmil (Al)
TA2J6500
LXD6(A), LD6(A), SLD6(A), hLD6(A), hLXD6(A), hhLXD6, hhLD6, ShLD6(A), CLD6, SCLD6
250–600
1–2
3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 4/0–500 kcmil (Al)
TA2J6500
LMD6a, LMXD6a, hLMD6a, hLMXD6a, MD6, MXD6, SMD6, hMD6, hMXD6, ShMD6, CMD6, SCMD6
500–600
1–2
#1–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA2K500
1–3
1/0–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA3K500
500–800
1–2
500–750 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA2N750 b
ND6,
NXD6, SND6, hND6, hNXD6, ShND6, CND6, SCND6
800–1200
1–4
250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
2TA4P8500 bc 3TA4P8500 bd
250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
2TA4N8500 c 3TA4N8500 d
PD6, hPD6, CPD6 PXD6, hPXD6, SPD6, ShPD6
1200–1600
1–5
300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA5P600
PD6, PXD6,
hPD6, hPXD6, SPD6, ShPD6,
RD6, RXD6,
hRD6, hRXD6, STD
1200–2000
1–6
300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA6R600
aUse TA2K500 or TA3K500 only. cContains 2 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier. bUsed for 100% rated MD/ND frame breakers. dContains 3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier.
Rated for 90° C cable.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-89
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Lug information
Optional Mechanical Lugs Selection
For Use With Type
Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating
Cables Per Lug
Lug Material
Lug Wire Range
Qty Per Catalog No
Catalog Number
250–600
1 1
Al
500–750 kcmil (Al) 500–600 kcmil (Cu)
1
TA1L6750
For Circuit Breaker Types
Ampere Rating
Poles
Lugs Per Kit
Lug Wire Size
Catalog Number
For Circuit Breaker Types
Ampere Rating
Poles
Lugs Per kit
Wires Per Lug
Lug Wire Size
Catalog Number
7-90
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
QR2, QR2h, hQR2, hQR2h
ED, hED 1, 2 & 3-pole
hFD6, hhFD6, CFD6, F(X)D6-A
J(X)D2(A), J(X)D6(A), hJD6(A), hhJD6, ShJD6(A), L(X)D6(A), hhLD6, SCD6, hLD6(A), ShLD6(A), CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6, SCLD6
SMD6, M(X)D6, hM(X)D6, hMD6,
CMD6, SCMD6, SND6, N(X)D6, hN(X)D6,
ShND6, CND6, SCND6
R(X)D6, hR(X)D6
P(X)D6, hP(X)D6, CPD6, SPD6, ShPD6
Compression Lugs
100-250
1, 2 & 3-pole 30-125
70–250
200–600
500–600
700–800
800–1200
1600–2000
1200–1600
1 Cu
1 Cu
1 Cu
1 Cu 1–2
1–2 Cu
1–3 Cu
1–2 Al
1–3 Al
1–5 Cu
1–4 Al
#3 - 300 Kcmil Cu ONLY)
3
1
1
1 1
1
1
2 3
2 3
1
1
#2/0 AWG Cu/Al
#6 - 350kcmil Al/Cu
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
#6-#4 AL #14-#4 Cu
#14-#2 AWG Cu
#14-#6 AWG Cu
#14-#4 AWG Cu #6-#4 AWG Al
#14-#4 AWG Cu #6-#4 AWG Al
#14-2/0 AWG Cu #6-2/0 AWG Al
3TC1QR2520
(3 lugs per kit)
TC1ED6150
TC1FD350
TC1J6600a TC2J6500a
TC2K500
TC3K350
2TA2N8750 3TA2N8750
2TA3N8750 3TA3N8750
TC5R600
TA4P750s
CCE125
CCQ250
CCF250
CCL600
CCM800K2 CCM800K3 CCN1200K2 CCN1200K3
TA6GG04
3TA3EG02
3TA6EG06
TA6ED06
TA6FD04
TA6JD20
#10–#1/0 (Cu)
#6 AWG–350 kcmil
3/0–600 kcmil (Cu) 3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)
#1 AWG–500 kcmil
#1 AWG–350 kcmil
500–750 kcmil (Cu) 500–750 kcmil (Al)
500–750 kcmil (Cu) 500–750 kcmil (Al)
300–600 kcmil (Cu)
(Cu)
(Cu)
(Cu)
600–750 kcmil (Cu/Al)
Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit)
ED2, ED4, ED6, hED4, hhED6, CED6
QR2, QR2h, hQR2, hQR2h
F(X)D6-A, hF(X)D6, hhF(X)D6, CFD6
JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, hJ(X)D6-A, hhJ(X)D6-A, CJD6, SJD6-A, ShJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, hL(X)D6-A, CLD6, SLD6-A, ShLD6-A, SCLD6
15–125
100-250
125–250
200–600
1, 2, 3
2-3
2, 3
2, 3
2
3
2
3
1
1
1
1
6
9
8
12
6
3
6
6
6
6
Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3-pole breaker)
M(X)D6, hM(X)D6, CMD6, SMD6, ShMD6, SCMD6
N(X)D6, hN(X)D6, CND6, SND6, ShND6, SCND6
Distribution Lugsb NGG, hGG, LGG
NEG, hEG
NEG, hEG
ED2, ED4, ED6, hED4, hhED6, CED6
F(X)D6-A, hF(X)D6, hhF(X)D6, CFD6
JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, hJ(X)D6-A, hhJ(X)D6-A, CJD6-A, SJD6, ShJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, hL(X)D6-A, CLD6-A, SLD6-A, ShLD6-A, SCLD6
500–800
900–1200
15-125 1,2,3
15-125 1,2,3
15-125 1,2,3
15-125 1,2,3
70-250 2,3
200-600 2,3
1
3
3
1
1
1
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. aUsed for 100% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers.
b Special purpose wire connectors, not for general use.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Modifications General/Selection
A variety of internal and external accessories, as well as modifications, are available to adapt Siemens circuit breakers to special installation requirements. UL listed internal accessories for 100 through 2000A circuit breakers are field-addable.
Internal accessories fine tune an electrical distribution system,
allowing control of the circuit breakers to meet special application requirements. For example, emergency situations may dictate tripping critically placed circuit breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish this conveniently and efficiently.
Or, when voltage drops are a concern, undervoltage trips automatically open the circuit breaker at a predetermined voltage level.
A wide range of external operating and mounting accessories is also available. For example, face, shallow, and back mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ circuit breakers to OEM applications.
A complete line of operating handles and handle-blocking devices meet switchboard, enclosure and safety needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies, which simplify switchboard mounting of circuit breakers and permit breaker removal without disconnecting bus or cable connections, are available.
UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers
Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels.
Siemens molded case breakers, including BL, NGB and Sentron ED through RD frames can be labeled “NAVAL” in compliance with UL 489 Supplement SB.
Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests. The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and to subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant fre- quency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the fre- quency of excitation is changed in intervals of 1Hz, and held at each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies run from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the three orthogonal axes of the breaker.
During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position. Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test.
For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB.
50°C Ambient Calibration — Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 100% rated breakers or 400HZ calibrated breakers.
For BL Type Circuit Breakers
— Add suffix ‘M’ to catalog number
(Example: B120M)....................................................................................No Charge
For BQ and ED Frame Circuit Breakers
— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’.................................................No Charge
(Example: BQ3M060, ED63M060)
For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers Non-Interchangeable Trip (3–pole only) ................................................No Charge
— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’ (Example: FXD63M225, JXD63M400)
400 HZ Calibration
UL Listed (5KA IR)
For BQ & BL Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.)...........................................Add 25% to list price — Add suffix ‘Y’ to catalog number
Not UL Listed
For all other Circuit Breakers, see derating tables on page 7-102 and order standard circuit breakers.
Fungus Proofing
All BQD, CQD, GB, GG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD, DG, FG, JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment.
For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers............................................................Add 工业设备进口与技术服务10.00 net per pole — Consult Sales Office for Availability
For all other Circuit Breaker Types.................................................................Add 工业设备进口与技术服务160.00 net per device — Consult Sales Office for Availability
Certificate of Compliance with Test Report (catalog number CERT OF COMP.) Add 工业设备进口与技术服务210.00 net Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped.
The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office and shipped directly to the end user.
Ordering Information
For “NAVAL” label, add 工业设备进口与技术服务75. net per catalog number per order. Order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens Sales Office.
Types
BQD/CQD
GG
GB
ED2, ED4, IIED4, hED6
CED6
FD6, FXD6, hFD6, hFXD6
CFD6
JXD2, JD6, JXD6, LXD6, LD6, hJD6, hJXD6, hLD6, hLXD6
hhJD6, hhJXD6, hhLD6, hhLXD6
CJD6, CLD6
MD6, MXD6, hMD6, hMXD6, CMD6, ND6, NXD6, hND6, hNXD6, CND6
PD6, PXD6, hPD6, hPXD6, CPD6, RD6, RXD6, hRD6, hRXD6
UL File
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 1
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 2
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 3
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 11
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 13
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 17
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 18
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 8
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 20
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 14
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 15
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 19
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-91
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories General
Breakers
Modules Per Breaker
Avail. On Breaker Poles
ST
ST/ AUX
ST/ ALSW
ST/ AUX/ ALSW
UVT
UVT/ AUX
UVT/ ALSW
UVT/ AUX/ ALSW
AUX
AUX/ ALSW
ALSW
Elect. Bell Alarm
Ground fault
Grd fault w/Bell
QP, BQ, BLa
1
1, 2, 3
1
—
—
—
—
—
1,2
—
—
—
—
—
BQD, CQD, GB, GG
1
2, 3
1
1/1
—
—
—
—
1,2
1/1
1
—
—
—
QR
1, 2
2, 3
1
1/1
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
All ED
1
1, 2, 3
1
1/1,1/2
1/1
1/1/1
1
1/1, 1/2
1/1
1/1/1
1, 2
1/1, 2/1
1
—
1
1
All FD
2
2, 3
1
—
—
—
1
1/1
—
—
1, 2
1/1
1
—
—
—
All JD, LD, LMDb
2
2, 3
1
1
—
—
1
1/1, 1/2
—
—
1, 2
1/1, 1/2
1, 2
—
—
—
SJD6, ShJD6, SCJD6, SLD6, ShLD6, SCLD6c
1
3
1
1
—
—
1
1/1, 1/2
—
—
1, 2
1/1, 1/2
1, 2
—
—
—
All MD, ND, PD, RD Including Electronic tripd
2
2, 3
1
1/1
—
—
1
1/1, 1/2
—
—
1, 2
1/1, 2/1
1, 2
—
—
—
STDe
6
3
1
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
1 NC / 1 NO, 2 NC / 2 NO, 3 NC / 3 NO, 4 NC / 4 NO, 5 NC / 5 NO, 6 NC / 6 NO
—
1
1
—
—
S01FD60
S01FD60
7-92
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Feature Combinations
The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability.
Shunt Trip (ST)
One or all critical circuit breakers may
be tripped from a distant control point
by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt
trip operates through an auxiliary switch contact; when the breaker opens, current is not maintained on the shunt trip coil.
Undervoltage Trip (UVT)
When voltage drops to a value below 35% of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage trip device automatically opens the breaker. The operation is instantaneous, and the circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the
voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The undervoltage trip, which is continuously energized, must be energized before the circuit breaker can be closed.
Auxiliary Switch (AUX)
For applications requiring remote “on” or “off” indication (or electrical interlocking), auxiliary switches are available. Each switch comprises an “A” (open when circuit breaker is open) and a “B” (closed when circuit breaker is open) contact with a common connection. (Form C)
Alarm Switch (ALSW)
The alarm switch contact is closed when the circuit breaker is opened automatically by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or undervoltage trip. The alarm switch contact is open when the circuit
breaker is reset.
For ED Frames
aFactory assembled only
bIf mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module
can be installed in the right pocket.
For FD Frames
cIf mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed.
dIf mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed in the left pocket.
For JD and LD Frames
eOne module per column.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Accessories
Circuit Breaker Accessories defghi
Catalog Number
For Use With Breaker Type
Number of Poles
Standard Package
Padlocking Device
For locking breaker in “OFF” position. Note “ON” position does not affect breaker fuctionally
ECPLD1
ECPLD1R
ECPLD2
ECPLD2R
ECPLD3
US2:ECPLD3R
ECQLD3
ECQLD4
ECQLN3b
ECQTH4
ECQTH2
ECQTH3
ECQML12
ECQL1
ECBX231M
Main Breaker Retainer
ECMBR1c
ECMBR2
Mounting Accessories
MB120
FP9508
FP9555
FP9556
SMB6R
TCH65K
BR2
BR3
BR4
I0204ML1125CU
I0303ML3100CU
TA1Q1
TC1Q1
BQFS1K
BQFS2
ECQF3
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF2, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD (Red Color)
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ, BQXD
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ, BQXD (Red Color)
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ (Red Color)
Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD
Type QT-Duplex
150-225 MBKA, QN, QNR
Type QP, BL, BQh
Type QT Duplex
Type QP, BL
Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket
Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD
Type QT-Duplex
EQ Load Centers
Ultimate Load Centers
Type BQ, BQh Mounting Clips
Type BQ, BQh FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ, BQh FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ, BQh FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET
Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER
Type BQ, BQh, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type BQ, BQh, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type BQ, BQh, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type QP Back Mounting Plates
Type QP Back Mounting Plates
Type BQ, NGG 100A Al Cu LGS
Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS
Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack)
Type BQXD Finger Shield
1P
1P
2P
2P
3P
3P
1P
QT-Duplex Breakers
n/a
Designed for (3) 1P Breakers
Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers
2P
Designed for 1” Breaker
Handle Tie
Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles.
Mechanical Interlocka
Handle Blocking Device
For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device
Replacement Lugs
Finger Shield
Filler Plate
1” Filler Plate
1P
1/2” Breakers
1P
1P
2P
3P
1P, 2P, 3P
2P
3P
4P
1P, 2P
3P
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3 工业设备进口与技术服务s
3 工业设备进口与技术服务s
3 工业设备进口与技术服务s
3 工业设备进口与技术服务s
1 工业设备进口与技术服务
1 工业设备进口与技术服务
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
1 工业设备进口与技术服务
1 工业设备进口与技术服务
25 工业设备进口与技术服务s
50 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
1 工业设备进口与技术服务
1 工业设备进口与技术服务
20 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
6 工业设备进口与技术服务s
500 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
10 工业设备进口与技术服务s
6 工业设备进口与技术服务s
6 工业设备进口与技术服务s
1000 工业设备进口与技术服务s
2 工业设备进口与技术服务s
5 工业设备进口与技术服务s
g QAF2 Type includes QAFh2, BAF2, BAFh2, QFGA2, QFGAh2, BFGA2, BFGAh2
h QPF Type includes QPhF, BLF, BLhF i QE Type includes QEh, BLE, BLEh
a For a complete list of standby power mechanical interlock kits, see page 1-25
b For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers
c Not suitable for use on 15-50A, 10 AIC Type QP Circuit
Breakers
d QP Type includes QPh, hQP e BL Type includes BLh, hBL f BQ Type includes BQh, hBQ
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-93
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Accessories General
Padlocking Device
ECPLD1
ECPLD1R/2R/3R (Single pole ECPLD2 pictured. 2-/3-pole available)
ECQLD3
ECQLD4 ECQTH4
Handle Tie
ECQTH2 ECQTH3
Handle Blocking Device
ECQL1
ECBX231M
Main Breaker Retainer
ECMBR1 ECMBR2
Mechanical Interlock
ECQML12
Mounting Accessories
MB120 SMB6R I0204ML1125
FP9555
FP9508
FP9556
7-94
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories Selection
Handle Ties with Padlock Device
Provide simultaneous switching of 2 or 3 adjacent handles. Do not provide common trip.
Padlocking Devices
For locking breaker in “OFF” position.
FD Padlocking Device FD6PLI
For Use With Breaker Frame(s)
Catalog Number
Standard Package
Wt Lb/ Std Pkg
BQD, NGB, hGB, LGB
BQDHT2
10
1⁄2
BQDHT3
10
1⁄2
All QR
HPLQR
1
1⁄4
All BQD, CQD, NGB, hGB, LGB
BQDPLD
01
1⁄8
NGG, hGG, LGG
HPLG
01
1⁄4
EB, 1- thru 3-pole
HPLEB
01
1⁄8
EG, 3- and 4-pole only
HPLE
01
1⁄4
All ED
ED2HPL
01
1⁄4
All FD
FD6PL1
01
1⁄4
All JD, LD, LMD
JD6HPL
01
1⁄4
All MD, ND, PD, RD
MN6PLD
01
1⁄4
FD handle Blocking Device FD6HB1
Handle Blocking Devices
For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device.
Handle Extensions
For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker.
All QR
HBLQR
1
1
All BQD, CQD, GG, GB
BQDHBD
01
1⁄4
EG
HBDE
01
1⁄4
All ED
E2HBL
01
1⁄4
All FD
FD6HB1
01
1⁄2
All JD, LD, LMD
JD6HBL
01
1⁄2
All MD, ND, PD, RD
MN6BL
01
1⁄2
handle Extension EX11
All MD, ND, PD, RD EX11 01 2
Terminal Shields
NGG 3
TSSG3A 1
Breaker Type
Poles
Catalog Number
Standard Package
1 TSSG61 1
hGG, LGG 2
TSSG62 1
3 TSSG63 1
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a Sold only in standard package quantities.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-95
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories Selection
Mounting Screw Kit
MSE6
For Use With Breaker Frame(s)
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Standard Package
Wt Lb/ Std Pkg
CQD, CQD6
1 2 3
CQDFMB1 CQDFMB2n CQDFMB3n
1 1 1
1⁄4 1⁄4 1⁄4
NGG, hGG, LGG
1 2 3
FMPG1 FMPG2 FMPG3
1 1 1
1⁄4 1⁄4 1⁄4
ED2, ED4, ED6, hED4, hED6 1 E2BMB 1 1⁄4
CQD, CQD6
CQDSMK a
1
11⁄4
NGG, hGG, LGG
MSKG4a
1
1⁄4
All QR
MSQR3
1
1⁄5
All ED (CED6 requires 2 kits)
MSE6a MSE6100b
1 100f
1⁄4 1
All FD (CFD6 requires 2 kits)
MSF6a MSF650c
1 50f
1⁄4 1
All EG 1-pole
MSKE1
—
—
All EG 2-pole
MSKE2
—
—
All EG 3 or 4-pole
MSKE4
—
—
All JD, LD
MSJ6a
1
1⁄4
All LMD
MSLMD
1
1⁄4
All MD, ND,
MSMN
1
1⁄4
All PD, RD
MSPR6
1
2
Mechanical Interlock
MI5444
For Use With Breaker Type(s)
Panel g Mounted
Plug-in Mounted
Standard Package
Wt Lb Std Pkg
All EG (Sliding Bar)
HSBE
—
1
—
All QR (Sliding Bar)
SBMIQR
—
1
11⁄2
All FD
MI5444
MI5444
1
—
All JD, LD
MI5413 d
—
1
1
All LMD
MI5406 dn
—
1
1
All MD
MI5404 en
—
1
3
All ND
MI5404 en
—
1
3
All PD, RD
MI5405es
—
—
—
7-96
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Face Mounting Plates
Back Mounting Plates
Mounting Screw Kits
“MI” Mechanical Interlocks
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aKit consists of 4 screws and washers. bConsists of 1 screw and washers (order 100). cConsists of 1 screw and washers (order 50).
d With mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be installed into circuit breaker right pole.
e Addition of the mechanical interlock will prevent accessory installation in the left pole.
f Sold only in standard package quantities. Multiply List Price Each times package quantity for full price.
g Mechanical interlock is not designed for use within Siemens panelboards.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories Selection
Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles
Types 1, 3, 3R , 12, 4 4X
For Use With Breaker Frames
Complete Mechanism
Handle Only
Breaker Operator
Shaft Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Length (inches)
Catalog Number
Standard Depth
Variable Depth
EG EDa
FD
JD, LD
LMD
MD, ND PD, RD
RHVE64X
CRHOESD
CRHOFSD
CRHOJSD
CRHOLMSD
RHONSD
RHVE124X
CRHOEVD
CRHOFVD
CRHOJVD
CRHOLMVD
RHONVD
—
CRHOHc
RHOHc
—
RHOEBO
RHOFBO
RHOJBO
RHOLMBO
RHONBOd
—
2
12
16
3 12 24
—
RHOSSD RHOSVD RHOSXD
RHONSSDs RHONSVD RHONSXD
CQDOP
—
—
—
Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles
Types 1 & 12
CQD, NGG, hGG, LGG —
ED D11CEU1
FD D11CFU1s
JD, LD —
RHOCQVD
D11CEU2
D11CFU2
D11CJU2
RHOH62e
—
—
—
For Use With Breaker Frames
Standard Depth
Variable Depth
Handle and Shaft
Breaker Operator
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
For CQD, NGG, hGG and LGG red emergency handle, order assembly RHOCQVDE (includes handle and operator).s
For CQD, NGG, hGG and LGG in a NEMA 3R enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH handle and RHOSVD shaft.
For CQD, NGG, hGG and LGG in a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH4 handle and RHOSVD shaft.
Through Door Mounted Operating Handlesb Types 1 & 12
For Use With Breaker Frames
Standard Depth
Variable Depth
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CQD, NGG, hGG, LGG
EG (3 & 4-Pole only)
EG (red handle)
ED
FD
Door Latch Kits
2 point latch
3 point latch
FMHOS
RHFESD
RHFESDEM
E2RH1
F6RH1
DKR2
DKR3
—
—
—
E2RHV9
F6RHV9
DKL2n
DKL3n
D11CEU2
RHOH
CRHOH
Standard Depth F6RH1
Type
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Right Hand
Left Hand
Rotary handle RHOCQVD
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. a For use on 3-pole ED frame only.
b Meets the requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for locking external operator disconnecting devices.
c For 3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown, and handle RhOh. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4. Consult sales office for additional EG operator shaft lengths.
d For extended shaft support order catalog number RHONSB2.
e Length of shaft is 300mm (11.8 inches).
Variable Depth F6RHV9
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-97
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories Selection
FHOH
Frames
NEMA Type
Complete Kit Catalog Number
Handle Only Catalog Number
Breaker Operator Catalog Number
36" Cable Catalog Number
FHOFBO
Inches
ED
FD
JD/LD/LMD
MD/ND/PD/RD
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
048 060 072
96 120 144
FHOEC048 FHOEC060 FHOEC072 FHOEC096 FHOEC120s FHOEC144s
FHOFC048 FHOFC060 FHOFC072 FHOFC096 FHOFC120 FHOFC144s
FHOJC048 FHOJC060 FHOJC072 FHOJC096 FHOJC120s FHOJC144s
FHONC048 FHONC060 FHONC072 FHONC096 FHONC120s FHONC144s
FHOFC036
FDFBFR
For Use With Catalog Number
ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex HAS1
Frames
Minimum Enclosure Depth
NEMA Type
Left Hand Mount
Right Hand Mount
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
EDe
6.44
1, 3R, 12
FDFBELs
FDFBERs
4, 4X
FDFBEL4s
FDFBER4s
FD
6.44
1, 3R, 12
FDFBFLs
FDFBFRs
4, 4X
FDFBFL4s
FDFBFR4s
7-98
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Max-FlexTM, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operatorsc
1, 3 (R), GG 12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R), EG12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R), ED 12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R), FD 12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R), JD, LD, 12
SJD, SLD 4 (x)
1, 3 (R), LMD 12
4 (x)
MD, ND, 1, 3 (R), PD, RD, 12
MFKG3R3
MFKG4X3
MFKE3d
MFKE4X3
FHOE036a
—
FHOF036
—
FHOJ036
—
FHOLM036
—
FHON048
—
MFHG3R
MFHG4X
—
—
FHOH
FHOH4
FHOH
FHOH4
FHOH
FHOH4
FHOH
FHOH4
FHOHN
FHOHN4
MFMG MFCF036
——
SMD, SND, SPD
FHOEBOa
FHOFBO
FHOJBO
FHOLMBO
FHONBO
FHOEC036
FHOFC036
FHOJC036
FHOJC036
FHONC048b
4 (x)
Max-FlexTM handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “red for on” flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FhOhI).
Alternate Length Cable Only
Handle Auxiliary Switch
For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FhOh and RhOh). 1 NO and 1 NC contact (Form C).
Fixed Depth Flange Mounting
Max-FlexTM handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FhOhI).
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aFor 1- or 2-pole breaker order FhOED036 complete kit or
FhOEDBO breaker operator only. Use MFhM3R handle.
b48 inch cable is standard length for M through R frame Max-Flex operators.
cMeets requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for locking external operator disconnecting devices
dConsult sales office for additional cable lengths for EG Flex Shaft Operators. For 3-Pole only.
e 3-Pole ED only.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories Selection/Dimensions
Telemand Motor Operator
Telemand® Motor Operator
ED motor operator opens downward.
Breaker Frame
AC Voltage
Hinged to Open Down Catalog Number
ED except CED
120
MOE6120
240
MOE6240 s
Breaker Frame
DC Voltage
Hinged to Open Right Catalog Number
AC Voltage
Hinged to Open Right Catalog Number
FD
24 48 125
MOF6024DCs MOF6048DCs MOF6125DCs
120 240
MOF6120 MOF6240
JD, LD
24 48 125
MOJ6024DCs MOJ6048DCs MOJ6125DCs
120 240
MOJ6120 MOJ6240
LMD
24 48 125
MOLMD6024DCs MOLMD6048DCs MOLMD6125DCs
120 240
MOLMD6120 MOLMD6240
MD, ND, PD, RD
—
—
—
—
120 240
EMOPL120MN EMOPL240MN
Front View
Bottom View
FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD
Frames
To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add “L” to catalog number (e.g. MOF6120L). List prices are the same.s
Dimensions
Operating Currents
Frame
A
B
C
D
E
F
ED
7.04
4.31
—
4.31
13.84
8.84
FD
9.50
4.55
1.60
6.84
9.70
7.58
JD, LD, LMD
11.00
7.50
0.79
8.34
9.85
7.74
MD, ND, PD, RD
16.00
9.00
—
9.83
13.13
10.13
Catalog Number
On
Off
Reset (Amps)
In-Rush (Amps)
Running (Amps)
Time (msec)
In-Rush (Amps)
Running (Amps)
Time (msec)
MOE6120 MOE6240
10.25 5.2
2.3 1.1
550 500
10 5
2.3 1
400 330
2.3 1.1
MOF6120/L MOF6240/L
13.6 7.6
5.5 3.5
200 200
13.6 7.6
5.5 3.5
175 185
5.5 3.5
MOLMD6120/L
13.6
6
210
13.6
6
185
6
MOJ6120/L MOJ6240/L
13.6 7.6
6 3.5
210 217
13.6 7.6
6 3.5
185 185
6 3.5
EMOPL120MN
15
5.5
500
15
5.5
500
5.5
EMOPL240MN
7.6
3.25
500
7.6
3.25
500
3.25
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-99
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories Selection
Base
Switchboard Mounting Plate
Tulip Assemblies
For Use With Breaker Frames
Poles
Line Side
Load Side
Steel Switchboard Mounting Platea Catalog Number
Catalog Numberb
Catalog Numberb
EG
3
PCBERC3f
—
—
4
PCBERC4f
—
All ED except CED
2
PC2637s
PC2638s
PL2616
3
PC2657
PC2658
CED
2
PC2637s
PC2638s
PL2617
3
PC2657
PC2658
All FD except CFD
2
PC4753s
PC4753s
PL4762
3
PC4754
PC4754
CFD
2
PC4753s
PC4753s
PL4763
3
PC4754
PC4754
All JD except CJD
2
PC5777s
PC5777s
PL5796
3
PC5778
PC5778
Kit CJD, SCJD
3
PCCJD
PCCJD
PL5797
All LD except CLD
2
PC5660s
PC5660s
PL5680
3
PC5661
PC5661
Kit CLD, SCLD
3
PCCLD
PCCLD
PL5797
All MD
2
PC5662s
PC5662s
PL9698
3
PC5663
PC5663
All ND
2
PC5664cs
PC5664cs
PL9699
3
PC5666 c
PC5666 c
RS4755
RS4756
Circuit Breaker
With Rear-Connecting Studs
For Frame
2-Pole 3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
ED
TCE2s
TCE3s
FD
TCF2s
TCF3s
JD
TCJ2s
TCJ3s
LD
TCL2s
TCL3s
MD
TCM2s
TCM3s
ND
TCN2s
TCN3s
For Use With Breaker Frames
Ampere Rating
Description
Extension Behind Breaker (inches)
Line Side
Load Side
Catalog Numberd
Catalog Numberd
All ED
100 100 100 100
Line Side (Short) Load Side (Short) Line Side (Long) Load Side (Long)
2.38 2.38 4.88 4.88
RS2643es — RS2641es —
—
RS2644es — RS2642es
All FD
250 250
Short Long
3.12 7.06
RS4756es RS4755es
RS4756es RS4755es
All JD
400 400
Short Long
5.85 11.20
RS5774s RS5773s
RS5774s RS5773s
All LD
600 600
Short Long
5.85 11.20
RS5784s RS5783s
RS5784s RS5783s
CJD, SCJD CLD, SCLD
Add required shield kit.
CLRSJL3
LM(X)D6, hLM(X)D6
800
Short Long
5.85 11.20
RS5788s RS5787s
RS5788s RS5787s
All MD, ND
1200 Short 1200 Long
5.50 8.00
RS5786s RS5785s
RS5786s RS5785s
7-100
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies
Tulip Assemblies Separately
Rear-Connecting Studs
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. aFurnished at no extra charge when ordered with plug-in
mounting assembly.
bEach 工业设备进口与技术服务 catalog number consists of (1) mounting
block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for 2-pole, (3) for 3-pole
cFor vertical bus mounting — for horizontal, substitute PC5665 for PC5664 and PC5667 for PC5666.
dPrice includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud nuts and terminal shields, when required.
eFor proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS).
fPlug-in assembly for EG breakers include line and load side in one assembly.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Unusual Operating Conditions Reference
Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment.
High Ambient Temperatures
Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers are temperature sensitive and calibrated for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° F) (average enclosure temperature), a higher ambient will cause the breaker to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, in other words, causing the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1). Similarly, the current carrying capacity
of a circuit conductor is based upon a certain ambient temperature, a higher ambient will reduce its current carrying capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus, with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known, either a breaker specially calibrated for the higher ambient or one oversized according to Table 1 may be selected.
In a case such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well.
Siemens Sensitrip® III and Type SB Encased Systems Breakers are insensitive to temperature changes. However, they do include circuitry to protect the components from abnormally high temperatures.
Moisture — Corrosion
For atmospheres having high moisture content and / or where fungus growth is prevalent, a special preventive treatment may be required.
Where the air is heavily laden with corrosive elements, breakers made with special corrosion-resistant finishes may be required.
Altitude
Reduced air density at altitudes greater than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the ability of a molded case circuit breaker to transfer heat and interrupt faults. Therefore, circuit breakers applied at these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents derated as indicated in Figure 1.
Table 1 — Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Reference Ampere Rating at 40°C (104°F)
Ampere Rating at:
25°C (77°F)
50°C (122°F)
60°C (140°F)
Siemens Breaker Frames
15 17
20 22
25 28
30 33
35 39
40 44
50 55
60 66
70 77
90 99
100 110
125 137
150 165
175 192
200 220
225 247
250 275 300 330
350 385
400 440
500 550
600 660
700 770
800 880
900 990
1000 1100
1200 1320
1400 1540
1600 1760
1800 1980
2000 2200
13 11
18 16
23 21
28 26
30 28
37 34
46 42
56 52
65 60
84 78
94 87
114 100
136 120
159 140
182 160
205 180
235 220 276 252
325 301
372 340
468 435
564 525
658 613
754 704
828 749
900 825
1090 1000
1304 1148
1500 1320
1690 1485
1880 1650
BQ,
BL, BQD, CQD, GG, GB, ED
FD QR
JD
LD
MD
ND
PD
RD
13,000 (4,000) 12,000 (3,675) 11,000 (3,350) 10,000 (3,000)
9,000 (2,750) 8,000 (2,400) 7,000 (2,100) 6,000 (1,800)
1.0 .95 .90
Rating Correction Factor
.85 .80 .75
Figure 1 — Altitude Adjustment
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-101
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Altitude in Feet (Meters)
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Unusual Operating Conditions Reference
Siemens Breaker Type
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating At 40°C (104°F)b
75°C (167°F) Copper
Cable per Pole
60HZ
400HZ
Open Air
Open Airc
Enclosed After Derating
No of 工业设备进口与技术服务s
Wire Size
ED2, ED4, ED6, BQD, hED4,
hED6, CED6, GG, GB
015
015
012
1
#14
020
020
016
1
#12
025
025
020
1
#10
030
030
024
1
#10
035
035
028
1
#10
040
040
032
1
#8
045
043
034
1
#8
050
048
038
1
#8
060
057
046
1
#6
070
067
054
1
#4
080
076
061
1
#4
090
086
069
1
#3
100
095
076
1
#3
110
105
084
1
#2
125
119
095
1
#1
QR2, QR2h, hQR2, hQR2h, FD6, FXF6, hFD6, hFXD6, CFD6
070
063
050
1
#4
080
072
058
1
#4
090
080
064
1
#3
100
090
072
1
#3
110
095
075
1
#2
125
105
084
1
#1
150
125
100
1
#1/0
175
140
112
1
#2/0
200
160
128
1
#3/0
225
180
144
1
#4/0
250
200
160
1
250 kcmil
JXD2, JD6, JXD6, hJD6, hJXD6, hhJD6, hhJXD6, CJD6
200
170
136
1
#3/0
225
190
152
1
#4/0
250
210
168
1
250 kcmil
300
240
192
1
350 kcmil
350
260
208
1
500 kcmil
400
300
240
2
#3/0
JD6, JXD6, hJD6, hJXD6 100% Rated
200
170
170
2
#3/0
225
190
190
2
#4/0
250
210
210
1
250 kcmil
300
240
240
1
350 kcmil
350
260
260
1
500 kcmil
400
300
300
2
#3/0
Siemens Breaker Type
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating At 40°C (104°F)b
75°C (167°F) Copper
Cable per Pole
60HZ
400/415HZ
Open Air
Open Airc
Enclosed After Derating
No of 工业设备进口与技术服务s
Wire Size
LD6, LXD6, hLD6, hLXD6, hhLD6, hhLXD6, CLD6
0250
0210
168
1
250 kcmil
0300
0240
192
1
350 kcmil
0350
0260
208
1
500 kcmil
0400
0300
240
2
#3/0
0450
0340
272
2
#4/0
0500
0375
300
2
250 kcmil
0600
0420
336
2
350 kcmil
LD6, LXD6, hLD6, hLXD6, 100% Rated
0250
0210
210
1
250 kcmil
0300
0240
240
1
350 kcmil
0350
0260
260
1
500 kcmil
0400
0300
300
2
#3/0
0450
0340
340
2
#4/0
0500
0375
375
2
250 kcmil
0600
0420
420
2
350 kcmil
MD6, MXD6, hMD6, hMXD6, CMD6
0500
0400
320
2
250 kcmil
0600
0430
360
2
350 kcmil
0700
0500
400
3
250 kcmil
0800
0560
448
3
300 kcmil
MD6, MXD6, hMD6, hMXD6, CMD6 100% Rated
0500
0400
400
2
250 kcmil
0600
0430
430
2
350 kcmil
0700
0500
500
3
250 kcmil
0800
0560
560
3
300 kcmil
ND6, NXD6 hND6, hNXD6, CND6
0800
0560
448
3
300 kcmil
0900
0600
480
3
350 kcmil
1000
0650
520
3
400 kcmil
1200
0780
624
4
350 kcmil
ND6, NXD6 hND6, hNXD6, CND6
100% Rated
0900
0600
600
3
350 kcmil
1000
0650
650
3
400 kcmil
1200
0780
780
4
350 kcmil
PD6, PXD6, hPD6, hPXD6, CPD6,
1200
0780
624
4
400 kcmil
1400
0850
680
4
500 kcmil
1600
0960
768
5
500 kcmil
PD6, PXD6, hPD6, hPXD6, CPD6
100% Rated
1200
0780
780
4
400 kcmil
1400
0850
850
4
500 kcmil
1600
0960
960
5
500 kcmil
RD6, RXD6, hRD6, hRXD6 80% Rated
1600
0960
768
5
500 kcmil
1800
1080
864
5
500 kcmil
2000
1200
960
6
500 kcmil
7-102
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
400 Hz Systemsa
Siemens molded case circuit breakers
can be applied for overcurrent protection on 400Hz systems, commonly used to power computer installations, aircraft, military and other specialty equipment. Below are basic guidelines.
Circuit Breaker Derating Required
This table lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity for Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased resistance of the copper sections resulting from the skin effect produced by eddy currents at these frequencies, circuit breakers in many cases require derating. The thermal derating on these devices is based upon 100%,
three phase application in open air in a maximum of 40° C (104° F) with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus at the line and load side. Additional derating of not less than 20% will be required if the circuit breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. Further derating may be required if the enclosure
400Hz Breakers
ambient temperature exceeds 40°C (104° F).
Cable and Bus Sizing
The cable and bus sizes to be utilized
at 400Hz are not based on standard National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz application. Larger cross sections are necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars specified are based upon mounting
the bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart. Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal plane will necessitate additional drafting. Edgewise orientation of the bus may change the maximum ratings indicated. If additional information is required for other connections of cable or bus, contact Siemens for information.
Application Recommendations
It is recommended that temperatures be measured on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole. These
are usually the hottest terminals with a balanced load. A maximum temperature of 75° C (35° C over a maximum ambient of 40° C) would verify the particular application. Temperature profiles taken on these breakers can be correlated to ensure that the hottest points within
the breaker are within the required temperature limits.
Factory Configuration
When required, molded case circuit breakers may be factory calibrated for 400Hz application. These breakers are specially labeled for 400Hz usage and their nameplate current rating will include the necessary derating factory. The highest “Maximum Continuous Amperes” rating at 400Hz, found in the table below approximates the highest specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate ampere rating available for a given frame size. Contact Siemens for ordering information on other breakers applied in 400Hz systems.
aThe information provided on this page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data above is based less on
controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment.
bAdditional derating may be required if the ambient
temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).
cCalculated after derating to compensate for the heating
of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415hZ.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
Technical Overview Technical
Frame Summary and Ratings Table
Frame Family
Continuous Ampere Range
Number of Poles
Maximum Voltage Rating
Type of Protection
Thermal-Magnetic Electronic
Electronic with LCD Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch 100% Rated Breaker Interchangeable Trip Unit
W In.(mm) h
D
D1
DG
30 to 150A
2, 3
600Y/347
u
u
u
u
u ETU only —
4.1 (105) 7.3 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2 (107)
FG
40 to 250A
2, 3
600Y/347
u u u u u — —
JG
70 to 400A
2, 3
600V
u u u u u u u
5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138)
Type N – Normal Interrupting Ratinga, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
240Vac UL 480Vac
600Vace
240Vac
65 35 18 65/65 40/40 12/6
65 35 18 65/65 40/40 12/6
65 35 25 65/65 45/45 12/6
IEC 415Vac
(lCU /lCS)
690Vac
DC Voltages – Interrupting Rating (kA)d
250Vdc - 2p 30 30 30 500Vdc - 3pc 18 18 25
Type H – High Interrupting Ratinga, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
240Vac UL 480Vac
600Vace
240Vac
100 65 18 100/75 70/70 12/6
100 65 18 100/75 70/70 12/6
100 65 25 100/75 70/70 15/8
IEC 415Vac
(lCU /lCS)
690Vac
DC Voltages – Interrupting Rating (kA)d
240Vac UL 480Vac
600Vace
240Vac
(lCU /lCS)
690Vac
250Vdc - 2p 500Vdc - 3pc 600Vdc - 3pb
30 30 30 18 25 35 42 42 65
Type L – Very High Interrupting Ratinga, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
200 100 18 200/150 100/75 12/6
200 100 18 200/150 100/75 12/6
200 100 25 200/150 100/75 15/8
IEC 415Vac
DC Voltages – Interrupting Rating (kA)d
250Vdc - 2p 30 30 30 500Vdc - 3pc 18 30 35
a UL does not recognize AIC ratings for Molded Case Switches or Motor Circuit Protectors.
b For 600 VDC breakers see page 7-136.
c 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS e DG & FG breakers are 600Y/347V. systems.
d DC Interruption Ratings do not apply to electronic trip circuit breakers.
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-103
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
Technical Overview Technical
Frame Family
LG
MG
NG
PG
Continuous Ampere Range
150 to 600A
200 to 800A
300 to 1200A
400 to 1600A
Number of Poles
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
3
Maximum Voltage Rating
600V
600V
600V
600V
Type of Protection
Thermal-Magnetic Electronic
Electronic with LCD Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch 100% Rated Interchangeable Trip Unit
u
u
u
u
u 400/500 Amp —
u u u u u u u
u u u u u u u
u u u — u
u uf
W In.(mm) h
D
D1
5.5 (139) 11 (279)g 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138)
7.5 (190) 16 (406) 4.7 (114) 5.9 (151)
9 (229) 16 (406) 6.2 (157) 8.1 (207)
Type N – Normal Interrupting Ratinga, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
240Vac UL 480Vac 600Vac 240Vac
IEC 415Vac
(lCU /lCS)
690Vac
65 35 18 65/65 45/45 12/6
65 35 25 65/65 50/50 20/10
65 35 25 65/65 50/25 20/10
65 35 25 65/65 50/25 20/10
DC Voltages – Interrupting Rating (kA)d
250Vdc - 2p 30 22 22 22 500Vdc - 3pc 25 35 35 35
Type H – High Interrupting Ratinga, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
240Vac UL 480Vac 600Vac 240Vac
IEC 415Vac
(lCU /lCS)
690Vac
100 65
18b 100/75 70/70 15/8
100 65 35
100/75 70/70 30/15
100 65 35 100/75 70/35 30/15
100 65 35 100/50 70/35 30/15
DC Voltages – Interrupting Rating (kA)d
250Vdc - 2p 500Vdc - 3pc 600Vdc - 3pe
30 25 35 50 65 65
25 25 50 50 65 65
Type L – Very High Interrupting Ratinga, RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
240Vac UL 480Vac 600Vac 240Vac
IEC 415Vac
(lCU /lCS)
690Vac
200 100 18 200/150 100/75 15/8
200 100 50 200/150 100/75 35/17
200 100 65 200/150 100/75 35/17
200 100 65 200/150 100/75 35/17
DC Voltages – Interrupting Rating (kA)d
250Vdc - 2p 30 42 42 42 500Vdc - 3pc 35 65 65 65
7-104
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Frame Summary and Ratings Table — Continued
a UL does not recognize AIC ratings for Molded Case Switches or Motor Circuit Protectors.
b 25kA available in a special version. Standard breakers rated 18kA. See page 7-120.
c 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems.
d DC Interruption Ratings do not apply to electronic trip circuit breakers.
e For 600 VDC breakers see page 7-136.
f Thermal-magnetic available non-interchangeable only. g 13.6” with extended shields.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
Trip Unit Overview Selection
The interchangeability of the VL circuit breaker trip units allow for easy conver- sion from any of 3 types of protection. They are thermal-magnetic, electronic, or electronic with a built-in LCD. The thermal-magnetic trip unit features an adjustable magnetic trip setting. The electronic trip units are microprocessor based true RMS sensing devices and are available with a variety of adjustable trip settings, configurations, and infor-
mation menus. With precise control over the circuit beaker functions and access to system status, diagnostics, and information, these trip units allow for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit coordination.
An example of coordination is the out of the box Ground Fault function on the Model 555 trip units. The pick-up and time delay settings are set at the
factory for each frame and do not overlap with the settings on the other frames. Therefore, when VL breakers are used together in a system the GF protection is automatically coordinated. The user also has the ability to program a custom coordination scheme with adjustable settings on both the 555 and 586 trip units.
Trip Unit Functions
Model 525
Model 555
VL Trip Units
Model 586
Thermal- magnetic
Electronic LI
Electronic LIG
Electronic LSI
Electronic LSIG
Electronic with LCD LSI
Electronic with LCD LSIG
Electronic
with LCD
LSI + G alarm only
Continuous Current Setting (Ir)
Long Time Delay (tr)
Instantaneous Function
Instantaneous Pickup (Ii)
Short Time Function
Short Time Pick-up (Isd)
Short Time Delay (tsd)
Ground Fault Pick-up (Ig)
Ground Fault Delay (tg)
Ground Fault Alarm Pick-up
Ground Fault Alarm Delay
Alarm & Status Indicator
Built-in Display (LCD)
Pre-Trip Alarma
Last Trip Information
Zone Selectivea
Communicationsa
Fixed u u u u u u u
huuuuuuu
l l l l l (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
uuuuuuuu
h h h l l (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
hhhuuuuu
hhhuuuuu
hhuhuhuh
hhuhuhuh
hhhhhhuu
hhhhhhuu
hlllllll
hhhhhlll
hlllllll
h la la la la l l l
hlllllll
hlllllll
u Adjustable setting
l This feature is included
h Feature is not included.
a Requires a COMPRO20 or COMMOD21 module in a communication system.
Continuous Amps Rating (Ir)
This setting is the continuous current that the breaker will carry without trip- ping. It can be set up to 100% of the trip unit’s nominal rating (In).
Long Time Delay (tr)
Sometimes referred to as the “overload” position, this function controls the break- er‘s “pause-in-tripping” time. It allows low level, temporary inrush currents such as those encountered when start- ing a motor to pass without tripping. The time delay begins when the current reaches 6 x Ir.
Instantaneous Pick-up (Ii)
This function sets the breaker to trip instantaneously during high fault condi- tions. This function may be turned off on Model 586 trip units. Turning this func- tion off will enable an instantaneous trip
override function to ensure self protec- tion of circuit breaker.
Short Time Pick-Up (lsd)
This function controls the level of fault current the breaker will carry for a short time without tripping, thus allowing downstream devices to clear short cir- cuits ahead of up-stream protection.
It may be defeated (turned-off) on Model 586 trip units.
Short Time Delay (tsd)
This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed against a fault (at the Short Time Pick-up current level) without tripping. The time delay may be set at fixed points or at short time inter- vals based on l2t curves. This function is used with the Short Time Pick-up to achieve selectivity and better system coordination.
Ground Fault Pick-Up (Ig)
This setting controls the level of ground fault current that will cause the breaker to trip. Model 555 Electronic Trip Units act on the residual current to sense ground current. The Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit is programmable and allows the user to select either
the residual current method or direct detection (via a separate current trans- former) to detect ground current.
Ground Fault Time Delay (tg)
This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed after a ground fault is detected (at the Ground Fault Pick-up current level) without tripping.
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-105
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
General Information Selection
7-106
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip setting, with 6 set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 50 to 1600A.
Electronic Trip Units
Electronic trip units are available through the VL family, from 60A (which can be set as low as 30A) up through 1600A. They are also available in four trip configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and features can include a built-in LCD display.
On the Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit a flashing LED confirms that the
microprocessor is in operating and another indicates an overload condition. For ease-of-use and to insure proper coordination, the set points for the continuous current are shown on the face of these trip units in amps.
On the Model 586, the LCD version, the current in each phase is continuously shown on the display. Unlike many
displays, no secondary or auxiliary volt- age is required as long as the breaker is energized and a minimal load current is present. These trip units can also indi- cate the “last trip” status (date, time, amps) when they‘re connected to a PC via one of our communications modules. Without being connected via a communi- cation module, the last trip status can be viewed on Model 586 trip units (no time stamp).
Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit with LSIG trip functions
Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit has an LCD display
Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
DG 150A Frame, VL Series Selection
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled DG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a com- plete breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 7-156.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to “W”. Available in electronic and electronic with LCD only.
hACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
N NDGB 65 35 18 30 18 65 65 40 40 12 6 H HDGB 100 65 18 30 18 100 75 70 70 12 6
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Approx. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Interrupting Class
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
480
600Y /347
250
500
220/240
380/415
690
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1
2, 3 4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2(107)
L LDGB 200 100 18 30
Connectors for 75°C Wire
18 200 150 100
75 12 6
Construction
Ampere Rating
Wire Range
No. of cables per connector
Catalog Number
Steel Aluminum Copper
30-150 30-150 30-150
#8–1/0 Cu #6–3/0 Al/Cu #6–3/0 Cu
1 1 1
3TW1DG20b 3TA1DG30ab 3TC1DG30bd
Distribution Lugs
30-150 #14–#2 Al/Cu (3pcs. Max) 3 3TA3DG02b 30-150 #14–#4 Cu, #14–#6 Al 6 3TA6DG04b
Compression Lugs
30-150 #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu – 2CLD20c 30-150 #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu – 3CLD20b
a Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.
b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
c 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.
d Required for 100% rated DG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity
DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range
Trip Unit Continuous Amp Rating (In)
Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Min.
Max.
50
450
600
60
450
600
70
450
700
80
450
800
90
500
1000
100
500
1000
110
550
1100
125
625
1250
150
800
1600
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
2, 3 3.7 (1.7) 2.2 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 5.9 (2.7)
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-107
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
DG 150A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection
Ii
1120 960
800
AMPS
I n =150A 40? C
TM~
TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525
Type / Tipo CDT3
Cat. No. - CDT3B150
1280 1440
1600
Continuous Ampere Rating
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Continuous Ampere Rating
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
7-108
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
DG 150A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Model 525 Trip Unit
50 NDK2B050L 60 NDK2B060L 70 NDK2B070L 80 NDK2B080L 90 NDK2B090L
100 NDK2B100L 110 NDK2B110L 125 NDK2B125L 150 NDK2B150L
HDK2B050L HDK2B060L HDK2B070L HDK2B080L HDK2B090L HDK2B100L HDK2B110L HDK2B125L HDK2B150L
LDK2B050L LDK2B060L LDK2B070L LDK2B080L LDK2B090L LDK2B100L LDK2B110L LDK2B125L LDK2B150L
LDK3B050L LDK3B060L LDK3B070L LDK3B080L LDK3B090L LDK3B100L LDK3B110L LDK3B125L LDK3B150L
DG 150A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
50 NDK3B050L 60 NDK3B060L 70 NDK3B070L 80 NDK3B080L 90 NDK3B090L
100 NDK3B100L 110 NDK3B110L 125 NDK3B125L 150 NDK3B150L
HDK3B050L HDK3B060L HDK3B070L HDK3B080L HDK3B090L HDK3B100L HDK3B110L HDK3B125L HDK3B150L
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
DG 150A Electronic Trip Units
Selection
DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unita
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous Ampere Rating
60 100 150
60 100 150
60 100 150
60 100 150
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
LDK3R060L LDK3R100L LDK3R150L
LDK3T060L LDK3T100L LDK3T150L
LDK3V060L LDK3V100L LDK3V150L
LDK3W060L LDK3W100L LDK3W150L
Model 586 Trip Unit
Catalog Number
NDK3R060L NDK3R100L NDK3R150L
NDK3T060L NDK3T100L NDK3T150L
NDK3V060L NDK3V100L NDK3V150L
Catalog Number
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HDK3R060L HDK3R100L HDK3R150L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HDK3T060L HDK3T100L HDK3T150L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HDK3V060L HDK3V100L HDK3V150L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
NDK3W060L HDK3W060L NDK3W100L HDK3W100L NDK3W150L HDK3W150L
DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unita
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous Ampere Rating
60 100 150
60 100 150
60 100 150
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
LDK3A060L LDK3A100L LDK3A150L
LDK3G060L LDK3G100L LDK3G150L
LDK3K060L LDK3K100L LDK3K150L
a Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-109
Catalog Number
NDK3A060L NDK3A100L NDK3A150L
NDK3G060L NDK3G100L NDK3G150L
NDK3K060L NDK3K100L NDK3K150L
HDK3K060L HDK3K100L HDK3K150L
Catalog Number
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HDK3A060L HDK3A100L HDK3A150L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HDK3G060L HDK3G100L HDK3G150L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
Model 555 Trip Units
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames Selection
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
1 Alarm Switch 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL1
2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Bases AMBL1
Left, Right
ASKL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch 1A + 1B, 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL3
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
Left, Right
AMBL1
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Left Pocket Only
AMBL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Right Pocket Only
AMBL3
Description Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
Right Pocket Only
STRLB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRLC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRLE250DC
48-60 VAC
STRLM60
110-127 VAC
STRLN120
208-277 VAC
STRLS277
380-600 VAC
STRLV600
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
12 VDC
Right Pocket Only
UVRLA12DC
24 VDC
UVRLB24DC
48 VDC
UVRLC48DC
60 VDC
UVRLG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRLE250DC
24 VAC
UVRLL24
110-127 VAC
UVRLN120
220-240 VAC
UVRLR240
208 VAC
UVRLP208
277 VAC
UVRLS277
380-415 VAC
UVRLT415
440-480 VAC
UVRLU480
UVRLN120
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
7-110
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Release
a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-152 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.
b These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
FG 250A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled FG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 7-156.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. hACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
Connectors for 75°C Wire
a Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
c 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.
d 3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers.
FG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
480
600Y/ 347
250
500
220/240
380/415
690
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
NFG hFG LFG
65 100 200
35
65 100
18 18 18
30 30 30
18 18 18
65 100 200
65
75 150
40
70 100
40 70 75
12 12 12
6 6 6
Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1
2, 3 4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2 (107)
Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
2, 3 4.0 (1.8) 2.2 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 6.2 (2.8)
Construction
Ampere Rating
Wire Range
No. of cables per connector
Catalog Number
Steel Aluminuma Copper
50-250 50-250 50-250
#4–350 kcmil Cu #4–350 kcmil Al/Cu #4–350 kcmil Cu
1 1 1
3TW1FG350b 3TAW1FG350b 3TCW1FG350b
Distribution Lugs
50-250 #12–2/0 Cu/Al 3 3TA3FG20b 50-250 #14–#4 Cu/Al 6 3TA6FG04b
Trip Unit Continuous Amp Rating (In)
Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Min.
Max.
100
625
1250
110
800
1600
125
800
1600
150
800
1600
175
1000
2000
200
1000
2000
225
1250
2500
250
1250
2500
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-111
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection
Ii
1750 1500
1250
AMPS
I n =250A 40? C
TM~
TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525
Type / Tipo CFT3
Cat. No. - CFT3B250
2000 2250
2500
Continuous Ampere Rating
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Continuous Ampere Rating
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
7-112
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Model 525 Trip Unit
LFK2B100L LFK2B110L LFK2B125L LFK2B150L LFK2B175L LFK2B200L LFK2B225L LFK2B250L
LFK3B100L LFK3B110L LFK3B125L LFK3B150L LFK3B175L LFK3B200L LFK3B225L LFK3B250L
100 NFK2B100L 110 NFK2B110L 125 NFK2B125L 150 NFK2B150L 175 NFK2B175L 200 NFK2B200L 225 NFK2B225L 250 NFK2B250L
HFK2B100L HFK2B110L HFK2B125L HFK2B150L HFK2B175L HFK2B200L HFK2B225L HFK2B250L
FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
0
100 NFK3B100L 110 NFK3B110L 125 NFK3B125L 150 NFK3B150L 175 NFK3B175L 200 NFK3B200L 225 NFK3B225L 250 NFK3B250L
HFK3B100L HFK3B110L HFK3B125L HFK3B150L HFK3B175L HFK3B200L HFK3B225L HFK3B250L
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
FG 250A Electronic Trip Units
Selection
FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unita
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous Ampere Rating
100 150 250
100 150 250
100 150 250
100 150 250
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
LFK3R100L LFK3R150L LFK3R250L
LFK3T100L LFK3T150L LFK3T250L
LFK3V100L LFK3V150L LFK3V250L
LFK3W100L LFK3W150L LFK3W250L
Model 586 Trip Unit
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
NFK3R100L HFK3R100L NFK3R150L HFK3R150L NFK3R250L HFK3R250L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
NFK3T100L HFK3T100L NFK3T150L HFK3T150L NFK3T250L HFK3T250L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
NFK3V100L HFK3V100L NFK3V150L HFK3V150L NFK3V250L HFK3V250L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
NFK3W100L HFK3W100L NFK3W150L HFK3W150L NFK3W250L HFK3W250L
FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unita
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous Ampere Rating
100 150 250
100 150 250
100 150 250
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
LFK3A100L LFK3A150L LFK3A250L
LFK3G100L LFK3G150L LFK3G250L
LFK3K100L LFK3K150L LFK3K250L
a Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-113
Catalog Number
NFK3A100L NFK3A150L NFK3A250L
NFK3G100L NFK3G150L NFK3G250L
NFK3K100L NFK3K150L NFK3K250L
HFK3K100L HFK3K150L HFK3K250L
Catalog Number
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HFK3A100L HFK3A150L HFK3A250L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HFK3G100L HFK3G150L HFK3G250L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
Model 555 Trip Units
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames Selection
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
1 Alarm Switch 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL1
2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Bases AMBL1
Left, Right
ASKL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL3
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
Left, Right
AMBL1
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Left Pocket Only
AMBL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Right Pocket Only
AMBL3
Description Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
Right Pocket Only
STRLB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRLC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRLE250DC
48-60 VAC
STRLM60
110-127 VAC
STRLN120
208-277 VAC
STRLS277
380-600 VAC
STRLV600
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
12 VDC
Right Pocket Only
UVRLA12DC
24 VDC
UVRLB24DC
48 VDC
UVRLC48DC
60 VDC
UVRLG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRLE250DC
24 VAC
UVRLL24
110-127 VAC
UVRLN120
220-240 VAC
UVRLR240
208 VAC
UVRLP208
277 VAC
UVRLS277
380-415 VAC
UVRLT415
440-480 VAC
UVRLU480
UVRLN120
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
7-114
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Release
a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-152 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.
b These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
JG 400A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled JG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“ (3-pole only).
For special applications, refer to page 7-156.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. hACR rated.
Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1
2, 3 5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138)
Interrupting Ratings
N NJGA 65 35 25 30 25 65 65 45 45 12 6 H HJGA 100 65 25 30 35 100 75 70 70 15 8 L LJGA 200 100 25 30 35 200 150 100 75 15 8
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Interrupting Class
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
480
600
250
500
220/240
380/415
690
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
2, 3 9.3 (4.2) 4.0 (1.8) 4.0 (1.8) 12.6 (5.7)
Construction
Ampere Rating
Wire Range
No. of cables per connector
Catalog Number
Steel Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper
70-400 70-400 70-400 70-400 70-400 70-400
1/0–600 kcmil Cu 3/0–250 kcmil Al/Cu 250–750 kcmil Al 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 3/0–250 kcmil Cu
1 2 1 1 1 2
3TW1JG600b 3TA2JG250ab 3TA1JG750b 3TA1JG750b TC1JG750c TC2JG250c
Distribution Lugs
70-400 #14–4 Cu 12 3TA12JG04b 70-400 #14–2/0 Al/Cu 6 3TA6JG20b
Compression Lugs
70-400 #6–350 kcmil — 3CLJ350b 70-400 250-600 kcmil — 3CLJ600b
a Standard construction supplied for each breaker.
b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
c Required for 100% rated JG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu
cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
JG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. Product Category MCCB
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
Trip Unit Continuous Amp Rating (In)
Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Min.
Max.
250
1250
2500
300
1500
3000
350
1750
3500
400
2000
4000
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-115
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
TRIP UNIT ONLY
NJG2F400 HJG2F400 LJG2F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
250 300 350 400
NJG2B250L NJG2B300L NJG2B350L NJG2B400L
HJG2B250L HJG2B300L HJG2B350L HJG2B400L
LJG2B250L LJG2B300L LJG2B350L LJG2B400L
CJT2B250 CJT2B300 CJT2B350 CJT2B400
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
TRIP UNIT ONLY
NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
250 300 350 400
NJG3B250L NJG3B300L NJG3B350L NJG3B400L
HJG3B250L HJG3B300L HJG3B350L HJG3B400L
LJG3B250L LJG3B300L LJG3B350L LJG3B400L
CJT3B250 CJT3B300 CJT3B350 CJT3B400
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
COMPLETE BREAKER
250 300 350 400
NJJ2B250 NJJ2B300 NJJ2B350 NJJ2B400
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
COMPLETE BREAKER
250 300 350 400
NJJ3B250 NJJ3B300 NJJ3B350 NJJ3B400
7-116
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-pole with Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unita
JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 3-pole with Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unita
Model 525 Trip Unit
a Terminal connectors must be ordered separately. Breaker Type NJJA.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
JG 400A Electronic Trip Units
Selection
JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
Model 555 Trip Units
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
Continuous Ampere Rating
250 400
250 400
250 400
250 400
LJG3F400
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CJT3R250 CJT3R400
CJT3T250 CJT3T400
CJT3V250 CJT3V400
CJT3W250 CJT3W400
JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
Continuous Ampere Rating
250 400
250 400
250 400
LJG3F400
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog 7-117
NJG3F400
HJG3F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NJG3R250L NJG3R400L
NJG3T250L NJG3T400L
NJG3V250L NJG3V400L
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HJG3R250L HJG3R400L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HJG3T250L HJG3T400L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HJG3V250L HJG3V400L
LJG3R250L LJG3R400L
LJG3T250L LJG3T400L
LJG3V250L LJG3V400L
LJG3W250L LJG3W400L
Model 586 Trip Unit
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP NJG3W250L HJG3W250L NJG3W400L HJG3W400L
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CJT3A250 CJT3A400
CJT3G250 CJT3G400
CJT3K250 CJT3K400
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
NJG3F400
HJG3F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HJG3A250L
HJG3A400L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HJG3G250L
HJG3G400L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HJG3K250L HJG3K400L
NJG3A250L NJG3A400L
NJG3G250L NJG3G400L
NJG3K250L NJG3K400L
LJG3A250L LJG3A400L
LJG3G250L LJG3G400L
LJG3K250L LJG3K400L
VL Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames Selection
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
1 Alarm Switch 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL1
2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Bases AMBL1
Left, Right
ASKL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/B
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL3
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
Left, Right
AMBL1
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Left Pocket Only
AMBL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Right Pocket Only
AMBL3
Description Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
Right Pocket Only
STRLB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRLC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRLE250DC
48-60 VAC
STRLM60
110-127 VAC
STRLN120
208-277 VAC
STRLS277
380-600 VAC
STRLV600
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
12 VDC
Right Pocket Only
UVRLA12DC
24 VDC
UVRLB24DC
48 VDC
UVRLC48DC
60 VDC
UVRLG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRLE250DC
24 VAC
UVRLL24
110-127 VAC
UVRLN120
220-240 VAC
UVRLR240
208 VAC
UVRLP208
277 VAC
UVRLS277
380-415 VAC
UVRLT415
440-480 VAC
UVRLU480
UVRLN120
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
7-118
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Release
a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-152 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.
b Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. ‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
LG 600A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled LG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 7-156.
Mounting hardware is included with each breaker.
For 100% rated breakers, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to “W”. Available on 400/500 Amp only (3-pole only).
hACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
a Special 600Vac 25kA thermal-magnetic version (Type hLGC) available, see page 7-120. Connectors for 75°C Wire
b Standard construction supplied for each breaker.
c Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
d Kit consists of 6 lugs for Line or Load end.
e Required for 100% rated LG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
LG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Interrupting Class
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
480
600
250
500
220/240
380/415
690
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
N
NLGB
65
35
18
30
25
65
65
45
45
12
6
h
hLGB
100
65
18a
30
35
100
75
70
70
15
8
L
LLGB
200
100
18
30
35
200
150
100
75
15
8
Number of Poles
Width
Length
Depth
To Handle D1
2, 3
5.5 (139)
11 (279)
4.2 (102)
5.4 (138)
Ext. Shield
13.6 (345.5)
Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
2, 3 17.4 (7.9) 3.5 (1.6) 4.2 (1.9) 20.9 (9.5)
Construction
Ampere Rating
Wire Range
No. of cables per connector
Catalog Numberc
Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper
150-600 150-600 150-600 150-600
#2–600 kcmil Al/Cu #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu #2–600 kcmil Cu #2–600 kcmil Cu
2 (load side) 2 (line side) 2 (load side) 2 (line side)
3TA2LG600LDb 3TA2LG600LNb 3TC2LG600LDe 3TC2LG600LNe
Compression Lugs
150-600 #6–350 kcmil Al/Cu — 150-600 250-750 kcmil Al/Cu — 150-600 250-600 kcmil Al/Cu —
6CLL350d 3CLL750c 6CLL600e
Trip Unit Continuous Amp Rating (In)
Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Min.
Max.
400
2000
4000
500
2500
5000
600
2750
5500
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-119
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
LG 600A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
400
NLK2B400L
HLK2B400L
LLK2B400L
500
NLK2B500L
HLK2B500L
LLK2B500L
600
NLK2B600L
HLK2B600L
LLK2B600L
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
400
NLK3B400L
HLK3B400L
LLK3B400L
500
NLK3B500L
HLK3B500L
LLK3B500L
600
NLK3B600L
HLK3B600L
LLK3B600L
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
400
—
HLV2B400L
—
500
—
HLV2B500L
—
600
—
HLV2B600L
—
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
400
—
HLV3B400L
—
500
—
HLV3B500L
—
600
—
HLV3B600L
—
7-120
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unita
Model 525 Trip Unit
Type HLGC 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA onlyb
Type HLGC 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA onlyab
a For 100% rated 400A or 500A versions, change the third b Consult sales office for availability. character of the catalog number to “Z”.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
LG 600A Electronic Trip Units
LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
Selection
Continuous Ampere Rating
400 600
400 600
400 600
400 600
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
Model 555 Trip Unit
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
LLK3R400L LLK3R600L
LLK3T400L LLK3T600L
LLK3V400L LLK3V600L
LLK3W400L LLK3W600L
LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
Continuous Ampere Rating
400 600
400 600
400 600
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
LLK3A400L LLK3A600L
LLK3G400L LLK3G600L
LLK3K400L LLK3K600L
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-121
NLK3R400L HLK3R400L NLK3R600L HLK3R600L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
NLK3T400L HLK3T400L NLK3T600L HLK3T600L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
NLK3V400L HLK3V400L NLK3V600L HLK3V600L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
NLK3W400L HLK3W400L NLK3W600L HLK3W600L
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
NLK3A400L HLK3A400L NLK3A600L HLK3A600L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
NLK3G400L HLK3G400L NLK3G600L HLK3G600L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
NLK3K400L HLK3K400L NLK3K600L HLK3K600L
Model 586 Trip Unit
VL Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames Selection
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
1 Alarm Switch 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL1
2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Bases AMBL1
Left, Right
ASKL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/B
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Left, Rightb
ASKL3
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
Left, Right
AMBL1
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Left Pocket Only
AMBL2
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Right Pocket Only
AMBL3
Description Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
Right Pocket Only
STRLB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRLC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRLE250DC
48-60 VAC
STRLM60
110-127 VAC
STRLN120
208-277 VAC
STRLS277
380-600 VAC
STRLV600
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
12 VDC
Right Pocket Only
UVRLA12DC
24 VDC
UVRLB24DC
48 VDC
UVRLC48DC
60 VDC
UVRLG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRLD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRLE250DC
24 VAC
UVRLL24
110-127 VAC
UVRLN120
220-240 VAC
UVRLR240
208 VAC
UVRLP208
277 VAC
UVRLS277
380-415 VAC
UVRLT415
440-480 VAC
UVRLU480
UVRLN120
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
7-122
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Release
a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-152 for guidelines and limitations about which pock- ets may be used for accessory combinations.
b Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. ‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
MG 800A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled MG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard
connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 7-156.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. hACR rated.
Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1
2, 3 7.5 (190) 16 (406) 4.7 (119) 5.9 (151)
Interrupting Ratings
N NMG 65 35 25 22 35 65 65 50 50 20 10 H HMG 100 65 35 25 50 100 75 70 70 30 15 L LMG 200 100 50 42 65 200 150 100 75 35 17
Connectors for 75°C Wire
a Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
c Consists of one terminal.
d Includes extended terminal cover.
e Required for 100% rated MG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
MG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Interrupting Class
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
480
600
250
500
220/240
380/415
690
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker
2, 3 31.3 (14.2) 4.0 (1.8) 35.3 (16.0)
Construction
Ampere Rating
Wire Range
No. of cables per connector
Catalog Number
Aluminum Aluminum Copper Aluminum
200-800A 200-800A 200-800A 200-800A
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 1/0–500 kcmil Cu #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu
3 2 3 3
3TA3MG500ab 3TA2MG750b TC3MG500ce 3TA3MG600bd
Trip Unit Continuous Amp Rating (In)
Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Min.
Max.
600
3000
6000
700
3250
6500
800
3250
6500
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-123
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
TRIP UNIT ONLY
NMG2F800 HMG2F800 LMG2F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
600 700 800
NMG2B600L NMG2B700L NMG2B800L
HMG2B600L HMG2B700L HMG2B800L
LMG2B600L LMG2B700L LMG2B800L
CMT2B600 CMT2B700 CMT2B800
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
TRIP UNIT ONLY
NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
600 700 800
NMG3B600L NMG3B700L NMG3B800L
HMG3B600L HMG3B700L HMG3B800L
LMG3B600L LMG3B700L LMG3B800L
CMT3B600 CMT3B700 CMT3B800
7-124
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Model 525 Trip Unit
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
MG 800A Electronic Trip Units
MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
Selection
Continuous Ampere Rating
600 800
600 800
600 800
600 800
LMG3F800
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CMT3R600 CMT3R800
CMT3T600 CMT3T800
CMT3V600 CMT3V800
CMT3W600 CMT3W800
MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
Continuous Ampere Rating
600 800
600 800
600 800
LMG3F800
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog 7-125
NMG3F800
HMG3F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NMG3R600L NMG3R800L
NMG3T600L NMG3T800L
NMG3V600L NMG3V800L
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HMG3R600L
HMG3R800L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HMG3T600L
HMG3T800L ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HMG3V600L
HMG3V800L ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
LMG3R600L LMG3R800L
LMG3T600L LMG3T800L
LMG3V600L LMG3V800L
LMG3W600L LMG3W800L
Model 586 Trip Unit
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
NMG3W600L HMG3W600L NMG3W800L HMG3W800L
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CMT3A600 CMT3A800
CMT3G600 CMT3G800
CMT3K600 CMT3K800
NMG3F800
HMG3F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NMG3A600L NMG3A800L
NMG3G600L NMG3G800L
NMG3K600L NMG3K800L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HMG3A600L
HMG3A800L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HMG3G600L
HMG3G800L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HMG3K600L HMG3K800L
LMG3A600L LMG3A800L
LMG3G600L LMG3G800L
LMG3K600L LMG3K800L
Model 555 Trip Units
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A and PG 1600A Frames Selection
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 2A + 2B
Bases AMBP2
Left Pocket Only
ASKP3
4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B Bases AMBP1
Left, Right
ASKP4
x4
Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number
Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP1
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2
x4
Description Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
Right Pocket Only
STRPB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRPC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRPE250DC
48-60 VAC
STRPM60
110-127 VAC
STRPN120
208-277 VAC
STRPS277
380-600 VAC
STRPV600
AMBP2
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
12 VDC
Right Pocket Only
UVRPA12DC
24 VDC
UVRPB24DC
48 VDC
UVRPC48DC
60 VDC
UVRPG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRPE250DC
110-127 VAC
UVRPN120
220-240 VAC
UVRPR240
208 VAC
UVRPP208
277 VAC
UVRPS277
380-415 VAC
UVRPT415
440-480 VAC
UVRPU480
STRPN120
UVRPN120
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
7-126
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG - PG Frames
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Release
a Refertothe“AccessoryLocations”chartonpage7-152forguidelinesandlimitationsaboutwhichpockets may be used for accessory combinations.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). ‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
NG 1200A Frame, VL Series Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs
A complete factory assembled NG breaker includes the frame, trip unit,
and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 7-156.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
A Toggle handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. hACR rated.
Number To Handle ofPoles W L D D1
2, 3 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207)
Interrupting Ratings
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Interrupting Class
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
480
600
250
500
220/240
380/415
690
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker
2, 3 46.3 (21.0) 8.8 (4.0) 55.1 (25.0)
N NNG H HNG L LNG
65 35 25 22 35 65 35 50 25 20 10 100 65 35 25 50 100 50 70 35 30 15 200 100 65 42 65 200 100 100 50 35 17
Connectors for 75°C Wire
a Total of 12 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load).
b For 100% rated NG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. c Standard connector provided with complete breakers.
d Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
NG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.
Construction
Ampere Rating
Wire Range
No. of cables per connector
Catalog Number
Aluminum Aluminum Copper Aluminum
300-1200A 300-1200A 300-1200A 300-1200A
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 1/0–500 kcmil Cu 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu
4 3 4 4
3TA4NG500cd 3TA3NG750d 3TC4NG500bd 3TA4NG500Hbd
Compression Lugs
300-1200A 1/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu — 12CLN500a
Trip Unit Continuous Amp Rating (In)
Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Min.
Max.
800
4000
8000
900
5000
10000
1000
5000
10000
1200
7000
12000
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-127
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
NG 1200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection
9000 8000
7000
9000 8000
7000
9000 8000
7000
AMPS
I i
10000 11000
12000
I n= 1200A 40 C
TM~
Trip Unit/Disparador 525
AMPS
Amps
I i
10000 11000
12000
AMPS
Amps
I i
10000 11000
12000
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
TRIP UNIT ONLY
NNG2F120 HNG2F120 LNG2F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
800
900 1000 1200
NNG2B800L NNG2B900L NNG2B100L NNG2B120L
HNG2B800L HNG2B900L HNG2B100L HNG2B120L
LNG2B800L LNG2B900L LNG2B100L LNG2B120L
CNT2B800 CNT2B900 CNT2B100 CNT2B120
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
TRIP UNIT ONLY
NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
800
900 1000 1200
NNG3B800L NNG3B900L NNG3B100L NNG3B120L
HNG3B800L HNG3B900L HNG3B100L HNG3B120L
LNG3B800L LNG3B900L LNG3B100L LNG3B120L
CNT3B800 CNT3B900 CNT3B100 CNT3B120
7-128
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
NG 1200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Model 525 Trip Unit
NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
NG 1200A Electronic Trip Units
NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
Selection
Continuous Ampere Rating
800 1000 1200
800 1000 1200
800 1000 1200
800 1000 1200
LNG3F120
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CNT3R800 CNT3R100 CNT3R120
CNT3T800 CNT3T100 CNT3T120
CNT3V800 CNT3V100 CNT3V120
CNT3W800 CNT3W100 CNT3W120
NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
Continuous Ampere Rating
800 1000 1200
800 1000 1200
800 1000 1200
LNG3F120
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog 7-129
NNG3F120
HNG3F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NNG3R800L NNG3R100L NNG3R120L
NNG3T800L NNG3T100L NNG3T120L
NNG3V800L NNG3V100L NNG3V120L
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HNG3R800L
HNG3R100L
HNG3R120L ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
LNG3R800L LNG3R100L LNG3R120L
LNG3T800L LNG3T100L LNG3T120L
LNG3V800L LNG3V100L LNG3V120L
LNG3W800L LNG3W100L LNG3W120L
Model 586 Trip Unit
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP NNG3W800L HNG3W800L NNG3W100L HNG3W100L NNG3W120L HNG3W120L
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CNT3A800 CNT3A100 CNT3A120
CNT3G800 CNT3G100 CNT3G120
CNT3K800 CNT3K100 CNT3K120
NNG3F120
HNG3F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NNG3A800L NNG3A100L NNG3A120L
NNG3G800L NNG3G100L NNG3G120L
NNG3K800L NNG3K100L NNG3K120L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HNG3A800L
HNG3A100L HNG3A120L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HNG3G800L
HNG3G100L
HNG3G120L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HNG3K800L HNG3K100L HNG3K120L
LNG3A800L LNG3A100L LNG3A120L
LNG3G800L LNG3G100L LNG3G120L
LNG3K800L LNG3K100L LNG3K120L
HNG3T800L HNG3T100L HNG3T120L
ELECTRONIC LSIG HNG3V800L HNG3V100L HNG3V120L
TRIP
Model 555 Trip Units
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames Selection
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 2A + 2B
Base AMBP2
Left Pocket Only
ASKP3
4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B
Base AMBP1
Left, Right
ASKP4
x4
Description Mounting Pocketa Catalog Number
Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP1 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2
Description Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB
x4
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
Right Pocket Only
STRPB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRPC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRPE250DC
48-60 VAC
STRPM60
110-127 VAC
STRPN120
208-277 VAC
STRPS277
380-600 VAC
STRPV600
AMBP2
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
12 VDC
Right Pocket Only
UVRPA12DC
24 VDC
UVRPB24DC
48 VDC
UVRPC48DC
60 VDC
UVRPG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRPE250DC
110-127 VAC
UVRPN120
220-240 VAC
UVRPR240
208 VAC
UVRPP208
277 VAC
UVRPS277
380-415 VAC
UVRPT415
440-480 VAC
UVRPU480
STRPN120
UVRPN120
ExternalAccessoriespages7-137through7-151
7-130
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Release
a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-152 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). ‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
PG 1600A Frame, VL Series & Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
A complete factory assembled PG breaker includes the frame and trip unit only. The connectors must be ordered as separate items.
PG thermal-magnetic breakers sold as non-interchangeable only.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as separate items.
Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting Base and must be ordered as a seperate item.
For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. Change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for non-interchangeable trip breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 7-156.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
A Toggle handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker.
Number To Handle ofPoles W L D D1
2, 3 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207)
Interrupting Ratings
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
PG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.
Model 525 Trip Unit
Interrupting Class
Breaker Type
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
IEC 60947-2f (ETU only)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
480
600
250
500
220/240
380/415
690
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker
2, 3 60.2 (27.3) 8.8 (4.0) 69.0 (31.3)
N NPG H hPG L LPG
65 35 25 22 35 65 35 50 25 20 10 100 65 35 25 50 100 50 70 35 30 15 200 100 65 42 65 200 100 100 50 35 17
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Mounting Arrangement
PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unitf
Trip Unit Continuous Amp Rating (In)
Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Min.
Max.
1200
7000
12000
1400
7000
12000
1600
7000
12000
Construction
Ampere Rating
Wire Range
No. of cables per phase
Catalog Number
Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper
1200-1600A 1200-1600A 1200-1600A 1200-1600A 1200-1600A
1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 600–750 kcmil Al/Cu 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 300–600 kcmil Cu
6 5 4 6 5
3TA6PG750ac TA5P600bd TA4P750bd TA6R600bd TC5R600bde
9000 8000
7000
9000 8000
7000
9000 8000
7000
AMPS
Ii 10000
11000 12000
In =1600A 40o C
TM~
Trip Unit/Disparador 525
AMPS
Amps
Ii 10000
11000 12000
AMPS
Amps
Ii 10000
11000 12000
Description
Catalog Number
Lug Mounting Assembly
LMAP1600
Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect)
MBPG1600
Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect)
MBPG1601
Continuous Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
1200 1400 1600
NPX3B120 NPX3B140 NPX3B160
HPX3B120 HPX3B140 HPX3B160
LPX3B120 LPX3B140 LPX3B160
a Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP1600.
b Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG1600 Kit or
MBPG1601.
c Consists of 3 connectors.
d Consists of 1 connector.
e Required for 100% rated PG breakers. Requires 90°C cable
sized at 75°C ampacity.
f IEC 60947-2: ONLY applies to Electronic Trip Units (ETUs).
ExternalAccessoriespages7-137through7-151
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-131
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
PG 1600A Electronic Trip Units
PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
Selection
Continuous Ampere Rating
1200 1600
1200 1600
1200 1600
1200 1600
LPG3F160
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
Model 555 Trip Unit
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CPT3R120 CPT3R160
CPT3T120 CPT3T160
CPT3V120 CPT3V160
CPT3W120 CPT3W160
PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
NPG3F160 1200 NPG3A120
1600 NPG3A160 1200 NPG3G120
1600 NPG3G160 1200 NPG3K120
1600 NPG3K160
HPG3F160
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous Ampere Rating
LPG3F160
7-132 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Product Category MCCB
NPG3F160
NPG3R120 NPG3R160
NPG3T120 NPG3T160
NPG3V120 NPG3V160
HPG3F160
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NPG3W120 HPG3W120 NPG3W160 HPG3W160
N-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number FRAME ONLY
Catalog Number
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CPT3A120 CPT3A160
CPT3G120 CPT3G160
CPT3K120 CPT3K160
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP HPG3R120 HPG3R160 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HPG3T120 HPG3T160 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HPG3V120 HPG3V160 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
LPG3R120 LPG3R160
LPG3T120 LPG3T160
LPG3V120 LPG3V160
LPG3W120 LPG3W160
Model 586 Trip Unit
L-Interrupting Class Catalog Number
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP HPG3A120
HPG3A160
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP HPG3G120
HPG3G160
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY HPG3K120
HPG3K160
LPG3A120 LPG3A160
LPG3G120 LPG3G160
LPG3K120 LPG3K160
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames Selection
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Release
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches 2A + 2B
Base AMBP2
Left Pocket Only
ASKP3
4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B
Base AMBP1
Left, Right
ASKP4
Description Mounting Pocketa Catalog Number
Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP1 2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2
Description Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
Right Pocket Only
STRPB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRPC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRPE250DC
48-60 VAC
STRPM60
110-127 VAC
STRPN120
208-277 VAC
STRPS277
380-600 VAC
STRPV600
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
12 VDC
Right Pocket Only
UVRPA12DC
24 VDC
UVRPB24DC
48 VDC
UVRPC48DC
60 VDC
UVRPG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRPE250DC
110-127 VAC
UVRPN120
220-240 VAC
UVRPR240
208 VAC
UVRPP208
277 VAC
UVRPS277
380-415 VAC
UVRPT415
440-480 VAC
UVRPU480
a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-152 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). ‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
Product Category MCCB
STRPN120
x4
x4
AMBP2
UVRPN120
External Accessories pages 7-137 through 7-151
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-133
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
Molded Case Switch Selection
Ordering Information
Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers. All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications.
Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For 400 – 1600A ratings, order the lugs separately.
All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified.
Maximum Ampere
Rating / Frame
2-Pole
3-Pole
Short-Circuit Current Ratinga
Self Protective Instantaneous Override
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
240V
480V
600V
Maximum Ampere
Rating / Frame
3-Pole
Short-Circuit Current Ratinga
Self Protective Instantaneous Override
Catalog Number
240V
480V
600V
7-134
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
General
Typically a molded case switch is used when a compact load-break switch is needed for disconnect purposes. The VL line of molded case switches from Siemens is made of the same materi- als and components as the VL circuit breakers but do not provide overcur- rent protection. Each molded case
switch has a fixed instantaneous self- protecting trip element which may open the switch under high fault condi- tions.
Application Note
Overcurrent protection must be provid- ed by an appropriate overcurrent pro- tective device located upstream from
the molded case switch. Also, the short-circuit current rating of the switch is limited to the interrupting rat- ing of the upstream protective device or the ratings in the table below, whichever is less.
Molded Case Switch
150A / DG 250A / FG
400A / JG 600A / LG
800A / MG 1200A / NG
1600A / PG
250A / FG
400A / JG
600A / LG 800A / MG 1200A / NG
1600A / PG
HDR2S150 HFR2S250
HJS2S400 HLR2S600
HMS2S800 HNS2S120
—
LFR3S250
LJS3S400 LLR3S600 LMS3S800 LNS3S120
LPS3S160
HDR3S150 HFR3S250
HJS3S400 HLR3S600
HMS3S800 HNS3S120
HPS3S160
200k
200k 200k 200k 200k
200k
100k 100k
100k 100k
100k 100k
100k
65k 20k 65k 20k
65k 25k 65k 18k
65k 35k 65k 35k
65k 35k
3,500A
4,400A 5,500A
6,500A 12,000A
14,000A
2,500A 3,500A
4,400A 5,500A
6,500A 12,000A
14,000A
100k
100k 100k 100k 100k
100k
25k
25k 18k
65k 65k
65k
aThe Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protect- ed by an appropriate overcurrent protective device.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
Motor Circuit Protectors Selection
General
Protection of Motor Circuits
Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance trip- ping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor full- load current.
The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The trip setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full-load current for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current.
Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter
Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protec- tion for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device.
Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs.
Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters)
Motor Full Trip
Load Amperes Setting (A) Catalog Numbera
35-50
450
HDP3L150L
42-60
540
48-70
630
55-80
720
62-90
810
69-100
900
58-83
750
HDP3M150L
69-100
900
81-117
1050
92-133
1200
104-150
1350
115-150b
1500
96-139
1250
HDP3H150L
115-150b
1500
135-150b
1750
135-150b
2000
135-150b
2250
135-150b
2500
46-67
600
HFP3L250L
55-80
720
65-93
840
74-107
960
83-120
1080
92-133
1200
77-111
1000
HFP3M250L
92-133
1200
108-156
1400
123-178
1600
138-200
1800
154-222
2000
135-194
1750
HFP3H250L
162-210
2100
188-220
2450
215-241
2800
242-250b
3150
242-250b
3500
Motor Full Load Amperes
Trip Setting (A)
Catalog Numbera
96-139
1250
HJM3L400
115-167
1500
135-194
1750
154-222
2000
173-250
2250
192-278
2500
154-222
2000
HJM3M400
185-267
2400
215-311
2800
246-356
3200
277-400
3600
308-400b
4000
154-222
2000
HLM3J600
185-267
2400
215-311
2800
246-356
3200
277-400
3600
308-444
4000
212-306
2750
HLM3Y600
254-367
3300
296-428
3850
338-489
4400
381-550
4950
423-600
5500
250-361
3250
HMM3M800
292-422
3800
335-483
4350
385-556
5000
442-638
5740
500-722
6500
385-556
5000
HNM3M120
462-667
6000
538-778
7000
615-889
8000
692-1000
9000
769-1111
10,000
a Motor circuit protectors rated 150A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs b These settings are provided for starting currents greater than 11X but not to exceed installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 1200A motor circuit breakers, order required 17X. Full Load Amps ( FLA ) not to exceed ampere rating of MCP.
lugs separately.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-135
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers Selection
Frame
Type
Catalog Continuous Number
Ampere Rating (3-pole)a
Short-Circuit Current Rating 600VDCb
DG
hDGD
50 HDC3B050 42K
60 HDC3B060 42K
70 HDC3B070 42K
80 HDC3B080 42K
90 HDC3B090 42K
100 HDC3B100 42K
110 HDC3B110 42K
125 HDC3B125 42K
150 HDC3B150 42K
FG
hFGD
100 HFC3B100 42K
150 HFC3B150 42K
175 HFC3B175 42K
200 HFC3B200 42K
250 HFC3B250 42K
JG
hJGD
250 HJC3B250 65K
300 HJC3B300 65K
350 HJC3B350 65K
400 HJC3B400 65K
LG
hLGD
400 HLC3B400 65K
500 HLC3B500 65K
600 HLC3B600 65K
MG
hMGD
600 HMC3B600 65K
700 HMC3B700 65K
800 HMC3B800 65K
NG
hNGD
800 HNC3B800 65K
900 HNC3B900 65K
1000 HNC3B100 65K
1200 HNC3B120 65K
PG
hPGD
1200 HPC3B120 65K
1400 HPC3B140 65K
1600 HPC3B160 65K
+–
LOAD
7-136
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
General
Siemens UL Listed non-interchangeable trip DC Thermal/magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers shown below are for use in grounded & ungrounded general DC circuits and ungrounded battery supply circuits of UPS systems. These breakers are rated at 600Vdc closed circuit and feature rated interruption levels from 42,000 to 65,000 amperes as indicated in
the table. This family of circuit breakers is rated from 50 to 1600 Amperes.
Types HDGD through HPGD circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic over-current function located on the face of the circuit breaker. Contact Siemens for specific magnetic over-current values.
To properly use these UL Listed circuit breakers at 600Vdc and the indicated
interruption level, it is necessary to connect the terminals of the 3 pole circuit breaker in a series configuration as shown in the diagram below.
Types HDGD through HPGD use the same internal and external accessories as the standard DG through PG frames and associated types. Consult the individual frame section for accessory information.
a Terminal connectors must be ordered separately; see page 7-146.
b Standard VL breakers DG - PG feature DC ratings up to 500V for ungrounded UPS
applications. Consult the individual frame section for more information.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
External Accessories
1 Base for Plug-In or Draw-Out
2 Interphase Barriers
3 Rear Terminals – Flat and Round
4 Bus Extensions
5 Terminal Connectors
6 Plug-In Terminal Blades
7 Extended Terminal Shield
8 Standard Terminal Shield
9 Cover Frame for Door Cutout 10 Stored Energy Operator
11 Rotary Handle Operator
12 Variable Depth Rotary Operator 13 Max Flex Operator
14 Circuit Breaker
15 Shunt Trip or Undervoltage Releases 16 Auxiliary/Alarm Switches
17 Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit (525) 18 Electronic Trip Unit (555)
19 Elec. Trip Unit with LCD (586)
20 Communication Module with ZSI 21 Electronic Trip Unit Tester and
LCD Power Supply
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Selection
7-137
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
Operating Mechanisms
RHFF
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
RHFL RHFLEM
RHVL12
RHVF12
RHSLA1 RHSLA1F
RHSLA2 RHSLA2F
RHVFBM
RHVLBM
RHVM12H
RHFF RHFFEM
RHVF12
——
RHSFA1F
——
RHSFA2F
RHVFBM
RHVM12H RHVM3RH RHVM4XH RHVMEMH
RHVM12H RHVM3RH RHVM4XH RHVMEMH
RHVM3RH
RHVF79H
RHVMS02 —— RHVMS12 RHVMS16 RHVMS24
RHVM79H
RHVMS02 —— RHVMS12
RHVMS16
RHVMS24
RHVMS12
7-138
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Description
Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Fixed depth and the handle is mounted directly on the circuit breaker.
Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA 1, 12
Red handle Version
with red knob, yellow indicator plate
NEMA 1, 12
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks).
NEMA 1, 12
Auxiliary Switch Kits
For Direct or Extended Rotary
handle Operators (RhF and RhV).
Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kita
Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire
For Door-Mounted Operator
For Through-Door Operator Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire
For Door-Mounted Operator For Through-Door Operator
Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism
Breaker mechanism only
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only
Standard version NEMA 1, 12 NEMA 3R NEMA 4X
Red handle version
NFPA-79 Handle Kit
Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance with door-mounted rotary operator
Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator
2 inches (50.8mm)
3 inches (76.2mm)
12 inches (304.8 mm)
16 inches (406.4 mm)
24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket
For DG to FG Frame 150 to 250 A
For JG to LG Frame 400 A to 600 A
a During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
For MG Frame 800 A
For NG to PG Frame 1200 to 1600 A
Description
Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Fixed depth, breaker mounted.
For direct fitting to the circuit breaker.
Lockable with up to 3 padlocks.
NEMA 1, 12 Red handle version
with red knob, yellow indicator plate NEMA 1, 12
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks).
NEMA 1, 12
For Direct or Extended Rotary handle Operators (RhF and RhV). Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit
Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire
For Door-Mounted Operator
For Through-Door Operator Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire
For Door-Mounted Operator For Through-Door Operator
Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism
Breaker mechanism only
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only
Standard version NEMA 1, 12 NEMA 3R
NEMA 4X Red handle version
NFPA-79 Handle Kit
Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance with door-mounted rotary operator
Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator
2 inches (50.8mm)
3 inches (76.2mm)
12 inches (304.8 mm)
16 inches (406.4 mm)
24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket
Auxiliary Switch Kits
Product Category MCCB
Catalog Number
——
——
RHVM12
RHSMA1 ——
RHSMA2 ——
RHVMBM
RHVM12H RHVM3RH RHVM4XH RHVMEMH
RHVM79H
RHVMS02 —— RHVMS12
RHVMS16
RHVMS24
Catalog Number
——
——
——
RHSPA1 ——
RHSPA2 ——
RHVPBM
RHVP3RH RHVP3RH RHVP4XH RHVPEMH
RHVP79H
——
RHVPS03
RHVPS12 —— RHVPS24
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-139
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
Operating Mechanisms
Catalog Number
FHVF3R FHVF4X FHVF3RB FHVF4XB
MFKF3R
MFHM3R MFHM3RS MFHM4X
MFHM3RB MFHM3RSB
MFMF
MFCF036 MFCF048 MFCF060 MFCF072 MFCF084 MFCF096 MFCF120 MFCF144
MFSFA1 MFSFA2
Catalog Number
FHVL3R FHVL4X FHVL3RB FHVL4XB
MFKL3R
MFHM3R MFHM3RS MFHM4X
MFHM3RB MFHM3RSB
MFML
MFCM036 MFCM048 MFCM060 MFCM072 MFCM084 MFCM096 MFCM120 MFCM144
MFSLA1 MFSLA2
7-140
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Description
Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit
Adjustable from 8” to 16” Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator.
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
NEMA 4X
IEC Black handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12
NEMA 4X
Max-FlexTM, Variable Depth Flange
Mounted Operator Kit
Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12
For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,
all others are 48”
May be right- or left-hand mounted
Handle Only, for Max-FlexTM Variable Depth
For DG and FG Frame 150 to 250 A
For JG and LG Frame 400 to 600 A
NEMA 1, 3R, 12 NEMA 1, 3R, 12 NEMA 4, 4X
Plastic
Steel - epoxy coated Steel - chrome plated
Solid color (all gray) Plastica NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-FlexTM
Cable Only, for Max-FlexTM Variable Depth
36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120” 144”
Handle Auxiliary Switch
Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb 1 Aux. switch
2 Aux. switch
a Max-FlexTM handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.
b During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
For MG Frame 800 A
For NG Frame 1200 A
For PG Frame 1600 A
Description
Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit
Adjustable from 8” to 16” Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator.
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
NEMA 4X
IEC Black handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12
NEMA 4X
Max-FlexTM, Variable Depth Flange
Mounted Operator Kit
Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12
For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,
all others are 48”
May be right- or left-hand mounted
Handle Only, for Max-FlexTM Variable Depth
NEMA 1, 3R, 12 NEMA 1, 3R, 12 NEMA 4, 4X
Plastic
Steel - epoxy coated Steel - chrome plated
Solid color (all gray) Plastica NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-FlexTM
Cable Only, for Max-FlexTM Variable Depth
36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120” 144”
Handle Auxiliary Switch
Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb 1 Aux. switch
2 Aux. switch
a Max-FlexTM handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.
b During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.
Product Category MCCB
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
MFKM3R
MFHM3R MFHM3RS MFHM4X
MFHM3RB MFHM3RSB
MFMM
MFCM036 MFCM048 MFCM060 MFCM072 MFCM084 MFCM096 MFCM120 MFCM144
MFSPA1 MFSPA2
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
MFKP3RS
—
MFHP3RS MFHP4X
—
MFHP3RSB
MFMP
—
MFCP048 MFCP060 MFCP072 — MFCP096 MFCP120 MFCP144
MFSPA1 MFSPA2
Catalog Number
MFKP3RS
—
MFHP3RS MFHP4X
—
MFHP3RSB
MFMP
—
MFCP048 MFCP060 MFCP072 — MFCP096 MFCP120 MFCP144
MFSPA1 MFSPA2
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-141
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
Operating Mechanisms
Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases
Catalog Number
Stored Energy Type
SEAFB SEAFM SEAFY SEAFN SEAFR CLKF
PCBDRC3
Catalog Number
PCBDRC3 PCBDFC3
DCADRC3 DCADFC3
DCHP
DCIP
PCTF83
PCXD3
DCXD3
PCXFT
Catalog Number
PCBFRC3 PCBFFC3
DCAFRC3 DCAFFC3
DCHP
DCIP
PCTF83
PCXF3
DCXF3
PCXFT
7-142
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
For DG to FG Frame 150 to 250 A
Description
Stored Energy and Motor Operators
Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. ACVoltage DCVoltage
— 24 42-48 42-48 60 60 110–127 110–127 220–250 220–250
Cylinder Locks for Field Installation
Description
Plug-in Mounting Base Assembly
Includes base, terminal blade kit, sec. terminal block assembly, base trip interlock, and mounting hardware.
Rear Connected
3-pole
Front Connected
3-pole
Draw-out Assembly
Includes base, position indicator switch, socket, base trip interlock, crank handle, connectors, and necessary shields. Rear Connected
3-pole
Front Connected
3-pole
(Draw-out assembly includes side plates and all hardware)
Hex Wrench for racking draw-out assembly and position indicator
Position Indicator Switch
Form “C” switch to indicate breaker engaged/de-engaged position.a
Secondary Terminal Block Assy.
Accessory connections for plug-in or draw-out breakers. Pre-wired plug and block with 8 terminal points.b
Plug-In Spare Breaker Kit
Set of 6 terminal blades, 2 terminal shield, & 1 trip interlock
Draw-out Spare Breaker Kit
Set of 6 terminal blades, & 1 trip interlock
Spare Breaker Trip Interlock
For DG Frame 150 A
For FG Frame 250 A
a Up to 2 position indicator switches may be mounted per plug-in or draw-out base.
b Up to 2 plugs per breaker (16 terminal points) may be mounted on DG, and FG breakers. Up to 3 plugs per breaker (24 terminal points) may be mounted
on JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG breakers.
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Catalog Number
Stored Energy Type
SEALB SEALM SEALY SEALN SEALR CLKP
Catalog Number
PCBJRC3 PCBJFC3
DCAJRC3 DCAJFC3
DCHP
DCIP
PCTL83
PCXJ3
DCXJ3
PCXLT
Catalog Number
PCBLRC3 PCBLFC3
DCALRC3 DCALFC3
DCHP
DCIP
PCTL83
PCXL3
DCXL3
PCXLT
Catalog Number
Stored Energy Type
SEAMB SEAMM SEAMY SEAMN SEAMR CLKP
Catalog Number
PCBMRC3 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Catalog Number
Motor Operator Type
MTRPB MTRPM MTRPY MTRPN MTRPR CLKP
Catalog Number
PCBNRC3 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-143
For JG to LG Frame 400 to 600 A
For MG Frame 800 A
For NG to PG Frame 1200 to 1600 A
For JG Frame 400 A
For LG Frame 600 A
For MG Frame 800 A
For NG Frame For PG Frame 1200 A 1600 A
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
Connections
Standard 3-Pole Set
Catalog Number
FBCD3 —
—
Round Terminal
RTLDSR RTLDLR SRTDR3 RTLDSF RTLDLF SRTDF3 —
—
Flat Terminal
TSSF3 TSLF3
IPBF
Flat Bus Bar
—
—
—
Catalog Number
FBCF3 —
—
RTLFSR RTLFLR SRTFR3 RTLFSF RTLFLF SRTFF3 —
—
TSSF3 TSLF3
IPBF
—
—
—
Terminal Shields
IPBF
7-144
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
For DG Frame 150 A
For FG Frame 250 A
Description
Front Bus Bar Connections
Includes nut keeper plates and shield. Standard (straight)
3-Pole Set
Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit
Includes 6 - Bus Bars, 6 Nut Keepers & Shields 100% rated applications
Rear-Connecting Studs
Short length round term. (1工业设备进口与技术服务) Long length round term. (1工业设备进口与技术服务) 3-Pole round term. kit, 2 short + 1 long Short length flat term. (1工业设备进口与技术服务)
Long length flat term. (1工业设备进口与技术服务) 3-Pole flat term. kit, 2 short + 1 long Flat bus bar type (1 工业设备进口与技术服务)
3-Pole set of flat bus bar
Terminal Shields
Includes 2 terminal shields. 3-Pole Standard Shield 3-Pole Extended Shield
Interphase Barriers
Set of 2 barriers
Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases.
Lug Mounting Assy.
Breaker Mounting Base
Front connected Rear connected
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
For JG Frame For LG Frame 400 A 600 A
For MG Frame 800 A
For NG Frame 1200 A
For PG Frame 1600 A
Catalog Number
FBCJ3 —
RTLJSR RTLJLR SRTJR3 RTLJSF RTLJLF SRTJF3 —
—
TSSL3 TSLL3
IPBM
—
—
—
Catalog Number
FBCL3 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTLLSF SRTLF3
—
—
IPBM
—
—
—
Catalog Number
FBCM3 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTLMSF SRTMF3
TSSM3 TSLM3
IPBM
—
—
—
Catalog Number
SSBP SSBPH
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTLNSF SRTNF3
TSSP3 TSLP3
IPBP
—
—
—
Catalog Number
SSBP SSBPH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TSSP3 TSLP3
IPBP
LMAP1600b
MBPG1600 MBPG1601
a Not for use with standard Al terminals. Use Standard Shield for rear connection and Extended Shield for bus- bar connection.
b Kit includes connection for one side of breaker only. Order quantity 2 if connecting line and load side.
Product Category MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-145
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
Connections
TNKD3
3TA2LG600LD
3TA4NG500
Description
Nut Keeper Plates
For ring/tongue terminal or bus bar connections. (For metric threads on other than the JG frame, change ”TNK” to ”TMK”)
1 Nut Keeper Plate Kit of 3
Mechanical Lugs
Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only)
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug
Kit of 3
Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire)
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug
Kit of 2
Kit of 3
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
Single Lug Kit of 2
Kit of 3
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug
Copper Body (Cu Wire Only)
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug
Kit of 2
Kit of 3
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug
Compression Lugs
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 2
Kit of 3
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 2
Kit of 3
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 3
Distribution Lugs (Cu Wire Only)
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
Single Lug
Kit of 3
Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug
Kit of 3
Control Wire Terminals
Control Wire Terminal (Single) Control Wire Terminal (Kit of 3)
For DG Frame 150 A
Catalog Number
TNKD TNKD3
#8-1/0; 1-hole
TW1DG20 3TW1DG20
#6-3/0; 1-hole
TA1DG30 —
3TA1DG30
—
—
—
—
—
—
For FG Frame 250 A
Catalog Number
TNKF TNKF3
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole
TW1FG350 3TW1FG350
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole
TAW1FG350 —
3TAW1FG350
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Note: pictures provide graphical representaions only.
#6-3/0; 1-hole
TC1DG30a —
3TC1DG30a —
—
#14-2/0; 1-cable
2CLD20 3CLD20
—
—
—
#14-#2; 3-hole
TA3DG02 3TA3DG02 #14-#4; 6-hole TA6DG04 3TA6DG04
—
—
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole
TCW1FG350a —
3TCW1FG350a —
—
#4-350 kcmil; 1-cable
—
3CLF350
—
—
—
—
—
#14-#1; 2-hole and #14-2/0; 1-hole TA3FG20 3TA3FG20
#14-#4; 6-hole
TA6FG04 3TA6FG04
—
—
a Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
7-146 Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Product Category MCCB
——
For JG Frame 400 A
For LG Frame 600 A
For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame
Catalog Number
TMKJ TMKJ3
metric only
1/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole
TW1JG600 3TW1JG600
3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole
TA2JG250 —
3TA2JG250
AL: 250-750 kcmil
CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole TA1JG750
—
3TA1JG750
—
—
—
3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole
TC2JG250c —
—
3/0-750 kcmil; 1-hole
TC1JG750c
#6-350 kcmil; 1-cable
—
3CLJ350
250-600 kcmil; 1-cable
3CLJ600 —
—
#14-#4; 12-hole
TA12JG04 3TA12JG04 #14-2/0; 6-hole TA6JG20 3TA6JG20
TA2JG250PT —
TNKL TNKL3
—
—
—
#2-600 kcmil; 2-hole
—
—
—
3TA2LG600LDa 3TA2LG600LNb
AL: 250-750 kcmil
CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole TA1JG750 (400A max)
—
3TA1JG750 (400A max)
—
—
—
#2-600 kcmil; 2-hole
—
—
—
3TC2LG600LDac 3TC2LG600LNbc —
—
#6-350 kcmil; 2-cable
—
6CLL350 (kit of 6)
250-750 kcmil; 1-cable
3CLL750
—
250-600 kcmil; 2-cable 6CLL600 (kit of 6)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3TA2LG600LNPT
800 A 1200 A
1600 A
TNKM TNKM3
—
—
—
1/0-500 kcmil, 3-hole
TA3MG500 3TA3MG500
500 -750 kcmil; 2-hole
TA2MG750 — 3TA2MG750
#2-600 kcmil; 3-hole
—
3TA3MG600d (Kit of 3)
1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole
TC3MG500c —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TA3MG500PT —
Catalog Number
TNKP TNKP3
—
—
—
1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole
—
2TA4NG500 3TA4NG500
3TA4NG500Hc
500 -750 kcmil; 3-hole
—
2TA3NG750 3TA3NG750
—
1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole
—
—
3TC4NG500c
—
—
1/0-500 kcmil; 4-cable —
12CLN500 (kit of 12)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3TA4NG500PT
Catalog Number
TNKP TNKP3
—
—
—
1/0-750 kcmil; 6-hole
—
—
3TA6PG750e 600-750 kcmil; 4-hole
TA4P750f
—
300-600 kcmil; 5; 6-hole
TA5P600f TA6R600f —
—
—
—
—
300-600 kcmil; 5-hole
TC5R600cf
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
All lug kits include the nut keepers. a Mounted on Load Side Only.
b Mounted on Line Side Only.
c Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
d Requires extended modified shield.
e Used only with LMAP1600 mounting base.
f Used only with MBPG1600 or MBPG1601 mounting
base.
—
—
Product Category MCCB
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-147
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
General
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
handle Padlocking Device
HPLF
Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism
Cable Interlock System
7-148
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
HPLF
HBDF
WBMFFM
CBTF
CBCF18 CBCM36 CBCP54
MSKF2 MSKF4
3VL97008BL00 TSCFTM
HBDF
WBMFFM
CBTF
CBCF18 CBCM36 CBCP54
MSKF2 MSKF4
3VL97008BL00 TSCFTM
For DG Frame 150 A
For FG Frame 250 A
Description
Handle Padlocking Device
To padlock breaker toggle in the “OFF” position. Accepts up to 3 padlocks with 5–8 mm shackles.
Handle Blocking Device
For holding the handle in the “ON” position. Not a lockout/tagout device.
Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism
Provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent circuit breakers.
Fixed mounted breakers
Note: Both breakers must be of the same frame size.
Cable Interlock Mechanism
Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers - includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only. Combination with the next larger or smaller frame size is possible. Interlock Cable
Cable only, to connect 2 circuit breakers.
Cable length 18 in. .46m (recommended up to 250A) Cable length 36 in. .91m (recommended from 400–800A) Cable length 54 in. 1.37m (recommendedfrom1200–1600A)
Mounting Screw Kit
Includes the necessary hardware to mount a circuit breaker to the user’s prepared surface
Kit with 2 screws (SAE thread) Kit with 4 screws (SAE thread)
Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover
Includes a trip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment of trip settings. Seal not included.
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A
Catalog Number
HPLL
HBDL
WBMLFM
CBTL
—
CBCM36 CBCP54
—
MSKL4
3VL97008BL00 TSCLTM
HPLL
HBDL
WBMLFM
CBTL
—
CBCM36 CBCP54
—
MSKL4
3VL97008BL00 TSCLTM
HPLM
HBDM
WBMMFM
CBTM
—
CBCM36 CBCP54
—
MSKM4
3VL97008BL00 TSCMTM
Catalog Number
HPLP
HBDP
WBMPFM
CBTP
—
—
CBCP54
—
MSKP4
3VL97008BL00 —
Catalog Number
HPLP
HBDP
WBMPFM
CBTP
—
—
CBCP54
—
MSKP4
3VL97008BL00 —
Product Category MCCB
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-149
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories
NGSF150
Catalog Number
NGSD060 NGSF100 NGSF150 —
—
—
—
—
—
NGSM600
Spare Flat Cable
Power Stick
ELTPHB EPSP18V COMPCA COMPRO20
COMMOD21 COMKIT3 COMKIT6 3UF79100AA000
Catalog Number
—
NGSF100 NGSF150 NGSJ250 —
—
—
—
—
ELTPHB EPSP18V COMPCA COMPRO20
COMMOD21 COMKIT3 COMKIT6 3UF79100AA000
Com20 Profibus & Com21 Modbus Communications Module
Door Cutouts & Extensions
Cover Frame for Door Cutout
BZLF3
BZLFRHSE
BZLFBDC
THEL
THEP
—
BZLF3
BZLFRHSE
BZLFBDC
—
7-150
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
For DG Frame 150 A
For FG Frame 250 A
Description
Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole)
Neutral = 35/60A Neutral = 100A Neutral = 150A Neutral = 250A Neutral = 400A Neutral = 600A Neutral = 800A Neutral = 1000/1200A Neutral = 1600A
Communications & Electronics
Portable Test Set.
Power Stick - hand held, battery operated power supply for LCD trip units. (Requires two 9V batteries.) Trip test- ing for both 555 & 586 trip units.
Spare flat cable for Power Stick.
COM20 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI for electronic trip units (order cable separately)
COM21 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI for electronic trip units (order cable separately)
Cable for COM20/21, 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
Cable for COM20/21, 3.0 m (9.8 ft)
Addressing Plug - assigns a field bus address without a PC by plugging into COM20/21
Cover Frame for Door Cutout
For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30) 2-Pole & 3-Pole
For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40)
Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated. Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40)
(not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator)
Toggle Handle Extension
For spare or replacement. (One is included with each NG - PG frame.)
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Catalog Number
—
—
—
NGSJ250 NGSL400 —
—
—
—
ELTPHB EPSP18V COMPCA COMPRO20
COMMOD21 COMKIT4 COMKIT7 3UF79100AA000
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
NGSL400 NGSM600 —
—
—
ELTPHB EPSP18V COMPCA COMPRO20
COMMOD21 COMKIT4 COMKIT7 3UF79100AA000
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
—
NGSM600 NGSN800 —
—
ELTPHB EPSP18V COMPCA COMPRO20
COMMOD21 COMKIT5 COMKIT8 3UF79100AA000
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
—
—
NGSN800 NGSP120 —
ELTPHB EPSP18V COMPCA COMPRO20
COMMOD21 COMKIT5 COMKIT8 3UF79100AA000
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NGSP120 NGSP160
ELTPHB EPSP18V COMPCA COMPRO20
COMMOD21 COMKIT5 COMKIT8 3UF79100AA000
BZLL3
BZLLRHSE
BZLLBDC
THEL
BZLL3
BZLLRHSE
BZLLBDC
THEL
BZLM3
BZLMRHSE
BZLMBDC
THEM
BZLP3
BZLPRHSE
BZLPBDC
THEP
BZLP3
BZLPRHSE
BZLPBDC
THEP
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-151
For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A
Product Category MCCB
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
VL Circuit Breakers
Accessory Locations Selection
Frame Family
Left Pocket
Right Pocket
DG*, FG*, JG, LG 150 to 600A
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch
Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Swich
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch
MG, NG, PG 800 to 1600A
Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 2 Alarm Swiches
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
7-152
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Locations of Internally Mounted Accessories
* Except DG and FG breakers with Electronic Trip Units. Due to the location of the Magnetic Latch, the Left Pocket is not available for accessories.
Accessory Information
b Aux. Switch is an Auxiliary Switch, 1A or 1B contact
b Alarm Switch has 1A or 1B contact
b UVR is an Undervoltage Release
b The standard location for factory mounted Auxiliary and Alarm Switches is the Left Pocket
Accessory Maximums
DG, FG, JG, LG Maximum Accessories: b Maximum of six (6) switches total
b DG, FG Maximum of two (2) Alarm Switches, one each in the Left and Right Pockets. JG, LG Max. of 1 Alarm, Left only
MG, NG, PG Maximum Accessories:
b Maximum of eight (8) switches total b Maximum of two (2) Alarm Switches,
Left Pocket only
For applications using COMMOD20 and COMMOD21 for communication using Modbus or Profibus
DG, FG
COMKIT3 & COMKIT6 provide auxiliary contact kit. May add only one or two contact blocks for Alarm or Auxiliary function.
JG, LG
COMKIT4 & COMKIT7 provide auxiliary contact kit mounted in left pole pocket. One contact block can be added for Auxiliary function. Right pole pocket available for other release or an addi- tional Auxiliary contact kit.
MG, NG, PG
COMKIT5 & COMKIT8 provide auxiliary contact kit mounted in Left pole pocket. Two contact blocks can be added for Auxiliary function and one for Alarm function. Right pole pocket available for other release or an additional Auxiliary Contact kit.
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
VL Circuit Breakers
Suffix for factory mounted Switch Combinations
Selection
If the frame is:
And you need these functions:
Then add this suffix:
Device
Catalog Number
DG, FG, JG or LG
1 Alarm Switch
1 NO Alarm
1 NC Alarm
A1
ASKL1
DG, FG, JG or LG
2 Aux. Switches
1 NO + 1 NC Aux. Contacts
A2
ASKL2
DG, FG, JG or LG
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches
1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NC Alarm 2NO Aux. and 1NC Alarm
A3
ASKL3
MG, NG or PG
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches
1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NO + 1NC Alarm 2NO Aux. and 2NC Alarm
2NC Aux. and 2NO Alarm
A3
ASKP3
MG, NG or PG
4 Aux. Switches
2NO + 2NC Aux.
A4
ASKP4
Suffix for factory mounted Shunt Trips
If the frame is:
And you need these functions:
Then add this suffix:
Device
Catalog Number
DG, FG, JG or LG
24V DC 48-60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC 48-60V AC 110-127V AC 208-277V AC 380-600V AC
RB RC RD RE RM RN RS RV
STRLB24DC STRLC60DC STRLD125DC STRLE250DC STRLM60 STRLN120 STRLS277 STRLV600
MG, NG or PG
24V DC 48-60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC 48-60V AC 110-127V AC 208-277V AC 380-600V AC
RB RC RD RE RM RN RS RV
STRPB24DC STRPC60DC STRPD125DC STRPE250DC STRPM60 STRPN120 STRPS277 STRPV600
Suffix for factory mounted Undervoltage Releases
If the frame is:
And you need these functions:
Then add this suffix:
Device
Catalog Number
DG, FG, JG or LG
12V DC
24V DC
48V DC
60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC 24V AC 110-127V AC 220-240V AC 208V AC 277V AC 380-415V AC 440-480V AC
UA UB UC UG UD UE UK UN UR UP US UT UU
UVRLA12DC UVRLB24DC UVRLC48DC UVRLG60DC UVRLD125DC UVRLE250DC UVRLL24 UVRLN120 UVRLR240 UVRLP208 UVRLS277 UVRLT415 UVRLU480
MG, NG or PG
12V DC
24V DC
48V DC
60V DC 110-127V DC 220-250V DC 110-127V AC 220-240V AC 208V AC 277V AC 380-415V AC 440-480V AC
UA UB UC UG UD UE UN UR UP US UT UU
UVRPA12DC UVRPB24DC UVRPC48DC UVRPG60DC UVRPD125DC UVRPE250DC UVRPN120 UVRPR240 UVRPP208 UVRPS277 UVRPT415 UVRPU480
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-153
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Technical Data
50oC 93% 60oC 86% 70oC 80%
93% 93% 93% 95% 86% 86% 86% 86% 80% 80% 80% 80%
95% 95% 86% 80% 80% 74%
DG
150
600 690
8 4
-25 to +75
20,000 120
15 – 48 40
—
30 18
FG
250
600 690
8 4
-25 to +75
20,000 120
32 – 80 60
—
30 25
JG
400
600 690
8 4
-25 to +75
20,000 120
60 – 175 90
—
30 35
LG
600
600 690
8 4
-25 to +75
10,000 60
85 – 230 160
—
30 35
MG
800
600 690
8 4
-25 to +75
5,000 60
170 – 250 250
—
42 65
NG
1200
600 690
8 4
-25 to +75
3,000 30
150 – 220 210
—
42 65
PG
1600
600 690
8 4
-25 to +75
3,000 30
200 – 260 260
—
42 65
Current rating (1 or 2 switches) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Currentrating(3or4sameswitch) A 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Pick-up voltage V 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1
401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594
740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50
401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594
740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50
401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594
740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50
401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594
740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50
401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594
740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50
401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594
740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50
401 – 501 424 – 489 533 – 736 408 – 645 594
740 – 925 559 – 648 722 – 820 50
7-154
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Max rated continuous current
Rated operational voltage NEMA
IEC
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Main conducting paths Auxiliary circuits
Ambient Temperature Range
High Ambient Derating (thermal-mag.)
Operating Cycles
Max switching rate (per hour)
Power loss (at max. rated current) Thermal-magnetic
Electronic trip unit
V AC V AC
kV kV
oC
W W
IEC 1
Time constant t = 10 ms
1 current path 2 current paths 3 current paths
in series in series Up to 250V DC 440V DC 600V DC
NEMA
Time constant t = 8 ms
2 poles switching 1 current path
250V DC Max. 2
3 poles switching 2 current paths in series
500V DC Max. 2 Auxiliary / Alarm Switch
Shunt Trip
Power Consumption (short-time) at:
48 – 60 V AC VA 110–127VAC VA 208–277VAC VA 380–600VAC VA 24 V DC W 48 – 60 V DC W 110 –127 V DC W 220–250VDC W
Max. Operating time ms
1 Consult Siemens for short circuit values. 2 Review individual frame and type values.
Accessories
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Technical Data
FG LG NG
Undervoltage Trip
Drop voltage (percentage)
Pick-up voltage (percentage)
Power consumption (continuous) at: 110–127VAC
220–250VAC
208 V AC
277 V AC
380–415VAC
440–480VAC
500–525VAC
600 V AC
Max. opening time
Motorized Operating Mechanism
Motor with stored energy mechanism (synchronizable)
Motor Operator
Max. switching rate (per hour) Command duration
V 35% – 70% V 70% – 85%
VA 1 VA 2.1 VA 1.2 VA 1.4 VA 1.9 VA 2.2 VA 2.5 VA 2.8 ms 50
X
120
ms 20–50
35% – 70% 70% – 85%
1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50
X
60
20 – 50 <100 <5
<5
35% – 70% 70% – 85%
1.1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50
X
30
— <5,000 <5
<5
ms <100 s <5
s <5
Operating Range 85 – 110% of rated control voltage
Closing time
Charging time
Break time
Power consumption VA/W Inrush (A)
Control Voltages 110 – 127 V AC 220 – 250 V AC
24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC
DG
35% – 70% 70% – 85%
1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50
X
120
20 – 50 <100 <5
<5 <500
JG
35% – 70% 70% – 85%
1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50
X
120
20 – 50 <100 <5
<5
MG
35% – 70% 70% – 85%
1.1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50
X
60
20 – 50 <100 <5
<5
PG
35% – 70% 70% – 85%
1.1 2.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 50
X
30
— <5,000 <5
<5
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-155
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Technical Data
Unusual Operating Conditions Reference
7-156
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
Reference Ampere Rating at
40° C (104° F)
Ampere Rating at:
25° C (77° F)
50°C (122° F)
60° C (140° F)
Siemens Breaker Frames
DG
FG
JG
LG
MG
NG
PG
Note: The information provided on Table 1 – Temperature derating data for thermal-magnetic breakers this and the next page is intended for
reference and recommendation only.
Because several variables can act on
a circuit breaker’s performance at the
same time, the data below is based less
on controlled testing, than on experi- 70 ence and engineering judgment. Contact 90
Siemens for further information on 100
50 55 46 42
60 66 56 52
77 65 60
99 84 78
110 94 87
special conditions and treatment.
High Ambient Temperatures
125 137 114 100
150 165 136 120
175 192 159 140
200 220 182 160
225 247 205 180
250 275 235 220
300 330 276 252
350 385 325 301
400 440 372 340
500 550 468 435
660 564 525
770 658 613
Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers
are temperature sensitive and calibrated
for a specific ambient of 40° C (104°
F) (average enclosure temperature), a
higher ambient will cause the breaker
to trip at lower current than its name-
plate rating, in other words, causing 600 the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1). 700
Similarly, the current carrying capacity of a circuit conductor is based upon a certain ambient temperature, a higher ambient will reduce its current carrying capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus, with a fluctuating temperature, a ther- mal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly parallel with its connected circuit con- ductors and maintain close circuit pro- tection. If the application temperature exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known, either a breaker specially calibrated for the higher ambient or one oversized according to Table 1 may be selected. In a case such as this, the circuit con- ductors should be oversized as well.
Siemens Electronic Trip Unit Breakers are insensitive to temperature changes. However, they do include circuitry to protect the components from abnor- mally high temperatures.
Altitude
Reduced air density at altitudes greater than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the ability of a molded case circuit breaker to transfer heat and interrupt faults. Therefore, circuit breakers applied at these altitudes should have interrupt- ing, insulation and continuous currents derated as indicated in Figure 1.
800 880 754 704
900 990 828 749
1000 1100 900 825
1200 1320 1090 1000
1400 1540 1304 1148
1600 1760 1500 1320
Figure 1 – Altitude adjustment
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Technical Data
Unusual Operating Conditions Reference
Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems
Circuit Breaker Derating Required
This table lists the maximum con- tinuous current carrying capacity for Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to
the increased resistance of the copper sections resulting from the skin effect produced by eddy currents at these frequencies, circuit breakers in many cases require derating. The thermal derating on these devices is based upon 100%, three phase application in open air in a maximum of 40°C (104° F) with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the speci-
fied cable or bus at the line and load side. Additional derating of not less than 20% will be required if the circuit breaker is to be utilized in an enclo- sure. Further derating may be required if the enclosure ambient temperature exceeds 40°C(104° F).
50 48 38
60 57 46
70 63 50
80 72 58
Cable and Bus Sizing
The cable and bus sizes to be utilized
at 400Hz are not based on standard National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz application. Larger cross sections are necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars specified are based upon mounting the bars in the vertical plane to allow maxi- mum air flow. All bus bars are spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart. Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal plane will necessitate additional drafting. Edgewise orientation of the bus may change the maximum ratings indicated. If additional information is required for other connections of cable or bus, con- tact Siemens for information.
Application Recommendations
It is recommended that temperatures be measured on the line and load termi- nals or T-connectors of the center pole. These are usually the hottest terminals with a balanced load. A maximum temperature of 75°C (35°C over a maxi- mum ambient of 40°C) would verify
the particular application. Temperature profiles taken on these breakers can
be correlated to ensure that the hottest points within the breaker are within the required temperature limits.
Interrupting Rating
Circuit breakers used in 400 Hz sys- tems are limited to a 5000 A interrupt- ing rating. If higher ratings are required, consult Siemens.
Breaker type
Maximum continuous ampere rating at 40°C (104°F)b
75°C (167F) Copper
cable per pole
60HZ
400HZ
Open air
Open airc
Enclosed after derating
No of 工业设备进口与技术服务s
Wire size
Breaker type
Maximum continuous ampere rating at 40°C (104°F)b
75°C (167F) Copper
cable per pole
60HZ
400HZ
Open air
Open airc
Enclosed after derating
No of 工业设备进口与技术服务s
Wire size
DG 90
80 64
1 #8
1 #6
1 #4
1 #4
1 #3
1 #3
1 #2
1 #1
1 #1/0
1 #3
1 #2
1 #1
1 #1/0
1 #2/0
1 #3/0
1 #4/0
1 250 kcmil
1 250 kcmil
1 350 kcmil
1 500 kcmil
2 #2/0
1 250 kcmil
1 350 kcmil
1 500 kcmil
2 #3/0
2 #3/0
2 250 kcmil
2 350 kcmil
LG
MG
MG 100% Rated
NG
NG 100% Rated
PG
PG 100% Rated
400
500
600
600
700
800
600
700
800
800
900
1000
1200
900
1000
1200
1200
1400
1600
1200
1400
1600
300 240 2
375 300 2
420 336 2
430 360 2
500 400 3
560 448 3
430 430 2
500 500 3
560 560 3
560 448 3
600 480 3
650 520 3
780 624 4
600 600 3
650 650 3
780 780 4
780 624 4
850 680 4
960 768 5
780 780 4
850 850 4
960 960 5
#3/0
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350kcmil
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
100 90 72
110 95 75
125 105 84
150 125 100
100 90 72
110 95 75
125 105 84
FG 150
175 140 112
200 160 128
225 180 144
250 200 160
250 210 168
260 208
400 300 240
125 100
300 240 192
JG 350
JG 250 100% 300 Rated 350
210 210
240 240
260 260
400 300 300
400 300 240
LG 500
375 300
600 420
336
a The information provided on this page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data above is based less on con- trolled testing, than on experience and engineering
judgment.Contact Siemens for further information on
special conditions and treatment.
b Additional derating may be required if the ambient
temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).
c Calculated after derating to compensate for the heating of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415hZ.
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-157
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
7-158
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
The term “Series Connected Short Circuit Rating” refers to the application of series circuit breakers in a combination that allows downstream breakers to have lower individual interrupting ratings than the available fault current.
240V Breaker Series Ratings
This is permitted as long as the series combination has been tested and certi- fied by UL.
The tables on these pages list specific main and branch breaker combinations that may be used for the short circuit interrupting ratings shown.
No substitutions are permitted. All com- binations shown have been tested and are UL Listed. This information is provid- ed as a reference tool only. For verifica- tion of specific combination ratings consult the UL Recognized Components Directory.
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
QP, BQ, BL
QE, BLE, QPF, BLF QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BQF, BLF QPF2, BLF2 QT
QG, BG, BLG
BAF, QAF, QAF2, BAF2, QFGA2, BFGA2
BAF, QAF
QP
QE, QPF
QAF, BAF QT
QP, BQ, BL
QPF, BQF, BLF, BG, BLG QE, BE, BLE, QPF2, BLF2 QPF, BLF, BG, BLG, QE BE, BLE
BAF, QAF, QAF2, BAF2 BAF, QAF
QT
QR2
QP, BQ, BL
QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BQF, BLF, QPF2, BLF2
QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BLF BAF, QAF, QAF2, BAF2 BAF, QAF
QPP QT
QP,BQ,BL
QG, BG, BLG
QT
QFGA2, BFGA2, QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BAF
QAF, BAF
QPF2, BLF2, QPF, BQF, BLF, QE, BLE, BE
QPF, BLF, QE, BLE
QN, QNR
QS
QR2
QP, BQ, BL
QPh, BQh, BLh
QR2, QRh2 QJh2
QP, BQ, BL, QPh, BQh, BLh
QPF, BQF, BLF, BE, QPhF, BQhF, BLhF, QEh, BLEh, QE, BLE, QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QEh, BLEh, QE, QPhF, BLhF, BLE, QPF, BLF QT
QG, BG, BLG
1 120/240 2 240
3 240
2 120/240
1 240
1,2 120/240 1,2 120/240
1 120
2 120/240 1 120
15-70 15-125 15-100 15-60
15-30
15-40 15-30
15-20
15-20
hQP, hBQ, hBL
ED4, ED4, ED6
NDGA, NDGB
hQPP
FD6-A, FXD6-A
NFGA, NFGB
hQR2
70 (1P) 125 (2P) 100 (3P)
100 (1P) 125 (2P, 3P)
150 (2P, 3P)
225 (2P)
BAF, QAF, BQAF, QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2, BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, QF- GAh2, BFGAh2
1 120 15-20
QPh, 70 (1P) BQh, 125 (2P)
BAF, QAF 2 120/240 15-20 QP, BQ, BL 1 120/240 15-70
QPh, BQh, BLh 2 240 15-125 3 240 15-100
QPhF, BQhF, BLhF, QPF,
BQF, BLF, QE, QEh, BLEh, 1 120 15-30 BE, BLE, QPF2, BLF2,
QPhF2, BLhF2
QEh, BLEh, QE, QPhF, 2 120/240 15-60 BLhF,BLE, QPF, BLF
QAF2, BAF2, BAF, QAF,
BQAF, QAFh2, BAFh2,
QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, 1 120 15-20 QFGA2, BFGA2, QF-
GAh2, BFGAh2
QAF, BAF, QAFh, BAFh 2 120/240 15-20 ED2 1,2,3 120/240 15-100 QT 1,2 120/240 15-40
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 240 15-125 3 240 15-100
QP, BQ, BL, 1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125 QPF, BQF, BLF, QPhF,
BQhF, BLhF, QEh, BLEh, 1 120/240 15-30 QE, BLE, BE, BLF2, QPF2,
BLh 100
QPMh 200
QJh2 225 (2P, 3P)
(3P)
(2P)
15-25 120/240 35-70
2 120/240
15-25 35-125 15-30
1 120/240
2 15-60
15-20 15-20 15-30 15-70 15-125 60-100
15-30
15-60
15-20 15-20
15, 20, 40 100-225 15-70 15-125
15-30
22000
1 120
2 120/240 2 120/240 1 120/240 2 240
3 240
1 120
2 120/240
1 120
2 120/240 1,2 120/240 2,3 240
1 120/240 2 120/240
1 120
2 120/240
1 120
2 120/240
2 120/240 125-200 1,2 120/240 15-40
1 120/240 15-70
2 120/240 15-125
2 240 15-125
3 240 15-100
1 120 15-30
2 120/240 15-30
1,2 120/240 15-50
1 120 15-20
2 120/240 15-20
1 120 15-30
2 120/240 15-60
2 120/240 150-200 2 120/240 100-225 2 120/240 100-250
1 120/240 15-70
2 120/240 15-125
3 240 60-100
1 120/240 15-70
2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
2,3 240 100-225 2,3 240 60-225
1 120/240 15-70
2 240 15-125
3 240 15-100
1 120 15-30
2 120/240 15-60
1,2 120/240 15-40 1,2 120/240 15-30
QFGA2, BFGA2
QEh, BLEh, QE, QPhF, 2 120/240 15-60 BLhF, BLE, QPF, BLF
BAF, QAF, BQAF, QAF2,
BAF2, QAFh2, BAFh2,
QAFh, BQAFh, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
BAF, QAF, QAFh, BAFh 2 120/240 15-20 QT 1,2 120 15-40 QPPh, QPP 2 120/240 125-200 QP, BQ, BL 1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100 QPF, QPhF, BLF, BLhF 1,2 120/240 15-60 QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, 1 120 15-30 BLhF2 2 120/240 15-60
QAF, BAF, QAF2, BAF2,
BQAF, QAFh2, BAFh2,
QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, 1 120 15-20 QFGA2, BFGA2, QF-
GAh2, BFGAh2
QAF, BAF, QAFh, BAFh 2 120/240 15-20 QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-225 QJ2h, QJ2, QJh2 2,3 240 60-225 QPPh 2 120/240 125-225
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
QPPh 225
250 QRh2 (2, 3P)
15-60
15-20 65000
1 120 15-20
(2P)
15-20
(cont.)
250 (2P,3P)
225 (2, 3P)
QR2, QRh2 2,3
1 120/240 15-70
42000 QJ2h
240 100-250
QP, BQ, BL 2
3 240 15-100
120/240 15-125
QT 1,2
120/240 15-50 1 120 15-20
hQP, 70 (1P)
QFGA2, BFGA2, QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BAF
QAF, BAF 2 QPF2, BLF2, QPF, BQF, 1 BLF, QE, BLE, BE
QPF, BLF, QE, BLE 2
120/240 15-20 120 15-30 120/240 15-60
65000 hBQ,
hBL 100 (3P)
125 (2P)
QPh, BQh, BLh
1 120/240 15-70
120/240 3 240
15-125 15-100
2
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
QFGAh2, BFGAh2, QAFh2, 1 BAFh2, QAFh, BAFh
QAFh, BAFh 2
hQR2 250 QPhF, BLhF, QPhF2, 1
(cont.) (2P, 3P) BLhF2, QEh, BLEh
QEh, BLEh, QPhF, BLhF 2
QN, QNh, QNR, QNRh 2 QS, QSh, QShh 2 QR2, QRh2 2,3
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
QPh, BQh, BLh 2 NJGA/ 3
NJJA QR2, QRh2 2,3 QN, QNh 2 400 QNR, QNRh 2 (2P, 3P) 1 QPh, BQh, BLh 2
120/240 15-125 240 15-100 240 100-250 120/240 150-200 120/240 150-200 120/240 15-70 120/240 15-125
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2,
BLhF2
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
120 15-20
120/240 15-20
120 15-30
120/240 15-60 120/240 150-200 120/240 100-225 240 100-250
NMG, hMG
SMD6
hMXD6 hMD6
ND6, NXD
NNG, hNG
SND6
hND6, hNXD6
SPD6, PD6, PXD6
NPG
hPD6, hPXD6
hRD6, hRXD6
RD6, RXD6
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1 120 15-30 QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-250 QN, QNh 2 120/240 150-200 QNR, QNRh 2 120/240 150-200
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1 120 15-30 QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-250
1 120/240 15-70 QPh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
1 120/240 15-70
QPh, BQh, BLh 2
120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
800 (2P, 3P) (cont.)
JXD2-A, QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
JD6-A BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 JXD6-A QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1 QR2, QRh2 2,3 QJ2h, QJh2 2,3
120 15-20
120 15-30 240 100-250 240 60-225
1 120/240 15-70
1 120 15-30
3 240 15-100
SJD6-A
hJD6-A, hJXD6
65000
(cont.) LD6-A
LXD6-A
NLGA, NLGB
SLD6-A
hLD6-A, hLXD6- A
MD6, 800 MXD6 (2P, 3P)
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1 QR2, QRh2 2,3
120 15-20
120 15-30
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2,
BLhF2
QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-250
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, 1 120 15-30 BLhF2
QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-250 QN, QNh 2 120/240 150-200 QNR, QNRh 2 120/240 150-200
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
240 100-250 1 120/240 15-70
1 120 15-30
QPh 2
120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2, BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1
120 15-20
120 15-30 1 120/240 15-70
QPh, BQh, BLh 2
3 240 15-100
120/240 15-125
65000 (cont.)
QR2, QRh2 2,3 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1 QJ2h, QJh2 2,3
240 100-250
120 15-20
120 15-30
1200 (2P, 3P)
240 60-225 1 120/240 15-70
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2,
BLhF2
QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-250
1 120/240 15-70 QPh 2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
QPh, BQh, BLh 2
3 240 15-100
120/240 15-125
QR2, QRh2 2,3 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1 QN, QNh 2 QNR, QNRh 2
240 100-250
120 15-20
120 15-30 120/240 150-200 120/240 150-200
1 120 15-30
600 (2P, 3P)
1 120/240 15-70
QPh, BQh, BLh 2
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2,
BLhF2
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-250 1 120/240 15-70
QPh, BQh, BLh 2 120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
QR2, QRh2 2,3 240 100-250 QN, QNh 2 120/240 150-200 QNR, QNRh 2 120/240 150-200
1 120/240 15-70
120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, 1 BLhF2
QR2, QRh2 2,3
QPh 2
120 15-20
120 15-30
1 120 15-30
240 100-250 1 120/240 15-70
120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
1600 (2P, 3P)
2000 (2P, 3P)
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2, BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1
QPh, BQh, BLh 2
120 15-20
QPh 2
3 240 15-100
120 15-30 1 120/240 15-70
120/240 15-125 1 120/240 15-70
120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
120/240 15-125
QPh 2
3 240 15-100
QR2, QRh2 2,3
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 1 QR2, QRh2 2,3
120 15-20
120 15-30 240 100-250
240 100-250 1 120/240 15-70
QPh, BQh, BLh
120/240 3 240
15-125 15-100
2
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-159
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BQAF, BAF, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, hBF- GA2, QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BQAF, BAF, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, hBF- GA2, QFGAh2, BFGAh2
15-20
15-20
QAF2, QAFh2, QAF, BQAF, BAF, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, hBF- GA2, QFGAh2, BFGAh2
15-20
QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BQAF, BAF, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, hBF- GA2, QFGAh2, BFGAh2
15-20
QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BQAF, BAF, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, hBF- GA2, QFGAh2, BFGAh2
15-20
7-160
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
QP, BQ, BL, QPh, BQh, BLh, hQP, hBQ, hBL
QAF, BAF, QAFh, BAFh QE, BE, BLE, QPhF, BQhF, BLhF, QPF, BQF, BLF, QEh, BLEh, QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QPF, BLF, BLE, BLEh, QPhF, BLhF, QEh, QE ED4
ED4, ED6
FD6-A, FXD6-A
QJ2, QJh2, QJ2h
hQPP, QPPh, QPP
QR2, QRh2, hQR2
QT
NDGA, NDGB
NFGA, NFGB
ED4, ED6
ED4, ED6
NFGA, NFGB
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, hBFGA2, QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 QR2, QRh2, hQR2
FD6, FXD6
FD6-A, FXD6-A
QP, BQ, BL
QT
QFGA2, BFGA2, QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BAF
QAF, BAF
QPF2, BLF2, QPF, BQF, BLF, QE, BLE, BE
QPF, BLF, QE, BLE
QPh, BQh, BLh
QFGAh2, BFGAh2, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQFGA2, hBFGA2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BAFh
QAFh, BAFh
QPhF, BLhF, QPhF2, BLhF2, QEh, BLEh, hQPF2, hBLF2
QEh, BLEh, QPhF, BLhF
hQP, hBQ, hBL
QS, QSh, QShh, hQS QR2, QRh2, hQR2 ED4
ED4, ED6
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, hBFGA2, QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 QR2, QRh2, hQR2 FD6-A, FXD6-A
JD6-A, JXD6-A JXD2-A, SJD6-A NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA, NJJA
hED4 100 (1P)
ED2, ED4 1 120 15-100 QP, BQ, BL, 1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh, 2 240 15-125 hQP, hBQ, hBL, 3 240 15-100
1 120
QAF, BAF, QAFh, BAFh 2 120/240 15-20 QEh,BLEh, QE, BE,
QPhF,BQhF, BLhF, QPF,
BLF, BQF, BLE, QPF2, 1 120 15-30 BLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2,
hQPF2, hBLF2
QEh, BLEh, QPhF, QE, 2 120/240 15-60 BLhF,QPF,BLF, BLE
ED2 1,2,3 120/240 15-100 ED4 1 120 15-100 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 QT 1,2 120/240 15-40
1 120
QAF, BAF, QAFh, BAFh 2 120/240 15-20 QPF,BQF,BLF, QPhF,
BQhF, BLhF, QPF2, BLF2, 1 120 15-30 QPhF2, BLhF2, hQPF2,
hBLF2
QPF, BLF 2 120/240 15-60
1 120 15-70
BLh, hQP, hBQ,hBL 2 120/240 15-125 3 240 15-100
1 120/240 2 120/240 3 240
1 120
2 120/240 1 120
2 120/240
1 120
2,3 240
2,3 240
2,3 240
2 120/240 2,3 240
1,2 120/240 2,3 240
2,3 240
1 240
2,3 240 2,3 240
1 120
1 120
2,3 240
2,3 240
2,3 240
1 120/240 2 120/240 3 240
1,2 120/240 1 120
2 120/240 1 120
2 120/240 1 120/240 2 120/240 3 240
1 120
2 120/240
1 120
2 120/240 1 120/240 2 120/240 3 240
2 120/240 2,3 240
1 120
2,3 240
1 120
1 120
2,3 240 2,3 240
2,3 240
2,3 240 2,3 240 2,3 240
15-70 15-125 15-100
15-20 15-30
15-60
15-100 15-125 70-250 60-225 125-225 100-250 15-40 50-150 70-250 15-100 15-125 70-250
15-20
15-30
100-250 70-250 70-250 15-70 15-125 15-100 15-50
15-20
15-20
15-30
15-60 15-70 15-125 15-100
15-20
15-20 15-30
15-60 15-70 15-125 15-100 100-225 100-250 15-100 15-125
15-20
15-30
100-250 70-250
200-400
50-150 70-250 200-400
hED4, hED6
NGB, hGB, LBG
NGB, hGB, LBG
hDGA, 150 hDGB (2P, 3P)
100000
hFD6, hFXD6
125 (2P, 3P)
hFGA, hFGB
250 (2P, 3P)
QP, BQ, BL, QPh, BQh,
ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100
ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125
NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 50-150
QP, BQ, BL, QPh, BQh, 1 120/240 15-70
BLh, hQP, hBQ, hBL 2 120/240 15-125 (cont.) hQPP, QPPh, QPP 2 120/240 125-225
1 120
QAF, BAF, QAFh, BAFh 2 120/240 15-20 QEh, BLEh, QE, BE,
QPhF, BQhF, BLhF, QPF,
BQF, BLF, BLE, QPF2, 1 120 15-30 BLF2, QPFh2, BLhF2,
hQPF2, hBLF2
QE, QEh, BLEh, 2 120/240 15-60 QPhF,BLhF,QPF,BLF,BLE
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2 120/240 100-225 QT 1,2 120/240 15-40
QP, BP, QL 1 120/240 15-25 35-70
2 120/240 15-25 35-125
3 240 15-100
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-225
1 120/240 15-70 QPh, BQh, BLh, hQP, 2 120/240 15-125
hBQ ,hBL 3 240 15-100 1 120
QAF, BAF, QAFh, QAFh 2 120/240 15-20 QEh, BLEh, QE, BE,
QPhF, BQhF, BLhF, QPF,
BQF, BLF, BLE, QPF2, 1 120 15-30 BLF2, hQPF2, hBLF2,
QPhF2, BLhF2
QEh, BLEh, QPhF, BLE, 2 120/240 15-60 BLhF, QE, QPF, BLF
QT 1 120/240 15-50
100000
hQPPh 225 (2P)
hQR2h
225 hQJ2h (2P, 3P)
hJD6-A, hJXD6- A
400 (2P, 3P)
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20 hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250 FD6, FXD6 2,3 240 70-250 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 JD6, JXD6 2,3 240 200-400 JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 240 200-400 ED4 1 120 15-100 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250
JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 240 200-400 JXD2-A, SJD6-A
ShLD6, ShLD6- A (cont.)
hMG
600 (3P) (cont.)
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 ED4, ED6 1 240 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 FD6, FXD6 2,3 240 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 JD6, JXD6 2,3 240 JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 240 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 LD6, LD6-A 2,3 240 LXD6, LXD6-A 2,3 240 NMG 2,3 240 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 240 MD6, MXD6 2,3 240 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 NMG 2,3 240 ED4 1 120 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 JD6-A, JXD6-A,
JXD2-A, SJD6-A 2,3 240 LD6-A 2,3 240 LXD6-A 2,3 240 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 SLD6-A 3 240 MD6, MXD6 2,3 240 SMD6 3 240 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 NMG 2,3 240 ED4 1 120 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 JD6-A, JXD6-A, 2,3 240 JXD2-A
SJD6-A 2,3 240 LD6-A 2,3 240 LXD6-A 2,3 240 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 SLD6-A 3 240 MD6, MXD6, SMD6 2,3 240 ED4, ED6 1 240 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 FD6, FXD6 2,3 240 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 JD6, JXD6 2,3 240 JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 240 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 LD6, LD6-A 2,3 240 LXD6, LXD6-A 2,3 240
100-250 50-150 70-250 200-400 400-600 15-100 15-125 70-250 70-250 70-250 200-400 200-400 200-400 400-600 200-600 450-600 600-800
15-20
15-30
100-250 600-800 400-800 50-150 70-250 200-400 400-600 600-800 15-100 15-125 70-250
200-400
200-600 450-600
15-20
15-30
100-250 300-600 500-800 600-800 50-150 70-250 200-400 400-600 600-800 15-100 15-125 70-250
200-400
200-400 200-600 450-600
15-20
15-30
100-250 300-600 500-800 15-100 15-125 70-250 70-250 70-250 200-400 200-400 200-400 400-600 200-600 450-600
hJGA 400 (2P,
ShJD6, ShJD6- 400 A
hLD6-A,
100000 hLXD6- (cont.) A
3P)
(3P)
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20
hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30
hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250
NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 50-150
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250
NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400
ED4 1 120 15-100
ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20
hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30
hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250
JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A, 100000 SJD6-A 2,3 240 200-400 (cont.) LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600
LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600
SLD6-A 3 240 300-600
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250
NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 50-150
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250
NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400
NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 400-600
ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100
ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250
FD6, FXD6 2,3 240 70-250
FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250
NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400
JD6, JXD6 2,3 240 200-400
JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 240 200-400
NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 400-600
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20
hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30
hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250
LD6, LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600
LXD6, LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600
ED4 1 120 15-100
ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125
FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250
JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A, 2,3 240 200-400
SJD6-A
LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600
LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600
SLD6-A 3 240 300-600
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20
hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30
hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
800 (2P, 3P)
hMD6, hMXD6
600 (2P,
3P)
hLGA, hLGB
ShLD6, 600 ShLD6- (3P) A
ShMD6
800 (3P)
1200 (2P, 3P)
hNG
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-161
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BQAF, BAF, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, hQFGA2, hBFGA2, QFGA2, QF- GAh2, BFGAh2
15-20
7-162
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20 hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250 NMG 2,3 240 600-800 LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 240 600-800 NNG 2,3 240 800-1200 ND6, NXD6 2,3 240 600-1200 ED4 1 240 15-100 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250
JD6-A, JXD6-A, 2,3 240 200-400 JXD2-A, SJD6-A
LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 SLD6-A 3 240 300-600
MD6, MXD6, 2,3 240 500-800 SMD6
ND6, NXD6,SND6 2,3 240 500-1200 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20 hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 50-150 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 400-600 NMG 2,3 240 600-800 NNG 2,3 240 800-1200 ED4 1 240 15-100 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250
JD6-A, JXD6-A, 2,3 240 200-400 JXD2-A, SJD6-A
LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 SLD6-A 3 240 300-600
MD6, MXD6, 2,3 240 500-800 SMD6
ND6, NXD6, SND6 2,3 240 500-1200 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2,
QFGA2, BFGA2 hQFGA2, 1 120 15-20 hBFGA2, QFGAh2,
BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 120 15-30 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 50-150 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 400-600 NMG 2,3 240 600-800 NNG 2,3 240 800-1200 ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250 FD6, FXD6 2,3 240 70-250 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 JD6, JXD6 2,3 240 200-400 JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 240 200-400 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 400-600 LD6, LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 LXD6, LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 240 100-250 NMG 2,3 240 600-800 LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 240 600-800 MD6, MXD6 2,3 240 400-800 NNG 2,3 240 800-1200 ND6, NXD6 2,3 240 600-1200 NPG 2,3 240 1200-1600 PD6, PXD6 2,3 240 1200-1600
ED4 1 ED4, ED6 2,3
JD6-A, JXD6-A
JXD2-A
SJD6-A 3 LD6-A 2,3 LXD6-A 2,3 SLD6-A 3 MD6, MXD6, 2,3
SMD6 3 ND6, NXD6, SND6 2,3 PD6, PXD6 2,3 SPD6 3 QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 NMG 2,3 NNG 2,3 NPG 2,3 ED4 1 ED4, ED6 2,3 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A 2,3 SJD6-A 3 LD6-A 2,3 LXD6-A 2,3 SLD6-A 3 MD6, MXD6, 2,3 SMD6 3 ND6, NXD6 2,3 SND6 3 NPG, PD6, PXD6 2,3 SPD6 3 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 NLGA 2,3 NMG 2,3 NNG 2,3 NPG 2,3 ED4 1 ED4, ED6 2,3 JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A 2,3 SJD6-A 3 LD6-A 2,3 LXD6-A 2,3 SLD6-A 3 MD6,MXD6 2,3 SMD6 3 ND6, NXD6, 2,3 SND6 3 PD6, PXD6 2,3 SPD6 3 RD6, RXD6 2,3 QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 NJGA, NJJA 2,3 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 NMG 2,3 NNG 2,3 NPG 2,3 QP, BQ, BL 1 QPh, BQh, BLh, 2 hQP, hBQ, hBL 3
240 15-100 240 15-125
2,3 240 200-400
hNG (cont.)
hND6, hNXD6
100000 (cont.)
hPD6, hPXD6, ShPD6
240 200-400 240 200-600 240 450-600 240 300-600
240 500-800
240 600-800 240 500-1200 240 1200-1600 240 1400-1600 240 100-250 240 50-150 240 70-250 240 200-400 240 400-600 240 600-800 240 800-1200 240 1200-1600 240 15-100 240 15-125 240 70-250 240 200-400 240 200-400 240 200-600 240 450-600 240 300-600 240 500-800 240 500-800 240 500-1200 240 500-1200 240 1200-1600 240 1400-1600 240 50-150 240 70-250 240 200-400 240 400-600 240 600-800 240 800-1200 240 1200-1600 240 15-100 240 15-125 240 200-400 240 200-400 240 200-600 240 450-600 240 300-600 240 500-800 240 500-800 240 500-1200 240 500-1200 240 1200-1600 240 1200-1600 240 1600-2000 240 100-250 240 50-150 240 70-250 240 200-400 240 400-600 240 600-800 240 800-1200 240 1200-1600 120/240 15-70 120/240 15-125 240 15-100
1200 (2P, 3P)
1600 (3P)
100000 (cont.)
ShPD6
ShND6 1200 (3P)
hRD6, hRXD6
2000 (3P)
1 120
1600 hPG (2P, 3P)
200000
CED6
125 (2P, 3P)
BAF, QAF, BAFh, QAFh 2 QPhF, BQhF, BLhF,QPF, BQF, BLF, QEh, QE, BE, 1 BLEh, BLE
QEh, BLEh, QAhF, QE,
QPhF, BLhF, QPF, 2 BLE, BLF
ED4, hED4 1 ED4, ED6, hED4, hED6 2,3 QT 1,2 NGB,hGB,LBG 1,2,3
120/240 15-20 120 15-30
120/240 15-60
120 15-100 240 15-125 120/240 15-40 240 15-125
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
LDGA, LDGB
CFD6
150 (2P,
3P)
NGB,hGB,LBG NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, hDGB
QP, BQ, BL, QPh, BQh, BLh, hQP, hBQ, hBL
BAF, QAF, BAFh, QAFh QPhF, BQhF, BLhF, QE, BE, BLE, QPF, BQF, BLF, QEh, BLEh, QAF, BAF QPhF, BLhF, QE, BLE, QPF, BLF, QEh, BLEh, QAF, BAF
ED2
hED4, ED4
ED4, ED6,
hED4, hED6
FD6-A, FXD6-A
hFD6, hFXD6
QJ2h, QJh2, QJ2
QPPh, QPP
QT
NGB,hGB,LBG
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, hFGB
NGB,hGB,LBG
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6
QPh, BQh, BLh,
hQP, hBQ, hBL
ED4, ED6
FD6-A, FXD6-A
hFD6, hFXD6
JXD2-A, JD6-A,
JXD6-A, hJD6-A, hJXD6-A
QT
NGB,hGB,LBG
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, hFGB
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA NGB,hGB,LBG
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA FD6-A, FXD6-A
hFD6, hFXD6
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, hFGB
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA FD6-A, FXD6-A
hFD6, hFXD6
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, hFGB
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, hLGB
QPh, BQh, BLh
hQP, hBQ, hBL
ED4, ED6
FD6-A, FXD6-A hFD6, hFXD6
JXD2-A, JD6-A, JXD6-A, hJD6-A, hJXD6-A LD6-A, hLD6-A
1,2,3 240 15-125 2, 3 240 50-150
1 120/240 15-70
2 120/240 15-125
3 240 15-100
1 120
2 120/240 15-20
1 120 15-30
2 120/240 15-60
1,2,3 120/240 15-100 1 120 15-100
2,3 240 15-125
2,3 240 70-250
2,3 240 60-225 2 120/240 125-225 1,2 120/240 15-40 1,2,3 240 15-125
2,3 240 50-150
2,3 240 70-250 1,2,3 240 15-125 2,3 240 50-150
240 70-250
240 70-250
2 120/240 100-125
3 240 100
2,3 240 15-125
2,3 240 70-250
2,3 240 200-400
1,2 120/240 15-30 1,2,3 240 15-125
2,3 240 50-150
240 70-250
240 200-400 1,2,3 240 15-125
2,3 240 50-150
240 70-250
240 70-250 240 200-400
2 240 70-250 3
2,3 240 50-150
240 70-250
240 200-400 2,3 240 70-250
2,3 240 50-150
240 70-250 240 200-400 240 400-600
2 120/240 100-125
3 240 100
2,3 240 15-125
2,3 240 70-250
2,3 240 200-400 2,3 240 200-600
LXD6-A, hJXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 QT 1,2 120/240 15-30 NGB,hGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 NDGA, NDGB, hDGA,
CLD6-A (cont.)
LLGA, LLGB
CMD6
LMG
SCMD6, SCMD6- A
CND6-A
hDGB 2-3 240 50-150
QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BQAF, BAF, QAFh2, BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, QAFh, BQAFh, BAFh, hQFGA2, hBFGA2, QFGA2, QF- GAh2, BFGAh2
15-20
600 (2P,
3P
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, 240 70-250 hFGB
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 240 200-400 NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, 240 400-600 hLGB
NGB,hGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, 2,3 240 50-150 hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA,
hFGB 240 70-250
250 (2P,
3P)
hFD6, hFXD6 240 70-250 NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 240 200-400 NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, 240 400-600 hLGB
ED4 1 240 15
ED4, ED6, 2,3 240 15-125 hED4, hED6
FD6-A, FXD6-A, 2,3 240 70-250 hFD6, hFXD6
JXD2-A, JD6-A,
JXD6-A, hJD6-A 2,3 240 200-400 hJXD6-A
LD6-A, hLD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 LXD6-A, hLXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600
MD6, MXD6, 2,3 240 500-800 hMD6, hMXD6
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, 2,3 240 50-150 hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA,
hFGB 2,3 240 70-250
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, 2,3 240 400-600 hLGB
NMG, hMG 2,3 240 600-800 hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 240 70-250 MD6, MXD6 2,3 240 400-800 hMD6, hMXD6 2,3 240 400-800 NDGA, NDGB, hDGA,
LFGA, LFGB
200000 (cont.)
CJD6-A
LJGA
hhJD6, hhJXD6
hhLD6, hhLXD6
CLD6-A
800 (2P,
3P
200000 (cont.)
hDGB 2,3 240 50-150
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA,
hFGB 2,3 240 70-250
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400
NLGA, hLGA, NLGB,
hLGB
NMG, hMG 2,3 240 600-800
MD6, MXD6, 2,3 240 500-800 hMD6, hMXD6
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, 2,3 240 50-150 hDGB
2,3 240 400-600
400 (2P,
3P)
800
(3P)
2,3 240 70-250
2,3 240 400-600
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA,
hFGB
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 NLGA, hLGA, NLGB,
hLGB
NMG, hMG 2,3
ED4, ED6 1
ED4, ED6, 2,3
hED4, hED6
FD6-A, FXD6-A, 2,3
hFD6, hFXD6
JXD2-A, JD6-A,
JXD6-A, hJD6-A, 2,3
hJXD6-A
LD6-A, hLD6-A 2,3
LXD6-A, hLXD6-A 2,3
MD6, MXD6,
hMD6, hMXD6 2,3
ND6, NXD6, ShND6,
hND6,hNXD6 2,3
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA,
hDGB 2,3
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA,
hFGB 2,3
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3
NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, 2,3
hLGB
NMG, hMG 2,3
240 600-800 240 15
240 15-125 240 70-250
240 200-400
240 500-800
240 500-1200
240 50-150
240 200-600 240 450-600
1200 (2P, 3P)
600 (2P,
3P)
240 70-250 240 200-400 240 400-600 240 600-800
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-163
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
7-164
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
480V Breaker Series Ratings
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 MD6, MXD6 2,3 hMD6, hMXD6 ND6,NXD6,hND6,hNXD6 2,3 NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, 2,3
LNG 1200 hDGB
(2P, 3P) NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, 2,3
240 70-250 240 400-800 240 600-1200 240 50-150
240 70-250
240 200-400
240 400-600
240 600-800
240 400-800
240 400-800 240 600-800
240 500-1200 240 500-1200 240 50-150
240 70-250 240 200-400 240 400-600 240 600-800 240 70-250
240 200-400
240 200-600 240 450-600
240 500-800
240 500-1200
240 50-150
240 70-250 240 200-400 240 400-600 240 600-800 240 400-800
240 600-1200
240 1000-1600
240 50-150
240 70-250
240 70-250 240 200-400
18,000
25,000
35,000
42,000
ED4
ED6 NGB, hGB, LBG
hED6
FD6-A, FXD6-A
JD6-A, JXD6-A
hED4
hJD6-A, hJXD6-A
hFD6, hFXD6
hJD6-A, hJXD6-A, hLD6-A, hLXD6-A
MD6, MXD6
SMD6
ND6, NXD6
SND6
SPD6
125 (2&3P)
125
(2P & 3P)
250
(2P & 3P)
400
(2P & 3P)
125
(2P & 3P)
400
(2P & 3P)
250
(2P & 3P)
400
(2P & 3P) 600
(2P & 3P)
800
(2P & 3P)
800 (3P)
1200
(2P & 3P)
1200 (3P)
1600 (3P)
BQD, CQD BQD, CQD
BQD, CQD
BQD, CQD ED4
ED4, ED6
NGB,hGB,LBG
NGB,hGB,LBG
BQD, CQD ED4
ED4, ED6
NGB,hGB,LBG
NGB,hGB,LBG
hED4
hED4
FD6-A, FXD6-A JD6-A,JXD6-A SJD6-A
LD6-A
LXD6-A SLD6-A NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB NMG
JD6-A, JXD6-A SJD6-A
LD6-A
LXD6-A SLD6-A
LMD6, LMXD6 NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB NMG
FD6-A, FXD6-A JD6-A, JXD6-A SJD6-A
LD6-A LXD6-A SLD6-A NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB NMG, LMD6, LMXD6
JD6-A, JXD6-A SJD6-A
LD6-A
LXD6-A SLD6-A
LMD6, LMXD6 NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB NMG
JD6-A, JXD6-A SJD6-A
LD6-A LXD6-A SLD6-A
1,2,3 15-100 277/480
1,2,3 15-100 277/480 1 15-100 277
2 15-100 277/480 3 15-100 277/480 1,2,3 15-100 277/480 1 15-100 277
2,3 15-125 480
1 15-125 277
2 15-125 277/480 3 15-125 277/480 1 15-125 277
2 15-125 277/480 3 15-125 277/480 1,2,3 15-100 277/480 1 15-100 277
2,3 15-125 480
1 15-125 277
2 15-125 277/480 3 15-125 277/480 1 15-125 277
2 15-125 277/480 3 15-125 277/480
2,3 15-50 480
2,3 15-50 480
2,3 70-250 480 2,3 200-400 480 3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 3 400-600 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 200-400 480 3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 70-250 380 2,3 200-400 480 3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 3 400-600 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480
2,3 600-800 480
2,3 200-400 480 3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 200-400 480 3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 3 400-600 480
SCND6- 1200 A (3P)
hFGB
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3 NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, 2,3 hLGB
NMG, hMG 2,3 MD6, hMD6, 2,3 hMXD6, MXD6, MXD6 ShMD6, SMD6 2,3 NMG, hMG 2,3 ND6, hND6, NXD6, 2,3 hNXD6
SND6, ShND6 3 NDGA, NDGB, hNDGA, 2,3 NDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, 2,3
200000 (cont.)
SCND6- 1200 hFGB
A (2P, 3P) NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3
NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, 2,3 hLGB
NMG, hMG 2,3 FD6-A, FXD6-A, 2,3 hFD6, hFXD6
JXD2-A, JD6-A,
JXD6-A, hJD6-A, 2,3 hJXD6-A
LD6-A, hLD6-A 2,3 LXD6-A, hLXD6-A 2,3 MD6, MXD6, hMD6, 2,3
1600 hMXD6
CPD6 (3P) ND6, NXD6, 2,3
hND6, hNXD6, SND6
NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, 2,3 hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, 2,3 hFGB
NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3 NLGA, hLGA, NLGB, 2,3 hLGB
NMG, hMG 2,3 MD6,MXD6, 2,3 hMD6, hMXD6
ND6,NXD6, 2,3 hND6, hNXD6
PD6, PXD6, hPD6 2,3 hPXD6
1600 NDGA, NDGB, hDGA, 2,3
LPG (2P, 3P) hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, hFGA, 2,3
hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 NJGA, hJGA, NJJA 2,3
50,000
NLGA, hLGA, hLGB
NMG, hMG
NLGB,
2,3 240 2,3 240
400-600 600-800
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
480V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
480V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
FD6-A, FXD6-A JD6-A, JXD6-A SJD6-A
LD6-A
LXD6-A SLD6-A NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB NMG
NNG
NPG
FD6-A, FXD6-A JD6-A, JXD6-A SJD6-A
LD6-A
LXD6-A SLD6-A NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB NMG
NNG
NPG
NDGA, NDGB
BQD, CQD
ED4, hED4
ED4, ED6, hED4, hED6
NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB hED4, ED4 FD6-A, FXD6-A JD6-A, JXD6-A NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NGB,hGB,LBG NGB,hGB,LBG
ED4, hED4 FD6-A, FXD6-A JD6-A, JXD6-A LD6-A
LXD6-A NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB
NGB,hGB,LBG
NGB,hGB,LBG
NDGA, NDGB NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB FD6-A, FXD6-A JD6-A, JXD6-A LD6-A
LXD6-A LMD6, LMXD6 MD6, MXD6 NDGA, NDGB, NDGB
NFGA, NFGB NJGA
NLGA, NLGB NMG
2,3 70-250 480 2,3 200-400 480 3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 3 400-600 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 800-1200 480 2,3 1200-1600 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 200-400 480 3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 3 400-600 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 800-1200 480 2,3 1200-1600 480
2,3 50-150 480
1,2,3 15-100 277/480 1 15-100 277
2,3 15-125 480
2,3 50-150 480 70-250 480 2,3 50-150 480 70-250 480 1 15-100 277 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 200-400 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480
1 15-125 277
2 15-125 277/480
3 15-125 277/480
1 15-125* 277
2 15-125* 277/480
3 15-125* 277/480
1 15-100 277
2,3 70-250 480 2,3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480
1 15-125 277
2 15-125 277/480
3 15-125 277/480
1 15-125* 277
2 15-125* 277/480
3 15-125* 277/480
2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480
2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480 2,3 70-250 480 2,3 200-400 480 2,3 200-600 480 2,3 450-600 480 2,3 600-800 480 2,3 400-800 480
2,3 50-150 480
2,3 70-250 480 2,3 250-400 480 2,3 400-600 480 2,3 600-800 480
LMD6,LMXD6
2,3 600-800 480
PD6, PXD6
50,000 (cont.)
hDGA, hDGB
hFD6, hFXD6
hFGA, hFGB
hJD6-A, hJXD6-A
hJGA
hhJD6, hhJXD6
65,000
hLD6-A,
hLXD6-A
hhLD6, hhLXD6
hLGA, hLGB
hMD6, hMXD6
1600 (3P)
18-2000 (3P)
150
(2P & 3P)
250
(2P & 3P)
400
(2P & 3P)
600
(2P & 3P)
800
(2P & 3P)
hMG
hND6, hNXD6
hNG
hPD6, hPXD6
hPG
hRD6, hRXD6
LDGA, LDGB
CFD6
LFGA, LFGB
hhFD6, hhFXD6
800
(2P & 3P) (cont.)
1200
(2P & 3P)
1600 (3P)
1600
(2P & 3P)
18-2000 (3P)
150
(2P & 3P)
250
(2P & 3P)
MD6,MXD6 2,3 400-800 480 SMD6 3 500-800 480
NDGA, NDGB,
NDGB 2,3 50-150 480
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 70-250 480 NJGA 2,3 250-400 480 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 400-600 480 NMG 2,3 600-800 480 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 70-250 480 JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 200-400 480 LD6-A 2,3 200-600 480 LXD6-A 2,3 450-600 480 MD6, MXD6 2,3 500-800 480 SMD6 3 500-800 480 LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 600-800 480
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 50-150 480 NDGB
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 70-250 480 NJGA 2,3 250-400 480 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 400-600 480 NMG 2,3 600-800 480 NNG 2,3 800-1200 480 LMD6,LMXD6 2,3 600-800 480 MD6, MXD6 2,3 400-800 480 ND6,NXD6 2,3 800-1200 480
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 50-150 480 NDGB
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 70-250 480 NJGA 2,3 250-400 480 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 400-600 480 NMG 2,3 600-800 480 NNG 2,3 800-1200 480 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 70-250 480
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 50-150 480 NDGB
NFGA, NFGB 2,3 70-250 480 NJGA 2,3 250-400 480 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 400-600 480 NMG 2,3 600-800 480 NNG 2,3 800-1200 480 NPG 2,3 1200-1600 480 LMD6,LMXD6 2,3 600-800 480 MD6, MXD6 2,3 400-800 480 ND6,NXD6 2,3 800-1200 480 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 50-150 480 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 70-250 480 NJGA 2,3 250-400 480 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 400-600 480 NMG 2,3 600-800 480 NNG 2,3 800-1200 480 NPG 2,3 1200-1600 480 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 70-250 480 JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 200-400 480 LD6-A 2,3 200-600 480 LXD6-A 2,3 450-600 480 NDGA, NDGB 2,3 50-150 480 NFGA, NFGB 2,3 70-250 480 NJGA 2,3 250-400 480 NLGA, NLGB 2,3 400-600 480 NMG 2,3 600-800 480 NNG 2,3 800-1200 480 NPG 2,3 1200-1600 480
RD6, RXD6
65,000 (cont.)
1 15-125* 277 NGB,hGB,LBG 2 15-125* 277/480 3 15-125* 277/480 15-100 277/480 2,3 15-30 277/480
BQD, CQD 1
1 15-125* 277
NGB,hGB,LBG 2
3 15-125* 277/480
15-125* 277/480
100,000
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3
NGB,hGB,LBG
50-150 480
70-250 480
70-250 480 1 15-125* 277
2
3 15-125* 277/480
15-125* 277/480
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-165
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Breaker
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Voltage
Amperes
7-166
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
480V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
480V Breaker Series Ratings (continued)
hhJXD6, hhJD6,
CJD6-A LJGA
hhLD6, hhLXD6
LLGA, LLGB
100,000 (cont.)
CMD6
LMG
SCMD-A SCND6-A
LNG
400 (2P,
600 (2P,
800 (3P)
ED4, ED6, hED4, 1 hED6
hFD6, hFXD6, 2,3 FXD6-A, FD6-A
NDGA, NDGB,
hDGA, hDGB 2,3 NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
NJGA, hJGA 2,3
15-100 277
70-250 480
50-150 480
70-250 480
FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 hFD6-A, hFXD6-A 2,3 JD6-A, hJD6-A 2,3 JXD6-A, hJXD6-A LD6-A, hLD6-A 2,3 LXD6-A, hLXD6-A 2,3 MD6, MXD6 2,3 hMD6, hMXD6
ND6, NXD6 2,3 hND6, hNXD6
NDGA, NDGB,
hDGA, hDGB
70-250 480 70-250 480
200-400 480
200-600 480 450-600 480
500-800 480
500-1200 480
50-150 480
70-250 480 200-400 480 400-600 480
3P)
3P)
200-400 480 1 15-125* 277
CND6
CPD6
LPG (2,3P)
CJD6-A
CLD6-A
CED6
CFD6
1200 (3P)
1600 (3P)
1600 (2P,3P)
NGB,hGB,LBG 2
3 15-125* 277/480
15-125* 277/480
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 ED4, ED6, hED4, 1 hED6
hFD6, hFXD6, 2,3 FXD6-A, FD6-A
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
NJGA, hJGA 2,3 NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 NJGA , hJGA 2,3 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 hFD6-A, hFXD6-A JD6-A, hJD6-A, 2,3 JXD6-A, hJXD6-A LD6-A, hLD6-A 2,3 LXD6-A, hLXD6-A 2,3 MD6, MXD6, hMD6, 2,3 hMXD6
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
50-150 480
70-250 480 70-250 480 15-100 277
70-250 480 50-150 480
70-250 480 200-400 480 50-150 480
70-250 480
70-250 480 200-400 480
70-250 480
200-400 480
200-600 480 450-600 480
500-800 480 50-150 480
70-250 480
NFGA, NFGB,
hFGA, hFGB 2-3 NJGA, hJGA
NLGA, hLGA,
NLGB, hLGB
FD6-A, FXD6-A
hFD6-A, hFXD6-A 2,3 NDGA, NDGB,
hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB,
hFGA, hFGB 2,3 NJGA, hJGA 2,3 NLGA, hLGA,
NLGB, hLGB 2,3 NDGA, NDGB,
hDGA, hDGB 2,3 NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 NJGA, hJGA 2,3 NLGA, NLGB, 2,3 hLGA, hLGB
MD6, MXD6, hMD6, 2,3 hMXD6
ND6, NXD6, hND6 2,3 hNXD6
PD6,PXD6, hPD6 2,3 hPXD6
ED4 1 hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 JD6-A, hJD6-A, 2,3 JXD6-A, hJXD6-A
ED4 1 hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 JD6-A, hJD6-A,
JXD6-A, hJXD6-A 2,3 LD6-A, hLD6-A 2,3 LXD6-A, hLXD6-A 2,3
100,000 (cont.)
70-250 480 2,3 50-150 480 70-250 480
NJGA, hJGA 2,3 NLGA, hLGA,
NLGB, hLGB
NDGA, NDGB, 2,3 hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB, 2,3 hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 NJGA, hJGA 2,3 NLGA, NLGB, 2,3 hLGA, hLGB
MD6, MXD6, hMD6, 2,3 hMXD6
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 NDGA, NDGB,
400 (2P,
600 (2P,
125 (2P,
250 (2P,
3P)
3P)
3P)
3P)
200-400 480 400-600 480
50-150 480
70-250 480
70-250 480 200-400 480
400-600 480
500-800 480
500-1200 480
1200-1600 480
15-100 277 70-250 480
200-400 480
15-100 277 70-250 480
200-400 480
200-600 480
200-400 480 2,3 400-600 480
150,000
200,000
800 (2P, 3P)
800 (3P) 1200 (3P)
1200 (2P, 3P)
50-150 480
70-250 480
70-250 480 200-400 480
400-600 480
500-800 480
70-250 480 70-250 480
450-600 480 1 15-100 277
BQD, CQD 2,3
ED4, hED4 1 ED4, ED6, hED4,
hED6 2,3
20-30 277/480 15-100 277
15-125 480 1 15-125 277
NGB,hGB,LBG 2
3 15-125 277/480
15-125 277/480
2,3 50-150 480 2,3 70-250 480
BQD, CQD 1
hDGA, hDGB
NFGA, NFGB,
hFGA, hFGB
hFD6, hFXD6 2,3 NJGA, hJGA 2,3 NLGA, hLGA, 2,3 NLGB, hLGB
MD6, MXD6, hMD6 2,3 hMXD6
ND6, NXD6, hND6 2,3 hNXD6
15-100 277
2,3 20-30 277/480
70-250 480 200-400 480
400-600 480 400-800 480 600-1200 480
ED4, ED6 2,3 ED4, hED4 1 hED4, hED6 2,3 FD6-A, FXD6-A, 2,3 hFD6, hFXD6
NGB,hGB,LBG
15-50 277 15-100 480 15-125 480
70-250 480 1 15-125 277
2
3 15-125 277/480
15-125 277/480
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
240V Fuse Series Ratings
240V Fuse Series Ratings (continued)
Series Rating kAIR
Main Fuse
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Max. Amperes
Series Rating kAIR
Main Fuse
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Max. Amperes
J, R T
L
T (300V)
J, R
100,000
T
L
15-600 (1,2,3P) QPh, BQh, BLh 1,2,3 15-1200 (1,2,3P) QPh, BQh, BLh 1,2,3
601-6000 QPh, BQh, BLh 1,2,3
QP, BQ, BL 1,2,3 hQP, hBQ, hBL, 3 QPh, BQh, BLh
QPF, BQF, BLF, QhPF,
QE, BE, BLE, QEh, BLEh, 1 15-200 (1,2,3P) BLhF, BQhF, QAF, BAF,
QAFh, BAFh
QEh, BLEh, QE, QPF,
QPhF, BLhF, BLE, BLF, 2 QAF, BAF, QAFh, BAFh
QT 1,2
15-600 (1,2,3P) QPh, BQh, BLh, hQP, 1,2 hBQ, hBL
ED4, hED4 1 ED4, ED6, hED4, hED6 2,3 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
15-600 (2,3P) BAFh2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 QFGAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1
hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2 70-600 (2,3P) FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 100-600 (2,3P) QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A, 2,3
200-600 (2,3P) SJD6-A
LD6-A 2,3
300-600 (3P) SLD6-A 3 450-600 (2,3P) LXD6-A 2,3
ED4, hED4 1 ED4, ED6, hED4, hED6 2,3 QAF2, BAF2, QAFh2,
15-1200 (2,3P) BAFh2, hQAF2, hBAF2, 1 QFGA2, BFGA2, QF-
GAh2, BFGAh2
QPF2, BLF2, hQPF2, 1 hBLF2, QPhF2, BLhF2
70-1200 (2,3P) FXD6-A, FD6-A 2,3 100-600 (2,3P) QR2, QRh2, hQR2 2,3 450-1200 (2,3P) LXD6-A 2,3
JD6-A, JXD6-A, 2,3
200-1200 (2,3P) JXD2-A
SJD6-A 3
LD6-A 2,3 300-1200 (3P) SLD6-A 3 ED4, hED4 1
ED4, ED6, hED4, hED6 2,3 FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A 2,3 SJD6-A 3
601-6000 LD6-A 2,3 (2,3P) LXD6-A 2,3
SLD6-A 3 SMD6 3 SND6 3 PD6, PXD6, SPD6 3 RD6, RXD6 3
15-125 15-125
15-125 15-125 15-100
15-30
15-60
15-50 15-125
15-100 15-125
15-20 200,000
15-30
70-250 100-250
200-400
200-600 300-600 450-600 15-100 15-125
15-20
15-30
70-250 100-250 450-600
200-400
200-400 200-600 300-600 15-100
70-250 200-400 200-400 200-600 450-600 300-600 500-800 500-1200 1200-1600 1600-2000
R T, J
J,R T
L
J,R J,R J,R J,R J,R T
T T T T
L
125-200 (2,3P) 125-600 (2,3P) 125-400 (2,3P) 70-600 (2,3P) 70-1200 600-1200 (2,3P)
601-6000 (2,3P)
15-600 (1,2,3P) 50-600 (2,3P) 70-600 (2,3P) 200-600 (2,3P) 400,600 (1,2,3P) 15-1200 (1,2,3P) 50-1200 (2,3P) 70-1200 (2,3P) 200-1200 (2,3) 400-1200 (2,3P)
601-6000 (2,3P)
QJh2, QJ2h, QJ2
QJh2, QJ2h
QJ2
hFD6, hFXD6
hFD6, hFXD6 NMG, hMG
hFD6, hFXD6 MD6, MXD6, hMD6, hMXD6 NMG, hMG ND6, NXD6, hND6, hNXD6
NGB,hGB,LBG
NDGA, hDGA
NFGA, hFGA
NJGA, hJGA
NLGA, hLGA
NGB,hGB,LBG
NDGA, hDGA
NFGA, hFGA
NJGA, hJGA
NLGA, hLGA
NDGA, hDGA NFGA, hFGA NJGA, hJGA NJGA, hLGA
2,3 125-200
2,3 125-225
2,3 125-225
2,3 70-250 2,3 70-250 2,3 600-800 2,3 70-250 2,3 500-800 2,3 600-800 2,3 500-1200
1,2,3 15-125
2,3 50-150
2,3 70-250
2,3 200-400
2,3 400-600
1,2,3 15-125
2,3 50-150
2,3 70-250
2,3 200-400
2,3 400-600
2,3 50-150 2,3 70-250 2,3 200-400 2,3 400-600
65,000
(1,2,3P)
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-167
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Revised on 03/25/17
Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings General
Series Rating kAIR
Main Fuse
Branch Breaker
Type
Max. Amperes
Type
Number of Poles
Max. Amperes
7-168
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
480V Fuse Series Ratings
50,000 J
60-400 (1,2,3P)
ED4
ED4
ED4
FD6-A, FXD6-A hFD6, hFXD6 JD6-A, JXD6-A hJD6-A, hJX LD6-A, hLD6 LXD6-A, hLD6 hFD6, hFXD6 JD6-A, JXD6-A hJD6-A, hJX LD6-A, hLD6 LXD6-A, hLX hFD6, hFXD6 MD6, MXD6 hMD6, hMXD6 ND6, NXD6 hND6, hNXD6 NDGA, hDGA NFGA, hFGA NJGA, hJGA NLGA, hLGA
NDGA, hDGA
NFGA, hFGA
NJGA, hJGA
NLGA, hLGA
NDGA, hDGA
NFGA, hFGA
NJGA, hJGA
NLGA, hLGA
NDGA, hDGA NFGA, hFGA NJGA, hJGA NLGA, hLGA BQD, CQD BQD, CQD BQD, CQD BQD, CQD
1 60-100 2,3 15-100 1 15-50 2,3 70-250 2,3 70-250
2,3 200-400
2,3 200-600 2,3 450-600 2,3 70-250
2,3 200-400
2,3 200-600 2,3 450-600 2,3 70-250
2,3 500-800
2,3 500-1200
2,3 50-150 2,3 70-250 2,3 200-400 2,3 400-600
2,3 50-150
2,3 70-250
2,3 200-400
2,3 400-600
2,3 50-150
2,3 70-250
2,3 200-400
2,3 400-600
2,3 50-150 2,3 70-250 2,3 200-400 2,3 200-400 1 15-100 2,3 20-30
1 15-100 2,3 20-30
15-400 (2,3P)
J 15-400 (1,2,3P)
T, J 70-600 (2,3P) J, R 70-600 (2,3P)
T, J, R 200-600 (2,3P)
450-600 (2,3P) T 70-1200 (2,3P)
T, L 601-1200
601-6000 L (2,3P)
J,R 50-600 (2,3P)
J,R 70-600 (2,3P)
J,R 200-600 (2,3P)
J,R 400-600 (2,3P)
T 601-1200 (2,3P)
T 601-1200 (2,3P)
T 601-1200 (2,3P)
T 601-1200 (2,3P)
L 601-6000
(2,3P)
100,000
(2,3P)
200,000
R 15-100 (1,2,3P)
T, J 15-200 (1,2,3P)
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
IEC 947-2® AC Interrupting Ratings, 50/60 HZ KA Reference
Ampere Rating
Breaker Frame
Breaker Type
220/240 Volts
380/415 Volts
500 Volts
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
15-125
ED
ED6
65
17
35
9
—
—
70-250
FD
FXD6
65
33
35
18
—
—
FD6
65
33
35
18
—
—
hFD6
100
50
65
33
—
—
hFXD6
100
50
65
33
—
—
hhFD6
200
100
100
50
—
—
hhFXD6
200
100
100
50
—
—
250-400
JD
JXD6(A)
65
33
40
20
—
—
JD6(A)
65
33
40
20
—
—
hJD6(A)
100
50
65
33
—
—
hJXD6(A)
100
50
65
33
—
—
hhJD6
200
100
100
50
—
—
hhJXD6
200
100
100
50
—
—
400-600
LD
LXD6(A)
65
33
40
20
—
—
LD6(A)
65
33
40
20
—
—
hLD6(A)
100
50
65
33
—
—
hLXD6(A)
100
50
65
33
—
—
hhLD6(A)
200
100
100
50
—
—
hhLXD6
200
100
100
50
—
—
600-800
MD
MXD6
65
33
40
20
—
—
MD6
65
33
40
20
—
—
hMXD6
100
50
65
33
—
—
hMD6
100
50
65
33
—
—
800-1200
ND
NXD6
65
33
40
20
—
—
ND6
65
33
40
20
—
—
hNXD6
100
50
65
33
—
—
hND6
100
50
65
33
—
—
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-169
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Typical Specifications Reference
Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcurrent protection with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics and shall be Siemens Sentron, Sensitrip or approved equal.
All circuit breakers shall be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., conform to applicable requirements of NEMA Standard Publication No. AB1 and meet appropriate classifications of Federal Specifications W C 375B/Gen.
As indicated on the drawings, circuit breaker frames
400 Ampere through 3200-Ampere shall have microprocessor-based RMS sensing trip units, with
the capability to measure through to the 21st harmonic. Automatic operation of all circuit breaker frames 400A and larger shall be obtained by means of solid state tripping elements providing inverse time delay and (instantaneous) and/or (short-time delay) circuit protection. Continuous current ratings shall be adjustable from 20% to 100% of the trip unit rating, without the need for a rating plug. Long-time delay and instantaneous trip shall be adjustable. The optional short-time trip function shall have adjustable pick-up settings, three fixed times, and I2t ramp. Circuit breaker frames 400A and larger, and where indicated on the drawings, shall be 100% equip- ment rated.
All circuit breakers shall have a quick-make, quick-break over center toggle type mechanism and the handle mechanism shall be trip free to prevent holding contacts closed against a short circuit or sustained overload. All circuit breaker handles shall assume a position between “ON” and “OFF when tripped automatically. Multi-pole circuit breakers shall be common-trip such that an overload or short circuit on any one pole will result in all poles opening simultaneously. Arc extinction is to be accomplished by magnetic arc chutes. All ratings are to be clearly visible. When reverse feed is indicated on the drawings, in accordance with UL, circuit breakers with sealed trip units shall be supplied.
Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all Circuit breakers 2000 Ampere
and below shall have thermal-magnetic trip units, with inverse time-current characteristics. Automatic operation of these circuit breakers shall be obtained by means of thermal-magnetic tripping devices located in each pole providing inverse time delay and instantaneous circuit protection. Circuit breakers shall be ambient compensating in that, as the ambient temperature increases over 40°C, the circuit breaker automatically derates itself so as to better protect its associated conductor. Thermal magnetic breakers from 250 to 2000A frames shall have thermal interchangeable trip units, with instantaneous magnetic trip settings that are adjustable and accessible from the front of all circuit breakers on frame sizes 250 Amperes and above. Where indicated, provide circuit breakers UL listed for application at 100% of their continuous ampere rating in their intended enclosure.
Where indicated on the drawings, Siemens current limiting circuit breakers are to be furnished. Current limiting circuit breakers shall limit the let-through I2t to a value less than the I2t of one-half cycle wave of the symmetrical prospective current without any fusible elements when operating within its current range.
The interrupting rating of the circuit breakers shall be as indicated in the specifications, and shown on the drawing or single line diagram. The interrupting rating of the circuit breakers shall be at least equal to the available short circuit current at the line terminals of the circuit breaker and correspond to the UL listed integrated short circuit current rating specified.
Main and feeder circuit breakers, as indicated on the drawings, shall be provided with integral ground fault protection. Ground fault pick-up shall be adjustable from 20% to 70% of the circuit breakers maximum continuous current rating. Ground fault time delay shall be adjustable with three 12t ramps.
When indicated on the drawings, solid state trip breakers shall be furnished with a plug-in or panel mounted metering device. This device shall simultaneously display all three phase currents, as well as average current, ground current, and phase unbalance. In addition it shall display breaker status, a max log, and a trip log. The trip log will retain and display date, time and type of trip (overload, short circuit or ground fault) for the most recent 5 trip events.
Where indicated on the drawings and in the combination motor starter/motor control center schedule, furnish instantaneous magnetic trip only circuit breakers for motor short circuit protection. The magnetic trips shall be adjustable and accessible from the front of all circuit breakers frames. The continuous current rating shall be between 1 and 800 Amperes as indicated on the drawing.
Where protective devices are applied in series combination, such that the prospective available fault current exceeds the interrupting rating (AIR) of the downstream protective devices, such combinations shall be UL recognized combinations. All electrical equipment using these UL recognized circuit breaker combinations shall be clearly marked in accordance with NEC Section 240-83(c).
Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as shown on the contract drawings. Gold plated auxiliary switches shall be supplied for PLC connection. Internal accessories for all breakers shall be UL listed for field installation and modification.
Unless otherwise noted, Mechanical lugs shall be provided with all Molded Case Breakers. Where indicated on the drawings, compression lugs shall be provided on 1200 Ampere frame and below circuit breakers. All compression lugs shall be supplied by the Circuit Breaker Manufacturer. Where indicated on the drawings, UL listed plug-in or rear connectors shall be supplied.
7-170
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
General Specifications
Thermal Magnetic Specifications
Motor Circuit Protectors
Integral Ground Fault Option
Metering Option
Current Limiting Specifications
Series Connected Combination Specifications
Solid State Sensing Specifications
Internal Accessories
Connection Accessories
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Superseded Breakers General
Sentron Series
CED62B015-CED62B125 CED62S100A CED63A001-CED63A125 CED63B015-CED63B125 CED63S100A HHED63B015-HHED63B125
CFD62A150, CFD62L150, CFD62A250 CFD62B070-CFD62B250 CFD62S250A
CFD63A150, CFD63L150, CFD63A250 CFD63B070-CFD63B250 CFD63S250A
CJD62B200-CJD62B400 CJD62H400, CJD62L400 CJD62S400A CJD63B200-CJD63B400 CJD63H400, CJD63L400 CJD63S400A
CPD63B120-CPD63B160
ED21B015-ED21B100 ED22B015-ED22B100 ED22S100A ED23B015-ED23B100 ED23S100A
ED41B015-ED41B100 ED42B015-ED42B125 ED42S100A ED43B015-ED43B125 ED43S100A
ED61B015-ED61B100 ED62B015-ED62B125 ED62S100A ED63A001-ED63A125 ED63B015-ED63B125 ED63S100A HHED63B015-HHED63B125
FD62B070-FD62B250 f FD63B070-FD63B250 f
FXD62A150, FXD62L150, FXD62A250 FXD62B070-FXD62B250 f FXD62S250A
FXD63A150, FXD63L150, FXD63A250 FXD63B070-FXD63B250 f FXD63S250A
HED41B015-HED41B100 HED42B015-HED42B125 HED43B015-HED43B125
HED61B015-HED61B100 HED63B015-HED63B125
HFD62B070-HFD62B250 HFD63B070-HFD63B250
HHED63B015-HHED63B125
HJD63B200-HJD63B400
HLD63B250-HLD63B600
HMD63B500-HMD63B800
HND63B100-HND63B120
HPD63B120-HPD63B160
HRD63B160-HRD63B200
a a a a a a
a a a a a a
a a a a a a
e
a a a a a
a a a a a
a a a a a a a
a a
a a a a a a
a a a
a a
a a
a
a
a
b
b
b
b
Superseded
CLE62B015-CLE62B100 CLE62S100 CLE63A001-CLE63A125 CLE63B015-CLE63B100 CLE63S100 hED63B015-hED63B125
CLF62A150, CLF62A250 CLF62B070-CLF62B240 CLF62S250
CLF63A150, CLF63A250 CLF63B070-CLF63B250 CLF63S250
CLJ62B100-CLJ62B400 CLJ62L400, CLJ62h400 CLJ62S400 CLJ63B200-CLJ63B400 CLJ63L400, CLJ63h400 CLJ63S400
CP3B120-CP3B160
E21B015-E21B100 E22B015-E22B100 E22S100A E23B015-E23B100 E23S100A
E41B015-E41B100 E42B015-E42B100 E42S100 E43B015-E43B100 E43S100
E61B015-E61B100 E62B015-E62B100 E62S100A E63A001-E63A125 E63B015-E63B100 E63S100A hED63B015-hED63B125
F62B070, F62B250 F63B070-F63B250
FJ62A150, FJ62L150-FJ62A250 FJ62B070-FJ62B250
FJ62S250
FJ63A150, FJ63L150-FJ63A250 FJ63B070-FJ63B250
FJ63S250
hE41B015-hE41B100 hE42B015-hE42B100 hE43B015-hE43B100
hE61B015-hE61B100 hE63B015-hE63B100
hF62B070-hF62B250 hF63B070-hF63B250
hED63B015-hED63B125
hJ63B200-hJ63B400
hL63B450-hL63B600
hN3B500-hN3B800
hK3B100-hK3B120
hP3B120-hP3B160
hR3B160-hR3B200
Note
c c
c c
c
c
d
d d
d
b b b b b
b b b b b
b b b b b b
b b b b b
b b
b
b
Superseded
CE2B015-CE2B100 CE2S100
CE3B015-CEB100 CE3S100
CJ2B125-CJ2B250 CJ3B125-CJ3B250
CJ2B300-CJ2B400
CJ2S400 CJ3B300-CJ3B400
CJ3S400
EE1B015-EE1B100 EE2B015-EE2B100 EE2S100 EE3B015-EE3B100 EE3S100
Eh1B015-Eh1B100 Eh2B015-ED2B125 Eh2S100 Eh3B015-Eh3B100 Eh3S100
EF1B015-EF1B020
EF2B015-EF2B100
EF2S100
EF3A003, EF3J050, EF3L050-EF3A100, EF3h1 EF3B015-EF3B100
EF3S100
FJ2B070-FJ2B225 FJ2S225
FJ3A225 FJ3B070-FJ3B225 FJ3S225
a Mechanically and electrically interchangeable.
b Electrically interchangeable only, refer to sales office for
further details.
c Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting
capacity is less than or equal to: 200 kA at 240V AC
200 kA at 480V AC
100 kA at 600V AC
d Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to:
200 kA at 240V AC 150 kA at 480V AC 100 kA at 600V AC
e Refer to local sales office for replacement information.
f Effective 1994 — The FD6 and FXD6 types have been replaced by FD6-A and FXD6-A type thermal / magnetic circuit breakers — mechanically and electrically interchangeable with the exception that FXD6-A and FD6-A have 22kA at 600V AC ratings versus 18kA at 600V AC for types FXD6 and FD6.
Note
hE2B015-hE2B100 hE3B015-hE3B100
hJ3B125-hJ3B400
hL3B450-hL3B600
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-171
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Superseded Breakers General
Sentron Series Note
Superseded Note
Superseded
JD62B200-JD62B400 JD63B200-JD63B400
a a
JLB200-JL62B400 JL63B200-JL63B400
b b
JL2B070-JL2B400 JL3B0L0-JL3B400
JXD22B200-JXD22B400 JXD22S400A JXD23B200-JXD23B400 JXD23S400A
a a a a
JD22B200-JD22B400 JD22S400 JD23B200-JD23B400 JD23S400
b b b b
JD2B250-JD2B400 JD2S400 JD3B250-JD3B400 JD3S400
JXD62B200-JXD62B400 JXD62H400, JXD62L400 JXD62S400A JXD63B200-JXD63B400 JXD63H400, JXD63L400 JXD63S400A
a a a a a a
JJ62B200-JJ62B400
JL62L400, JL62h400 JJ62S400A JJ63B200-JJ63B400
JL63A400, JL63h400, JL63L400 JJ63S400A
b b
b b
JJ2B250-JJ2B400 JL2L400-JL2h400
JJ3B200-JJ3B400
JL3h400, JL3L400, JL3A225
LD62B250-LD62B500 LD62B250-LD63B600
a a
LL63B250-LL62B600 LL63B250-LL63B600
b b
LL2B450-LL2B600 LL3B450-LL3B600
LXD62B450-LXD62B600 LXD62J600, LXD62L600 LXD62S600A LXD63B450-LXD63B600 LXD64H600, LXD63L600 LXD63S600A
a b a a a a
LJ62B450-LJ62B600 LL2h600, LL2U600, LL2X600 LJ62S600 LJ63B450-LJ63B600 LL63h600, LL63L600 LJ63S600A
b b
LL3A450, LL3h600 LL3S600
MD62B500-MD62B800 MD63B500-MD63B800
b b
KM2B500-KM2B800 KM3B500-KM3B800
MXD62A800, MXD62H800, MXD62L800 MXD62S800A
MXD63A800, MXD63H800, MXD63L800 MXD63S800A
b b b b
KM2A800, KM2h800, KM2L800 KM2S800
KM3A600, KM3h800, KM3L800 KM3S800
ND63B100-ND63B900 NXD63S120A
b b
KP3B100-KP3B900 KP3S120
PD63B120-PD63B160 PXD63S160A
b b
hP3B120-hP3B160 hP3S160
RD63B160-RD63B200
b
hR3B160-hR3B200
QR22B100 – QR22B225 QR22B100H – QR22B225H HQR23S250HA
QJ23B100 – QR23B225 QR23B100H – QR23B225H QRH22B100 – QRH22B225 QRH23B100 – QRH23B225 HQR23S250HA
QJ22B060-QJ22B225 QJ22B060h-QJ22B225h QJ22S225 QJ23B060-QJ23B225 QJ23B060h-QJ23B225h QJh22B060-QJh22B225 QJh23B060-QJh23B225 QJh23S225
a
QJH22B060-QJH22B225 QJH23B060-QJH23B225 QJH23S225
a a a
QJ2h125-QJ2B225 QJ3h125-QJ3h225 QJ3S225
RD63B160-RD63B200 RXD63S200A
b b
hR3B160-hR3B200 hR3S200
SHJD69200-SHJD69400 SHJD69200G-SHJD69400G SHJD69200NGT-SHJD69400NGT SHJD69200NT-SHJD69400NT
a a a a
ShJ63B200-ShJ63B400G ShJ63B200G-ShJ63B400G ShJ63N200G-ShJ63N400G ShJ63N200-ShJ63N400
SHLD69300-SHLD69600 SHLD69300G-SHLD69600G SHLD69300NGT-SHLD69600NG SHLD69300NT-SHLD69600NT
a a a a
ShL63B300-ShL63B600 ShL63B300G-ShL63B600G ShL63N300G-ShL63N600G ShL63N300-ShL63N600
SHND69100A-SHND69120A SHND69100AG-SHND69120AG
a a
ShND69100-ShND69800 ShND69100G-ShND69800G
b b
ShKF3B100-ShKF3B800 ShKF3B100G-ShKF3B800G
SHPD69120-SHPD69160 SHPD69120G-SHPD69160G
b b
ShPF3B120-ShPF3B160 ShPF3B120G-ShPF3B160G
7-172
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7
aMechanically and electrically interchangeable. bElectrically interchangeable only, refer to sales office for
further details.
cElectrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to:
200 kA at 240V AC 200 kA at 480V AC 100 kA at 600V AC
dElectrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to:
200 kA at 240V AC 150 kA at 480V AC 100 kA at 600V AC
eRefer to local sales office for replacement information.
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Superseded Breakers General
Sentron Series
Note
Superseded
Note
Superseded
SHND69100NGT-SHND69800NGT SHND69100NT-SHND69800NT
a b
ShKF3N100G-ShKF3N800G ShKF3N100-ShKF3N800
b b
ShK3N100G-ShK3N600G ShK3N100-ShK3N600
SHPF3B120-SHPF3B160 SHPF3B120G-SHPF3B160G SHPF3N120-SHPF3N160 SHPF3N120G-SHPF3N160G
b b b b
ShP3B120-ShP3B800 ShP3B120G-ShP3B800G ShP3N120-ShP3N800 ShP3N120G-ShP3N800G
SJD69200-SJ369400 SJD69200G-SJD69400G SJD69200NGT-SJD69400NGT SJD69200NT-SJD69400NT
a a a a
SJL63B200-SJL63B400 SJL63B200G-SJL63B400G SJL63N200G-SJL63N400G SJL63N200-SJL63N400
SLD69300-SLD69600 SLD69300G-SLD69600G SLD69300NGT-SLD69600NGT SLD69300NT-SLD69600NT
a a a a
SLL63B300-SLL63B600 SLL63B300G-SLL63B600G SLL63N300G-SLL63N600G SLL63N300-SLL63N600
SMD69600A-SMD69800A SMD69600AG-SMD69800AG SMD69600ANGT-SMD69800ANGT SMD69600ANT-SMD69800ANT
a a a a
SMD69600-SMD69800 SMD69600G-SMD69800G SMD69600NGT-SMD69800NGT SMD69600NT-SMD69800NT
b b b b
SKMF3B600-SKMF3B800 SKMF3B600G-SKMF3B800G SKMF3N600G-SKMF3N800G SKMF3N600-SKMF3N800
SND69800A-SND69120A SND69800AG-SND69120AG SND69800ANGT-SND69120ANGT SND69800ANT-SND69120ANT
a a a a
SND69100-SND69800 SND69100G-SND69800G SND69100NGT-SND69800NGT SND69100NT-SND69800NT
b b b b
SKPF3B100-SKPF3B600 SKPF3B100G-SKPF3B600G SKPF3N100G-SKPF3N600G SKPF3N100-SKPF3N600
SPD69120-SPD69160 SPD69120G-SPD69160G SPD69120NGT-SPD69160NGT SPD69120NT-SPD69160NT
b b b b
ShPF3B120-ShPF3B160 ShPF3B120G-ShPF3B160G ShPF3N120-ShPF3N160G ShPF3N120G-ShPF3N160G
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 17:45 Pagina A
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 17:45 Pagina B
1
ANALOGUE INSTRUMENTS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
VOLTMETERS
AC moving iron instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
DC moving coil with rectifier for AC system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
DC moving coil instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
AMMETERS
AC moving iron instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
DC moving coil with rectifier for AC system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
DC moving coil instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
FREQUENCYMETERS
Pointer instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vibrating reeds instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
TACHO INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
POWER FACTOR METERS
With incorporated electronics
Single phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Three phase, balanced load with neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
With external transducer
Single phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Three phase, balanced load with neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
WATTMETERS AND VARMETERS
With incorporated electronics
Single phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Three phase, balanced load without neutral, 3 wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Three phase, unbalanced load without neutral, 3 wires (ARON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Three phase, balanced load with neutral, 4 wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Three phase, unbalanced load with neutral, 4 wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
With external transducer
Single phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Three phase, balanced load without neutral, 3 wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Three phase, unbalanced load without neutral, 3 wires (ARON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Three phase, balanced load with neutral, 4 wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Three phase, unbalanced load with neutral, 4 wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SINGLE PHASE INSULATION INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCY METERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ELECTRONIC SYNCHRONOSCOPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Hour meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Hour meters with certification for fiscal use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Impulse counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
HOUR METERS AND IMPULSE COUNTERS
Voltmeter selector switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Ammeter selector switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Change-over switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Reversing switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
On-Off switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
SWITCHES
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:43 Pagina 1
2
Electrical instruments are capable of measuring an electrical parameter, on the basis of their particular application or function as classified below:
Indicators which give an immediate and continuous indication of the measured value
Recorders which record the variation of input throughout time
Integrators which integrate throughout time the input signal applied (KWh meters)
ANALOGUE INDICATING INSTRUMENTS
General characteristics
These instruments are produced having a pointer which moves over a graduated dial (scale) and assumes different positions according to the variation of the input signal being measured.
The scales of an instrument can be:
The linear or uniform type, when the subdivisions are equally divided
The quadratic type when the subdivision are grouped together at the beginning and are wide at the top, following a quadratic law
Other types, some in accordance with mathematical laws (logarithmic, exponential etc...), others traced empirically
The moving components of an analogue electrical instrument is joined integrally to a rotating axle supported between two fixed brackets which ensure their free rotation. The brackets have a spherical seat with a greater radius than that of the pivots.
has adopted pivot suspension with external supports in
hard stone which permits a minimum coefficient of wear. The axel is
carried by the lower support while the upper one has the task of guiding.
In turn, the upper support has a seat provided with a spring so that it
is possible to graduate and maintain throughout time the pressure
exercised by the pivots, the spring also has the function of absorbing
eventual impacts suffered by the instrument giving greater shock proof
qualities.
To enable the pointer to reach the position in a linear and a smooth
way, has adopted various methods of damping, causing
the axel to move near to the lower support in a chamber containing a
very viscous substance with a base of silicones. The vibration of the
shaft and other moving parts are thus reduced and, by reducing the
action developed by the viscous substance, it is possible to obtain the
desired degree of damping which is maintained unaltered throughout.
General description of how the measuring instruments function
Moving iron instruments (AC)
With this type of instrument a fixed coil is magnetised which determines the clockwise movement, of a moving iron which is integrally joined to the pointer. The scale of these instruments is not linear but has a quadratic trend resulting from this type of mechanism.
Specific adjustments of the moving iron make it possible to achieve scales restricted at the bottom. With these instruments the movement is able to
withstand peaks of substantial current.
Given the particular principle by which this system operates the instruments can function using either Alternating and Direct Currents, however, in the
latter case there is an increase error of indication.
Moving coil instruments (DC)
With this type of instrument the magnetic field, generated by a permanently fixed magnet, acts on a moving coil energised by current and is integrally
joined to the pointer, there by determining the clockwise movement of the latter.
This function results in a perfect linear scale.
These instruments function only with DC inputs as the direction in which the moving components rotate depends on the correct direction of the polarity (during connection it is therefore imperative not to invert the + and - cables).
The use of these instruments with alternating current is however possible by using a diode bridge rectifier. By operating in this way however, the instruments become very sensitive to the wave form, if not perfectly sinusoidal, and should therefore be used for measuring low values of voltage and current or if low burden is required.
Bimetal instruments
With these types of instruments the deforming of a bimetal element, heated directly or indirectly by the passing of a current, is transmitted to the equipment, integrally joined to the pointer. With these instruments the indicator drags, when moving, a second pointer (RED) which indicates the maximum
value reached. The response time for signals from these instruments is generally eight or fifteen minutes so that short peaks of current are not indicated.
These instruments can also be combined with moving iron movements for instantaneous measuring of the current values.
ELECTRICAL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Pivot pin
Gas ring
Siliconic
fluid
Journal
-bearing
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:43 Pagina 2
3
Symbols of the main measuring
units and their principal multiples
and submultiples
Symbols indicating the
principle function of the instrument
and accessory
Symbols indicating the characteristics
of the instrument in relation to its connection with the network
kA kiloampere
A ampere
mA milliampere
µA microampere
kV kilovolt
V volt
mV millivolt
µV microvolt
W watt
MW megawatt
KW kilowatt
var var
Mvar megavar
kvar kilovar
Hz hertz
MHz megahertz
kHz kilohertz
Ω ohm
MΩ megaohm
KΩ kiloohm
T tesla
mT millitesla
°C Celsius
Symbol Specification Symbol Specification
Single-phase direct and alternating
current circuit
Single-phase circuit with alternating
current
Circuit with direct current
Three-phase alternating current circuit
(general symbol)
Tree-phase alternating current circuit
with unbalanced load (general symbol)
A measuring element for 3 wire
networks
A measuring element for 4 wire
networks
Two measuring elements for 3 wire
networks with unbalanced load
Two measuring elemenrs for 4 wire
networks with balanced load
Ferrodymanic instrument (electrodynamic with iron)
Instrument with moving iron
Magnetoelectric instrument (with
moving coil and permanent magnet)
Induction instrument
Bimetal instrument
Electronic device in the measuring circuit
Electronic device in an auxiliary circuit
Shunt for measuring instrument
General accessory
Three measuring elements for 4 wire
networks with unbalanced load
Symbol Specification
Symbols for accuracy class Symbols indicating the working position Symbols regarding safety
500V test voltage
Test voltage of more than 500V (2kV
for example)
Instrument exempt from voltage test
High voltage on the accessory and/or
on the instrument
Class indicator (eg. 1.5) with errors Instrument to use with the dial vertical
expressed in percentage of conventional value, except when the latter is as
long as the graduation or the true
value
Instrument to use with the dial horizontal
Class indicator (eg. 1.5) when the conventional value corresponds to the
true value.
Instrument to use with dial inclined
(60° for example) in relation to the
horizontal plane.
Class indicator of an instrument with a
non linear scale, contracted in the
case where the conventional value is
as long as the graduation and the indication of the error is expressed ad a
percentage of the true value. (for
example: class indicator 1: relative
error limit of 5%) (par. 2.3.11.36)
Symbol Specification Symbol Specification Symbol Specification
If the (1) symbol is associated with the symbol of the instrument
this means that the device is incorporated.
If the (1) symbol is associated with the (2) this means that the
device is external.
1st figure: protection agains solid bodies 2nd figure: protection against liquids 3rd figure : mechanical protection
IP Tests Specification
No protection 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Protected against solid bodies of
more than 50 mm (eg.: unitentional contact with a hand)
Protected against solid bodies of
more than 12mm
(eg.: a finger)
Protected against solid bodies of
more than 2.5mm (tools, wires)
Protected against solid bodies of
more than 1mm
(fine tools, thin wires)
Protected against dust
(no harmful deposit)
Totally protected against dust.
IP Tests Specification
No protection
Protected against drops of water
falling vertically (condensation)
Protected against drops of water
falling at an angle of up to 15°
from vertical
Protected against drops of water
fall at an angle of up to 60° from
vertical
Protected against jets of water
from all directions
Protected against jets of water in
all directions
Protected against water projections like sea waves
Protected against the effects of
immersion
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IP Tests Specification
0 No protection
1
2
3
4
5
6
Impact energy: 0,225 joules
Impact energy: 0,375 joules
Impact energy: 0,500 joules
Impact energy: 2,00 joules
Impact energy: 6,00 joules
Impact energy: 20,000 joules
The first two characteristic figures are defined exactly in accordance with the UTE C 20 010 - IEC 144 and DIN 40 050 standards
The 3rd characteristic figure is defined by the French UTE C 20 010 standard. It is being studied internationally at the CEE - IEC.
(1)
(2)
Ø 50 mm
Ø 12,5 mm
Ø2,5mm
Ø1 mm
15 cm
150 g
15 cm
250 g
20 cm
250 g
40 cm
500 g
40 cm
1,5 kg
40 cm
5 kg
60° 5%
1
1,5
1,5
TABLE OF THE DEGREE OF PROTECTION
SYMBOLS AND THEIR MEANINGS
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 3
4
The range of measuring instruments are manufactured in accordance with the standards directed by recognise a international organizations.
NORME
The measuring instruments listed in this catalogue have been manufactured according to the following standards: CEI EN61010-1/CEI EN60051-1-2
With regard to the dimensional characteristics of the instruments and shunts, reference is made to the DIN 43700/43718 standards.
The most important among these standards are recalled in the following paragraphs relating to the electrical and mechanical characteristics of the
instruments.
TEST VOLTAGE - INSULATION
The instruments are tested according to CEI EN 61010-1 with an effective voltage of 2000V at 50Hz for 1 minute.
Greater Test and Insulation voltages can be provided on request for certain types of instruments.
ACCURACY CLASS
The accuracy class of the instruments is 1.5 unless otherwise specified, according to CEI EN 60688.
Greater precision classes can be provided on request for certain types of instruments.
The class of precision is given on the scale of each instrument.
OVERLOAD
The current coils of all the instruments are capable of withstanding over loading of up to 10 times the nominal current value for periods of less than
1 second; and for up to 1,2 times the nominal value permanently.
The voltage coils withstands a continuous over loading of up to 1,2 times the nominal voltage and an overloading of up to twice the nominal voltage for periods of less than 0,5 seconds (CEI EN 61010-1)
For instruments with input by means of C.T., the overload can be greater as the transformer limits the peak of secondary current to values which
are generally less than 10 In.
The zerovoltmeters can withstand up to 4 times the full scale voltage for periods of less than 5 minutes.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
The instruments satisfy the requisites of the IEC standards, par. 8.7.1 for which the operating temperature is 20°C +/-10°C. They can however function in continuous service without deterrioration and with an acceptable error of class, with temperatures ranging between -10 °C and +55°C.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
The storage temperature should range from -40°C and +70°C. Temperatures which exceed the two limits can alter the chemical conditions of the
siliconic fluid.
HUMIDITY
The instruments are suitable for functioning with a maximum relative humidity of 85% without condensation, at a temperature of +35°C for a maximum of 60 days per year.
The relative average annual humidity value should not exceed 65% (DIN 40040 standards).
The instruments used in tropicalized conditions can exceed the above-mentioned values and function with a relative maximum humidity of 95%
and at a temperature of +35°C. In this case the average annual value of relative humidity should no exceed 75%
The instruments used in tropicalized conditions are made to the DIN 40040 standards, according to that, these type of instruments must be protected against the entry of humidity; furthermore all the connection terminals, screws, washers, bolts and magnets are galvanically protected against the rust and the printed circuits (if presents) are protected with a special varnish type “Multicolor PC52”.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
The equipments are designed to be safe at least under the following conditions:
- indoor use
- altitude up to 2000 m, or above 2000 m if specified by the manufacturer (see clause D.9 for further information on Standars EN61010-1)
- temperature 0°C to 40°C
- maximun relative humidity 80% for temperatures up to 31°C decreasing linearly to 50% relative humidity at 40°C
- mains supply voltage fluctuations not to exceed +/-10% of the nominal voltage -other supply voltage fluctuations as stated by the manufacturer
- transient overvoltages according to installation categories (overvoltage categories) I, II and III (see Annex J on Standards EN61010-1).
For mains supply the minimun and normal category is II
- pollution degree 1 or 2 in accordance with IEC 664
RESISTANCE TO VIBRATION
The instruments in the catalogue have passed resistance to vibration tests as established by the CEI 50-4 standards.
RESISTANCE TO SHOCK
The instruments have passed shock resistance tests.
MOUNTING POSITION
This series of instruments are made to function in a vertical position.Thanks to perfect balancing they can also be mounted horizontally.
Please state mounting method when ordering.
FRONT HOUSING FRAME
The front frame is narrow, according to been DIN 43718/s, and black in colour. The thermoplastic material has the same characteristics as that
used for the housing.
POINTERS
The pointers of the instruments conform to the DIN 43802 standards. The pointer reaction time is about ≤2 seconds.
QUALITY GUARANTEE
GENERAL TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
All the instruments present on this catalogue haven’t internal fuses protection. It is a matter of specialised technician to consider their
installation (if necessary) relating to the declared self-consumption
Measuring instruments are subjected to WORKING VOLTAGES and transient stresses from the circuit to which they are connected during measurement. When the measuring circuit is used to measure MAINS, the transient stresses can be estimated by the location within the installation at
which the measurement is performed. When the measuring circuit is used to measure any other electrical signal, the transient stresses must be
considered by the user to assure that they do not exceed the capabilities of the measuring equipment.
instruments belong to category III (CAT III - 600V AC et CAT III - 300V DC) considering the measures effected in internal houses
(panel).
The information concerned the measurement category and the RATED maximum NOMINAL WORKING VOLTAGE or RATED maximum NOMINAL CURRENT for such terminals,are putted near these terminals on a label.
MEASURING CIRCUITS (CEI EN 61010-1:2001-11)
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 4
5
HOUSING
Dimensions conform to the DIN 43700/43718 and UNEL 05111 stds.
IP52 protection degree for the inside of the instrument (IP40 for modular
version), whereas the terminals have an IP00 degree of protection according
to CEI 70-1, IEC 529.
IP40 protection degree on the terminals can be achieved with the special
rear terminal covers.
Housing are made with self-extinguishing thermoplastic according to the UL94
standards, V-O classification, resistant to termites and fungus.
IP65 protection degree can be achieved with the correspondent accessory AKIP6548
(for instruments 48x48), AKIP6572 (for instruments 72x72), AKIP6596
(for instruments 96x96) and adopting the following instructions:
1) The hole made in the panel may need to be increased by up 2 mm
depending on the accuracy of the original cut out, in respect to the
corresponding dimensions
2) Position from the back the rubber gasket (A) as shown in the figure
3) Position the instrument into the hole made on the panel
4) Adapt the front transparent cover (B)
5) Secure the instrument against the panel using 4 fixing screws(C)
ZEROING
Instruments can usually be zeroed by means of the special adjustor placed on the front of the instrument.
Some types do not require this possibility (Sequencemeters, Hour Counters and meters with a Suppressed Movement).
TERMINALS
Terminals are made of brass and are provided with screws and terminal clamps for a good connection.
FITTING
Instrument is secured by two mounting brackets. The mounting brackets can be fitted in two different positions at the rear of the instrument in the first
position the bracket to rear of panel spacing is 0,5 mm and the second spacing is 19 mm. The bracket mounting system conforms to DIN 43700.
For modular version the instruments can be directly fixed on the DIN rail.
A
B
Section
A
B
Panel
C
The scales of the instruments in this catalogue conform to the DIN 43802 standards. The instruments for use by means of a C.T. or Shunt can
have interchangeable scales and are made in such a way that it is impossible to touch the pointer or damage the movement while the change
is carried out.
The interchangeable nature of the scale has been specially designed to provide substantial advantages:
Reduction in Storage Costs It is in fact no longer necessary to store a vast assortment of instruments (eg. 40/5A, 80/5A, 300/5A etc.,
or 500A/60mV, 1000A/60mV, 5000A/60mV etc.) but only a few instruments without a scale and a number
of loose scale plates provide savings in storage costs.
Reduction in Storage Space As it is no longer necessary to have a large assortment of complete instruments but only loose scales, it is
evident that there is a considerable saving of storage space which is always welcome.
Reduction in delivery time Those who do not consider it necessary to create their own instrument stocks will be able to find a large
assortment of instruments and scales at wholesalers, agents and the central headquarters of .
Rapid replacement of the scales The replacement can be carried out by unskilled personnel as it is not necessary to dismantle the
instrument. It is however necessary to pay a minimum amount of attention during this operation in
order not to damage the front of the scale and to ensure that it has been pressed down fully towards
the bottom of the instrument.
Remove the cover placed in the upper part of the instrument in the direction of the arrows to obtain
access to the aperture; when this operation has been completed, replace the cover accurately in its
seat to ensure the aperture is completely closed.
Warning: the instrument should not be connected to power during the
replacement operation.
In order to avoid problems caused by incorrect insertions, note the following:
the instruments marked 5A1 will only accept scales with a 1 In scale (eg.: 100/5A)
the instruments marked 5A2 will only accept scales with a 2 In scale (eg.: 100/200/5A)
the instruments marked 5A5 will only accept scales with a 5 In scale (eg.: 100/500/5A)
SCALE PLATES
The length of the graduation on the
90° scale is:
48 x 48 and modular = 39 mm
72 x 72 = 62 mm
96 x 96 = 92 mm
144 x144 =135 mm
The normal scales (1 In) of the instruments are:
A) 90° scale plate nominal overload 1In
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 5
6
The length of the graduation on the
90° scale is:
48 x 48 and modular = 39 mm
72 x 72 = 62 mm
96 x 96 = 92 mm
144 x144 =135 mm
The length of the graduation on the
90° scale is:
48 x 48 and modular = 39 mm
72 x 72 = 62 mm
96 x 96 = 92 mm
144 x144 =135 mm
The length of the graduation on the
240° scale is:
48 x 48 = 73 mm
72 x 72 = 108 mm
96 x 96 = 154 mm
144 x144 = 235 mm
B) 90° Scale plates 100% overload (2 In), where the end scale value corresponds to 2 times the nominal value
C) 90° Scale plates 500% overload (5 In), where the end scale value corresponds to 5 times the nominal value
D) 240° Scale plates nominal overload 1In
The length of the graduation on the
90° scale is:
48 x 48 and modular = 39 mm
72 x 72 = 62 mm
96 x 96 = 92 mm
144 x144 =135 mm
The length of the graduation on the
240° scale is:
48 x 48 = 73 mm
72 x 72 = 108 mm
96 x 96 = 154 mm
144 x144 = 235 mm
The technology adopted by Revalco on the 4/20mA instruments is with use of mechanical zero.
Without any current input the pointer is positioned under the zero marked on the scale
plate(Fig.1).Supplying 4mA the pointer goes to the zero (Fig.2), while with 20mA the pointer goes to
the end scale value. In this way all the divisions between 4 and 20mA are well defined.
Zero adjuster of these instruments is disconnected in the factory to avoid possible incorrect use by the end user. If working zero adjuster is required, please indicate when placing the order.
a 240° a 90°
The scale plates are provided with a reflective mirror to avoid
parallax errors during the reading
E) 90° Scale plates 4/20 mA F) 240° Scale plates 4/20 mA
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 G) Antiparallax scale plates
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 6
7
Special implementations for scale plates
Linear scale plates hand drawn
Non linear scale plates hand drawn
Red or green mark
Scale plates with unique trace and double or triple numbering
Scale plates with double or triple trace and double or triple numbering
Black scale plates with yellow numbering and divisions
Antiparallax scale plates
Special words or symbols
Coloured sectors
Personalised logo
Special implementations for equipment
Central or offset zero
Class 1 calibration
D.C. calibration
Non standard frequency calibration (400Hz at 5A)
Calibration for other capacities according to curve
Different capacities from the standard
Double ratio
Tropicalised execution
Execution for marine
IP54 protection degree
IP55 protection degree
IP65 protection degree (where possible using the
accessory AKIP65)
Antireflex glass
Additional red pointer adjustable from the front
Internal illumination
Certificates
Certificate of conformity
Test certificate
Type test certificate
UTF certificate (for kWh meters and CTs only)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SPECIAL IMPLEMENTATIONS
The instruments in the catalogue can be provided, in special housings, with some variations regarding the scales and equipment.
The following table indicates the possible implementation for each series of instruments.
For all
Instruments
For all A.C.
instruments
For all D.C.
instruments
A.C. instruments model ERIL48 (48x48)
scale plates 240° are supplied with an
external accessory (box equal to the
article TARPDE1)
+
- On request Revalco supplies analogue and digital instruments 72x72, in
explosion proof box putting “REX” prefix code before the standard code.
- Explosion proof box for measuring instruments EEx-d IIC REX series
- Zone 1 / 2 / 21 / 22 installation
- Category II 2 GD classification
- EEx-d IIC T6 execution
- IP66 protection degree (EN60 529 standards)
- INERIS 02 ATEX 0069X Certificate
- Mechanical characteristics: marine aluminium cooper free, temperate glass
port-hole, O-ring gasket in NBR
- Safety parameters:
analogue instruments = max voltage input 600VAC or DC
= max current 5A input
digital instruments = max auxiliary power supply 110VAC or 230VDC
= max current 5A input
- Special safety warning:
- dont open the instrument once powered
- after disconnection wait for 15 minutes before to open the box
- this box assures a relative high protection against the shocks; end user
has in any case to increase this protection when high risks of damages
for glass or box are possible
- All the components and cables particularly must be conform to thhe 94/9/EC
directives
- For use in explosive atmosphere the surfaces of various joints must be
covered by grease (silicon) while cables must have a protection not less than
IP6X and the operator must clean regularly all the device to avoid deposition
of dangerous durst over them.
- Weight: 1,5 kg
- EORDER EXAMPLE
REXERI■ 72500V■ D voltmeter 72x72 direct insertion, end scale 500V
in explosion proof box
REXERB■ 7250/5A15MIN maximum demand ammeter, end scale 50/5A,
15 minutes, in explosion proof box
EXPLOSION PROOF VERSION
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 7
85
45
58
52,5
85
58
105
45
8
12
90
80
Length graduation: 58 mm
Cut out
Cut out
Cut out with use of
A55R frame
Cut out with use of
A70R frame
A55RE frame
A70R frame
A55NE frame
Length graduation: 78 mm A70N frame
60
12
70
DIMENSIONS IN mm
INDICATIONS FOR ORDERING
For simplicity and evidence the codes are not numerical but nominal; i.e. they immediately indicate the products to order. On the pages of each family of instruments however some clarifying examples are given.
NOTE: in same cases the codes show empty spaces between the letters displayed with the symbol “ ■ “.
So: “ ■ “ means that it is necessary to dial an empty space, “ ■ ■ “ means that it is necessary to dial two empty spaces.
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 8
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=15sec
230V
C
Input V
C
AL2 AL1
VOLTMETER / FREQUENCY METER ERI72VH
- These instruments consint of the combination of a analogue voltmeter with 500V end scale
value, and a three leds electronic circuit for the reading of the frequency. Principally used
in small generating sets where more space is saved.
voltmeter frequency meter with self-powered circuit
- BURDEN 3VA 0,5VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40÷60 Hz 50 Hz
- CLASS 1,5 1
- DISPLAY three leds circuit
- RANGES 500V 48÷52 Hz
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI■ 72VH 500V end scale value, led frequency meter from 48 to 52 Hz
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,20
MOVING IRON INSTRUMENTS FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
MODULAR VOLTMETER ERIM
- BURDEN 1,5VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40÷60 Hz - CLASS 1,5
- RANGES 6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V direct input
.../100V-.../110V input by means a V.T., secondary 100V or 110V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT 3 DIN modules / 0,15 kg
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI■M■ 300V■ D direct input, end scale value 300V
ERIM500V500/100 input by means a V.T. 500/100V, end scale value 500V
VOLTMETER (90°) ERI48 - ERI72 - ERI96 - ERI144
- BURDEN 48 = 1,2÷2VA; 72/96/144 = 1,5÷4VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40÷60 Hz - CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V direct input
.../100V-.../110V input by means a V.T., secondary 100V or 110V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI■ 48500V■ D direct input, end scale value 500V
ERI96500V400/100 input by means a V.T. 400/100V, end scale value 500V
- WEIGHT (kg) ERI48 (0,10); ERI72 (0,20); ERI96 (0,30); ERI144 (0,35)
L1
N
+
-
L1
N
Direct input VT input
Direct input VT input
9
VOLTMETERS
VOLTMETER WITH INCORPORATED SWITCH ERI72C - ERI96C
- Instruments provided with switch, low voltage, for 3 phase-phase and 3 phase-neutral
voltage L1N-L2N-L3N / L1L2-L2L3-L3L1
- BURDEN 1,5÷4VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40÷60 Hz
- CLASS 1,5 - FRONT PROTECTION DEGREE IP00
- RANGES 6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V direct input
.../100V-.../110V input by means a V.T., secondary 100V or 110V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI72C■ 500V■ D direct input, end scale value 500V
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,25
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
a b
A B
a b
A B
I II
I II
DOUBLE VOLTMETER ERI96D
- These instruments consist of two equipments mounted on a common axis permitting the
two pointers indicating on one graduation. In this way there is the immediate comparison
of the parallel adjustment. The moving coil system reduces drastically the burden and permits linear graduations.
- BURDEN 1,5VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 45/65 Hz - CLASS 1,5
- RANGE 2x500V - Different capacities on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI■ 96D500V■ D double voltmeter, 2x500V end scale value
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,42
VOLTMETER WITH 2 ALARM THRESHOLDS
ERIC96V - ERIC96V24 - ERIC96V110 - ERIC96VP1 - ERIC96VP2
- BURDEN 3VA
- POWER SUPPLY/ FREQUENCY 230V +/-10% 45/65 Hz
- RANGE 600V - Different capacities on request
- RELAYS DATA Max interruption power with resistive laod 2kVA (8A,250V)
ERIC96V=AL 1 (MIN) AL 2 (MAX) ERIC96VMA=AL 1 (MAX1) AL 2 (MAX2)
ERIC96VMI=AL 1 (MIN1) AL 2 (MIN2) ERIC96VMM=AL 1 (MAX-) AL 2 (MAX+)
- SIGNALLING DATA
Adjustments by 2 frontal buttons
Class +/- 1,5% referred to the end scale value
Hysteresis < 1% of end scale value
Delay time from 1 to 15 seconds, selectable by minidip situated
under the white frame
- How to select the alarms: press the button (AL1 or AL2) and maintain pressure until the
lower led moves to the needed value. In alarm condition all leds flash quickly
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERIC96V■ ■ 600V MIN/MAX voltmeter, end scale 600V (230VAC)
ERIC96VMI600VP1 MIN/MIN voltmeter, end scale 600V (22...36VAC/19...70VDC)
ERIC96VMA600VP2 MAX/MAX voltmeter, end scale 600V (44...130VAC/70...240VDC)
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,50
Delay time
selection
Default delay time
selection
AL1=1 sec
AL2=1 sec
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 9
MOVING COIL INSTRUMENTS FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
VOLTMETER (90°) ERR48 - ERR72 - ERR96 - ERR144
VOLTMETER (240°) ERIL48 - ERIL72 - ERIL96 - ERIL144
- These instruments are constructed for the measurement of alternating current, from 25
to 10,000Hz, and are gauged for reading the effective value of the sinusoidal current.
For other wave forms please consult us.
- BURDEN 1mA about
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V direct input
.../100V, .../110V input by means a V.T., secondary 100V or 110V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERIL96500V■ D direct input, 500V end scale value, 240°
ERR■ 72100V■ D direct input, 100V end scale value, 90°
- WEIGHT (kg) ERR48 (0,10); ERR72 (0,20); ERR96 (0,25); ERR144 (0,35)
ERIL48 (0,21); ERIL72 (0,30); ERIL96 (0,40); ERIL144 (0,45)
VT input
Direct input
+
-
VOLTMETER (HORIZONTAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPI24/O
VOLTMETER (VERTICAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPI24/V
- Instruments with internal rectifier
- BURDEN 1mA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40 ÷ 60 Hz
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V - Different capacities on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERPI24/0■ ■ 60V■ D direct input, end scale value 60V (horizontal)
ERPI24/V■ 300V■ D direct input, end scale value 300V (vertical)
10
ZEROVOLTMETER (90°) ERZ48 - ERZ72 - ERZ96 - ERZ144
ZEROVOLTMETER (240°) ERZL48 - ERZL72 - ERZL96 - ERZL144
- These instruments consist of moving coil movements with internal rectifier which can be
used to replace the Sinchronoscope in the synchronizing of two generators or one generator in the network. When the two voltages to be synchronized are the same, the instrument indicates “zero”.
- BURDEN 1 mA
- RANGES STANDARD from 0 to 50V, extended to 800V
(The instrument can therefore be used with all the voltages as the equipment withstands
up to 800V continuously)
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERZ■ 96■ 50-800V zerovoltmeter 96x96, 90° end scale value
ERZL72■ 50-800V zerovoltmeter 72x72, 240° end scale value
- WEIGHT (kg) ERZ48 (0,10); ERZ72 (0,20); ERZ96 (0,22); ERZ144 (0,30);
ERZL48 (0,22); ERZL72 (0,30); ERZL96 (0,35); ERZL144 (0,40)
- Modular version (ERZM) on request
VOLTMETER WITH SUPPRESSED ZERO (90°) ERZS48 - ERZS72 - ERZS96 - ERZS144
VOLTMETER WITH SUPPRESSED ZERO (240°) ERZSL48 - ERZSL72 - ERZSL96 - ERZSL144
- These instruments consist of moving coil movements and internal rectifier which are used
to determine very precisely the normal value of the sinusoidal alternating voltage.
Measuring ranges between 90 to 110% approximately of the voltage.
- BURDEN 1 VA
- RANGES 0-90/110V; 0-100/120V; 0-200/240V; 0-340/420V
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERZS96340-420 90° scale plate
- WEIGHT (kg) ERZS48 (0,10); ERZS72 (0,20); ERZS96 (0,22); ERZS144 (0,30)
ERZSL48 (0,22); ERZSL72 (0,30); ERZSL96 (0,35); ERZSL144 (0,40)
- Modular version (ERZSM) on request
PANEL VOLTMETER EMI55M - EMI70M
VOLTMETER WITH 55R OR 70R FRAME EMI55M+A55RE - EMI70M+A70R
VOLTMETER WITH 55N OR 70N FRAME EMI55M+A55NE - EMI70M+A70N
- Front in plastic, transparent acrylic with antistatic as standard
- BURDEN 1,5VA
- CLASS 1,5
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40 ÷ 60 Hz
- RANGES
6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V direct input
.../100V, .../110V input by means a V.T., secondary 100V or 110V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
EMI■ 55M250V■ D direct input, end scale value 250V, diameter 55mm
EMI■ 70M■ 60V■ D direct input, end scale value 60V, diameter 70mm
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,15
Direct input VT input
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:44 Pagina 10
11
PANEL VOLTMETER EMC55M - EMC70M
VOLTMETER WITH 55R OR 70R FRAME EMC55M+A55RE - EMC70M+A70R
VOLTMETER WITH 55N OR 70N FRAME EMC55M+A55NE - EMC70M+A70N
- Front in plastic, transparent acrylic with antistatic as standard
- BURDEN 1000Ω/V
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MILLIVOLTMETERS: 60-100-150-250-400-600mV
VOLTMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
EMC■ 70M300V■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 300V, diameter 70mm
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,18
MOVING COIL INSTRUMENTS FOR DIRECT CURRENT
VOLTMETER (90°) ERC48 - ERC72 - ERC96 - ERC144
VOLTMETER (240°) ERCL48 - ERCL72 - ERCL96 - ERCL144
- The main characteristic of these instruments is their low current consumption, in circuits
where high internal consumption and drop in voltage can bring about measuring errors.
The low consumption means that these instruments can also be used with converters,
tacho generators or thermocouples. Up to 60A they can be provided with an incorporated
shunt for direct connection, above 60A use a separate shunt.
- BURDEN 1000Ω/V
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MILLIVOLTMETERS: 60-100-150-250-400-600mV
VOLTMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-6-10-15-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERC■ 72250V■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 250V, 90°
ERC■ 96■ ■ 5V■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 5V, 90°
ERCL72250V■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 250V, 240°
- WEIGHT (kg) ERC48 (0,10); ERC72 (0,20); ERC96 (0,25); ERC144 (0,35)
ERCL48 (0,21); ERCL72 (0,30); ERCL96 (0,40); ERCL144 (0,45)
MODULAR VOLTMETER ERCM
- BURDEN 1000Ω/V
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MILLIVOLTMETERS: from 60 to 600 mV direct input
VOLTMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-40-60-100-150-250-300-400-500-600V direct input
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT 3 DIN modules / 0,20 kg
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERC■M■ ■ 30V■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 30V
ERC■M■ 250V■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 250V
L1
N
+
-
VOLTMETER (HORIZONTAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPC24/O
VOLTMETER (VERTICAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPC24/V
- BURDEN 1mA
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES:
MILLIVOLTMETERS: 60÷300mV
VOLTMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-6-10-15-30-40-50-60-80-100-150-200-250-300-400-500-600V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERPC24/V■ 100V■ D direct input, end scale value 100V (vertical)
ERPC24/O■ ■ 10V■ D direct input, end scale value 10V (horizontal)
+
-
VOLTMETER WITH 2 ALARM THRESHOLDS
ERCC96V - ERCC96V24 - ERCC96V110 - ERCC96VP1 - ERCC96VP2
- BURDEN 3VA
- POWER SUPPLY/ FREQUENCY 230V +/-10% 45/65 Hz
- RANGES 1-10-50-100-300-600V - Different capacities on request
- RELAYS DATA Max interruption power with resistive laod 2kVA (8A,250V)
ERCC96V=AL 1 (MIN) AL 2 (MAX) ERCC96VMA=AL 1 (MAX1) AL 2 (MAX2)
ERCC96VMI=AL 1 (MIN1) AL 2 (MIN2) ERCC96VMM=AL 1 (MAX-) AL 2 (MAX+)
- SIGNALLING DATA
Adjustments by 2 frontal buttons
Class +/- 1,5% referred to the end scale value
Hysteresis < 1% of end scale value
Delay time from 1 to 15 seconds, selectable by minidip situated
under the white frame
- How to select the alarms: press the button (AL1 or AL2) and maintain pressure until the
lower led moves to the needed value. In alarm condition all leds flash quickly
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERCC96V■ ■ 600V MIN/MAX voltmeter, end scale 600V (230VAC)
ERCC96VMI600VP1 MIN/MIN voltmeter, end scale 600V (22...36VAC/19...70VDC)
ERCC96VMA600VP2 MAX/MAX voltmeter, end scale 600V (44...130VAC/70...240VDC)
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,50
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=15sec
230V
C
Input V
C
AL2 AL1
Delay time
selection
Default delay time
selection
AL1=1 sec
AL2=1 sec
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:46 Pagina 11
12
MOVING IRON INSTRUMENTS FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
MODULAR AMMETER ERIM
- BURDEN 0,3VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40 ÷ 60 Hz
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-30A direct input
.../1A-.../5A input by means of C.T. with secondary 1A or 5A
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT 3 DIN modules / 0,15 kg
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI■M■ ■ 20A■ 5D direct input, end scale value 20A, 5In (20/100A)
ERI■M■■■ 5A■ 1 input with C.T., secondary 5A, 1In without scale plate
ESI■M■ ■ 40A■ 15 scale plate for ERIM, 40A, secondary 5A, 1In
Direct input CT input
AMMETERS
L1
N
+
-
L1
N
S1 S2
P1 P2
AMMETER (90°) ERI48 - ERI72 - ERI96 - ERI144
- BURDEN 48 = 0,3÷0,8VA; 72/96/144 = 0,3÷1,2VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40÷60 Hz
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MILLIAMMETERS: 250, 400, 600, 800, 900 mA
AMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-30-40-50-60A direct input
.../1A, .../5A input by means of C.T. with secondary 1A or 5A
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI■ 72■ ■ 5A■ 2 input with C.T., secondary 5A, 2In without scale plate
ESI■ 72800A■ 25 scale plate for ERI72, 800A, secondary 5A, 2In
ERI■ 72■ ■ 6A■ 5D direct input, end scale value 6A, 5In (6/30A)
- WEIGHT (kg) ERI48 (0,10); ERI72 (0,20); ERI96 (0,30); ERI144 (0,35)
Direct input CT input
AMMETER WITH INCORPORATED SWITCH ERI72C - ERI96C
- Instruments provided with switch, low voltage, single pole for 3 lines L1-L2-L3
- BURDEN 0,3÷1,2VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40 ÷ 60 Hz
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES .../5A2 input with C.T., secondary 5A, 2In
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- FRONT PROTECTION DEGREE IP00
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERI96C1K0A■ 2C5 input with C.T., secondary 5A, 2In, end scale value 1000/2000/5A
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,25
MAXIMUM DEMAND AMMETER (INTERCHANGEABLE SCALE PLATE) ERB48 - ERB72 - ERB96
- This type of instrument is used to check long over loading in transformers, cable and substations.
They also make it possible to check, economically, distribution networks in the place of very costly recorders.
A special sealable knob makes it possible to zero the general indicator. The capacity is 6A for use with .../5A C.T.
and maximum over loading of 20%.
On request instruments can be provided with a capacity of 1,2A for use with C.T. .../1A.
- BURDEN 2,5VA
- CLASS 3
- RANGES
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERB■ 48■ ■ 5A■ 15MIN input with C.T., secondary 5A, 15 minutes, without scale plate
ESB■ 48150A scale plate for ERB48, 150A (150/180/5A)
ERB■ 72■ ■ 5A■ 15MIN input with C.T., secondary 5A, 15 minutes, without scale plate
ESB■ 72■ 50A scale plate for ERB72, 50A (50/60/5A)
ERB■ 96■ ■ 1A■ 8MIN input with C.T., secondary 1A, 8 minutes, without scale plate
ESB■ 96600A scale plate for ERB96, 600A (600/720A)
- WEIGHT (kg) ERB72 (0,20); ERB96 (0,22)
100%
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
120%
12
18
24
30
36
48
60
72
100%
80
120
125
150
200
250
300
400
120%
96
120
150
180
240
300
360
480
100%
500
600
750
800
1000
1200
1500
2000
120%
600
720
900
960
1200
1400
1800
2400
100%
2500
3000
4000
5000
120%
3000
3600
4800
6000
Primary CT (A)
Scale
capacity Primary CT (A)
Scale
capacity Primary CT (A)
Scale
capacity Primary CT (A)
Scale
capacity
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:46 Pagina 12
13
COMBINED MAXIMUM DEMAND AMMETER (INTERCHANGEABLE SCALE PLATE) ERBC72 - ERBC96
- These instruments exploit the combining of thermal equipment with moving iron equipment, permitting deferred
reading (typical of bimetallic systems) combined with instantaneous reading of the current values. The capacity
is 6A for moving iron connection .../5A C.T. On request instruments can be provided with a capacity of 1,2A for
connection to a 1A C.T. while the normal over loading in the moving iron system is of 100% and 20% in the
bimetallic system.
- BURDEN of the moving iron system: 0,3÷1,2 VA, of the bimetal system: 2,5 VA
- CLASS of the moving iron system: 1,5 of the bimetal system: 3
- RANGES
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERBC96■ ■ 5A■ 15MIN input with C.T., secondary 5A, 15 minutes, without scale plate
ESBC96150A scale plate for ERBC96, 150A (150/180A)
- WEIGHT (kg) ERBC72 (0,22); ERBC96 (0,27)
100%
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
120%
12
18
24
30
36
48
60
72
200%
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
100%
80
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
120%
96
120
180
240
300
360
480
600
200%
160
200
300
400
500
600
800
1000
100%
600
800
1000
1200
1500
2000
2500
3000
120%
720
960
1200
1400
1800
2400
3000
3600
200%
1200
1600
2000
2400
3000
4000
5000
6000
100%
4000
5000
120%
4800
6000
200%
8000
10000
Primary
CT (A) Bimetal Moving iron
Scale capacity Primary
CT (A) Bimetal Moving iron
Scale capacity Primary
CT (A) Bimetal Moving iron
Scale capacity Primary
CT (A) Bimetal Moving iron
Scale capacity
PANEL AMMETER EMI55M - EMI70M
AMMETER WITH 55R OR 70R FRAME EMI55M+A55RE - EMI70M+A70R
AMMETER WITH 55N OR 70N FRAME EMI55M+A55NE - EMI70M+A70N
- Front in plastic, transparent acrylic with antistatic as standard
- BURDEN 0,3VA
- CLASS 1,5
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40 ÷ 60 Hz
- RANGES
MILLIAMMETERS: 250, 400, 600, 800, 900 mA
AMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-25-30- 40-50-60A direct input
.../1A, .../5A input with C.T., secondary 1A or 5A
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
EMI■ 55M■ 75A■ 5D direct input, end scale value 75A, 5In (75/375A), Ø55 mm
EMI■ 70M100A■ 1D direct input, end scale value 100A, 1In (100A), Ø70 mm
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,15
Direct input CT input
MOVING COIL INSTRUMENTS FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
AMMETER INTERCHANGEABLE SCALE PLATE (90°) ERR48 - ERR72 - ERR96 - ERR144
AMMETER INTERCHANGEABLE SCALE PLATE (240°) ERIL48 - ERIL72 - ERIL96 - ERIL144
- These instruments are constructed for the measurement of alternating current, from 25 to
10,000Hz, and are gauged for reading the effective value of the sinusoidal current. For
other wave forms please consult us.
- BURDEN range less than 600mA = 1÷1,5V, higher = 0,25VA
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MILLIAMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-40-60-100-150-250-400-600mA
AMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5 direct input
.../1A, .../5A input with C.T., secondary 1A or 5A
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERIL96■ ■ 5A1 input with C.T., secondary 5A, 1In, without scale plate, 240°
ESIL961K5A■ 5A scale plate for ERIL96, 1500A (1500/5A), 1In
ERR■ 48150MA■ D direct input, 150mA, scale plate 90°
- WEIGHT (kg) ERR48 (0,10); ERR72 (0,20); ERR96 (0,25); ERR144 (0,35)
ERIL48 (0,21); ERIL72 (0,30); ERIL96 (0,40); ERIL144 (0,45)
Direct input CT input
AMMETER WITH 2 ALARM THRESHOLDS
ERIC96A - ERIC96A24 - ERIC96A110 - ERIC96AP1 - ERIC96AP2
- BURDEN 3VA
- POWER SUPPLY/ FREQUENCY 230V +/-10% 45/65 Hz
- RANGE 5A input with C.T., secondary 5A (1A on request)
- RELAYS DATA Max interruption power with resistive laod 2kVA (8A,250V)
ERCC96V=AL 1 (MIN) AL 2 (MAX) ERCC96VMA=AL 1 (MAX1) AL 2 (MAX2)
ERCC96VMI=AL 1 (MIN1) AL 2 (MIN2) ERCC96VMM=AL 1 (MAX-) AL 2 (MAX+)
- SIGNALLING DATA
Adjustments by 2 frontal buttons
Class +/- 1,5% referred to the end scale value
Hysteresis < 1% of end scale value
Delay time from 1 to 15 seconds, selectable by minidip situated
under the white frame
- How to select the alarms: press the button (AL1 or AL2) and maintain pressure until the
lower led moves to the needed value. In alarm condition all leds flash quickly
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERIC96A■ ■ 100A1 MIN/MAX ammeter, end scale 100/5A (230VAC)
ERIC96AMI100AP1 MIN/MIN ammeter, end scale 100/5A (22...36VAC/19...70VDC)
ERIC96AMA100AP2 MAX/MAX ammeter, end scale 100/5A (44...130VAC/70...240VDC)
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,50
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=15sec
Input A
230V
C C
AL2 AL1
Delay time
selection
Default delay time
selection
AL1=1 sec
AL2=1 sec
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:46 Pagina 13
14
MOVING COIL INSTRUMENTS FOR DIRECT CURRENT
MODULAR AMMETER ERCM
- BURDEN 60mV
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MICROAMMETERS: 100-150-250-400-500-600µA direct input
MILLIAMMETERSI: from 1 to 600 mA 4/20mA direct input
AMPEROMETRI: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-30A direct input
.../60mV input by shunt, secondary 60mV
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT 3 DIN modules / 0,20 kg
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERC■M■ ■ 60MV■ ■ S input by shunt, secondary 60mV, without scale plate
ESC■M■ 200A■ ■ 60MV scale plate for ERCM, 200A/60mV
ERC■M■■■ 5A■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 5A
Direct input Shunt input
L1
N
+
-
+
-
AMMETER INTERCHANGEABLE SCALE PLATE (90°) ERC48 - ERC72 - ERC96 - ERC144
AMMETER INTERCHANGEABLE SCALE PLATE (240°) ERCL48 - ERCL72 - ERCL96 - ERCL144
- The main characteristic of these instruments is their low current consumption, in circuits where high internal consumption and drop in voltage can bring about measuring errors. The low consumption means that these instruments can also be used with converters, tacho generators or thermocouples. Up to 60A they can be provided
with an incorporated shunt for direct connection, above 60A use a separate shunt.
- BURDEN 60mV
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MICROAMMETERS (ERC) 50-60-80-100-150-250-400-600-800-900µA
MICROAMMETERS (ERCL) 100-150-250-400-600-800-900µA
MILLIAMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-40-60-100-150-250-400-600-800-900mA
4/20mA
AMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-6-10-15-25-40-60A direct input
.../60mV, .../150mV input by shunt, secondary 60mV or 150mV
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERC■ 96■ 60A■ D direct input, end scale value 60A, 90°
ERC■ 96■ 60MV■ ■ S input by shunt, secondary 60mV, without scale plate
ESC96300A600MV scale plate for ERC96, 300A/60mV
- WEIGHT (kg) ERC48 (0,10); ERC72 (0,20); ERC96 (0,25); ERC144 (0,35)
ERCL48 (0,21); ERCL72 (0,30); ERCL96 (0,40); ERCL144 (0,45)
Direct input
Shunt input
AMMETER (HORIZONTAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPI24/O
AMMETER (VERTICAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPI24/V
- BURDEN 1mA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 40 ÷ 60 Hz
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES: 0,5-1-1,5-2-2,5-5A direct input
.../1A, .../5A input with C.T., secondary 1A or 5A
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERPI24/0■ ■ 10AD direct input, end scale value 10A (horizontal)
ERPI24/V■ ■ 50AD direct input, end scale value 50A (vertical)
CT input
Direct input
AMMETER WITH 2 ALARM THRESHOLDS
ERCC96A - ERCC96A24 - ERCC96A110 - ERCC96AP1 - ERCC96AP2
- BURDEN 3VA
- POWER SUPPLY/ FREQUENCY 230V +/-10% 45/65 Hz
- RANGES
MILLIAMMETERS: 1-20-4/20 mA (other on request)
AMMETERS: 60mV, input by shunt (other on request)
- RELAYS DATA Max interruption power with resistive
laod 2kVA (8A,250V)
ERCC96V=AL 1 (MIN) AL 2 (MAX) ERCC96VMA=AL 1 (MAX1) AL 2 (MAX2)
ERCC96VMI=AL 1 (MIN1) AL 2 (MIN2) ERCC96VMM=AL 1 (MAX-) AL 2 (MAX+)
- SIGNALLING DATA
Adjustments by 2 frontal buttons
Class +/- 1,5% referred to the end scale value
Hysteresis < 1% of end scale value
Delay time from 1 to 15 seconds, selectable by minidip situated
under the white frame
- How to select the alarms: press the button (AL1 or AL2) and maintain pressure until the
lower led moves to the needed value. In alarm condition all leds flash quickly
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERCC96A■ ■ 100A1 MIN/MAX ammeter, end scale 100/60mV (230VAC)
ERCC96AMI100AP1 MIN/MIN ammeter, end scale 100/60mV (22...36VAC/19...70VDC)
ERCC96AMA100AP2 MAX/MAX ammeter, end scale 100/60mV (44...130VAC/70...240VDC)
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,50
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=15sec
Input A
230V
C C
AL2 AL1
Delay time
selection
Default delay time
selection
AL1=1 sec
AL2=1 sec
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 14
15
WITH POINTER
MODULAR VERSION ERFM
- Moving coil system with incorporated electronics
- BURDEN 1,5 VA
- CLASS 0,5
- POWER SUPPLY 110 - 230 - 400V ± 20%
- THERMIC DRIFT 0,12%/°C
- RANGE 45/65Hz
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT 3 DIN modules / 0,20
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERFM45-65230V power supply 230V, end scale value 45/65Hz
ERFM45-55110V power supply 110V, end scale value 45/55Hz
FREQUENCYMETER
SWITCHBOARD VERSION (90°) ERF48 - ERF72 - ERF96 - ERF144
SWITCHBOARD VERSION (240°) ERFL72 - ERFL96 - ERFL144
- BURDEN 1,5 VA
- CLASS 0,5
- THERMIC DRIFT 0,12% / °C
- RANGES 45/65Hz 110V, 230V or 400V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERF■ 9645-65400V power supply 400V, end scale value 45/65Hz (90°)
ERFL7245-65230V power supply 230V, end scale value 45/65Hz (240°)
- WEIGHT (kg) ERF48 (0,20); ERF72 (0,22); ERF96 (0,30); ERF144 (0,35)
ERFL72 (0,27); ERFL96 (0,35); ERFL144 (0,40)
DOUBLE FREQUENCYMETER ERF96D
- These instruments consist of two equipments mounted on a common axis permitting the
two pointers indicating on one graduation. In this way there is the immediate comparison
of the parallel adjustment. The moving coil system reduces drastically the burden and permits linear graduations.
- BURDEN 1,5VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 45/65 Hz
- CLASS 0,5
- RANGE 2 x 45/65 Hz (400V)
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERF96D400V45-55 power supply 400V, end scale value 2x45/55 Hz
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,45
L1
N
+
-
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
a b
A B
a b
A B
I II
I II
Direct input
Shunt input
PANEL AMMETER EMC55M - EMC70M
AMMETER WITH 55R OR 70R FRAME EMC55M+A55RE - EMC70M+A70R
AMMETER WITH 55N OR 70N FRAME EMC55M+A55NE - EMC70M+A70N
- Housing in thermoplastic resin. Front in plastic, transparent acrylic with antistatic as standard
- BURDEN 60mV
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES
MICROAMMETERS: 50-60-100-150-250-400-500-600-800-900µA direct input
MILLIAMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-30-40-60-100-150-250-400-600-800-900mA
4/20mA
AMMETERS: 1-1,5-2,5-4-5-6-10-15-20-25-30-40-50-60A direct input
.../60mV input with Shunt, secondary 60 mV
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
EMC■ 70M■ 60A■ ■ D direct input, end scale value 60A, 1In (60A), Ø70 mm
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,18
AMMETER (HORIZONTAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPC24/O
AMMETER (VERTICAL PROFILE VERSION) ERPC24/V
- BURDEN 1mA
- CLASS 1,5
- RANGES:
MICROAMMETERS: 25-50-100-150-200-250-500 µA
MILLIAMMETERS: 1-5-10-50-100-150-200-250-500-600mA
4/20mA
AMMETERS: 1-1,5-2-2,5-3-4-5A direct input
.../60mV input with Shunt, secondary 60 mV
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERPC24/0■ 4-20MA direct input, end scale value 4/20mA
Direct input
Shunt input
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 15
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=1sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=3sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=5sec
AL 2=15sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=1sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=3sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=5sec
AL 1=15sec
AL 2=15sec
16
FREQUENCYMETER WITH 2 ALARM THRESHOLDS
ERFC96 - ERFC9624 - ERFC96110 - ERFC96P1 - ERFC96P2
- BURDEN 3VA
- POWER SUPPLY 230V +/-10%
- RANGE 45/65 Hz (other on request) Voltage 100÷600V
- RELAYS DATA Max interruption power with resistive
laod 2kVA (8A,250V)
ERCC96V=AL 1 (MIN) AL 2 (MAX) ERCC96VMA=AL 1 (MAX1) AL 2 (MAX2)
ERCC96VMI=AL 1 (MIN1) AL 2 (MIN2) ERCC96VMM=AL 1 (MAX-) AL 2 (MAX+)
- SIGNALLING DATA
Adjustments by 2 frontal buttons
Class +/- 1,5% referred to the end scale value
Hysteresis < 1% of end scale value
Delay time from 1 to 15 seconds, selectable by minidip situated
under the white frame
- How to select the alarms: press the button (AL1 or AL2) and maintain pressure until the
lower led moves to the needed value. In alarm condition all leds flash quickly
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERFC96■ 4565230V MIN/MAX frequencymeter, end scale value 45/65Hz (230VAC)
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,50
Input V (Hz)
230V
C C
AL2 AL1
TACHOMETER INDICATOR
TACHO GENERATOR (D.C.) - 90° ERCT48D - ERCT72D - ERCT96D - ERCT144D
TACHO ALTERNATOR (D.C.) - 90° ERCT48A - ERCT72A - ERCT96A - ERCT144A
TACHO GENERATOR (D.C.) - 240° ERCTL48D - ERCTL72D - ERCTL96D - ERCTL144D
TACHO ALTERNATOR (D.C.) - 240° ERCTL48A - ERCTL72A - ERCTL96A - ERCTL144A
- These instruments are moving coil and have an incorporated potentiometer, they are suitable for measuring the
number of revolutions on a tacho generator (VDC) or tacho alternator (VAC)
- BURDEN 600µA
- CLASS 1,5
- When ordering, indicate the scale, unit of measurement, input voltage and number of revolutions.
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERCT72D 10VDC 1500G/min indicator for tacho generator where 1500 revs per minute correspond to
10 VDC, 90° scale plate
ERCTL96A 10VCA 100l/h indicator for tacho alternator where 100 litres per hour correspond to
10 VAC, 240° scale plate
- WEIGHT (kg): ERCT48 (0,10); ERCT72 (0,20); ERCT96 (0,25); ERCT144 (0,35)
ERCTL48 (0,21); ERCTL72 (0,30); ERCTL96 (0,40); ERCTL144 (0,45)
- Modular version (ERTCMA for tacho alternator VAC - ERTCMD for tacho generator VDC) on request
Tacho generator
WITH VIBRATING REEDS
FREQUENCYMETER 13 VIBRATING REEDS ERFV72 - ERFV96
- The difference between the periods of vibration of two adjoining reeds is 0,5 or 1 Hz. In the case of two adjoining reeds vibrating with the same amplitude, the measuring of the frequency will be averaged between the vibration periods of both reeds. If the 50 and 50,5Hz reeds vibrate with the same amplitude, for example, the frequency
measured will be 50.25Hz.
Reading example:
- BURDEN 100V = 1,5VA; 230V = 3 VA; 400V = 4 VA
- CLASS 0,5
- RANGES 47/53Hz 100V / 230V / 400V 57/63Hz 100V / 230V / 400V
45/55Hz 100V / 230V / 400V 55/65Hz 100V / 230V / 400V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERFV■ 96400V57-63 96x96 frequencymeter, power supply 400V, end scale value 47/63Hz
ERFV■ 72230V45-55 72x72 frequencymeter, power supply 230V, end scale value 45/55Hz
- WEIGHT (kg) ERFV72 (0,25); ERFV96 (0,30); ERFV144 (0,35)
DOUBLE FREQUENCYMETER 2X13 VIBRATING REEDS ERFVD96
- These instruments are formed of two rows of reeds to permit one instrument alone to measure the frequency of
two different lines; it is therefore particulary suitable for paralleling two generators or a generator with the mains.
- BURDEN 2x100V = 2x1,5VA; 2x230V = 2x3 VA; 2x400V = 2x4 VA
- CLASS 0,5
- RANGES 2x47/53Hz 2x100V / 2x230V / 2x400V 2x57/63Hz 2x100V / 2x230V / 2x400V
2x45/55Hz 2x100V / 2x230V / 2x400V 2x55/65Hz 2x100V / 2x230V / 2x400V
Different capacities can be carried out on request
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERFVD96400V57-63 96x96 double frequencymeter, power supply 400V, end scale value 57/63Hz
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,60
Default delay time
selection
AL1=1 sec
AL2=1 sec
Delay time
selection
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 16
POWER FACTOR METER (90°) ERFA 96/1
POWER FACTOR METER (240°) ERFAL 96/1
- These instruments are produced in a single housing with an incorporated electronic circuit
- BURDEN voltage circuit: 1,5 VA
current circuit: 0,1 VA
- CLASS 2,5
- RANGE 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?
- AUX POWER SUPPLY 100V, 230V, 400V to be specified when ordering
- INPUT CURRENT 5A
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERFA■ 96/1■ 230V power supply 230V, scale plate 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?, 90°
ERFAL96/1■ 400V power supply 400V, scale plate 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?, 240°
- When testing it is necessary to apply a minimum load of 10% if not the instrument
will not indicate any value
- Note: Any operation necessary for installing these instruments must take place
in the absolute absence of voltage, as there is no insulation between line and
instrument
- On 90° version, pointer is positioned on cos ? =1 when not powered; with capacitive
or inductive load the correspondent led will be light on
- WEIGHT (kg) ERFA 96/1 (0,45); ERFAL 96/1 (0,50)
17
SINGLE PHASE WITH INCORPORATED ELECTRONICS
POWER FACTOR METERS
L1
N
1
3
2 11
L1
N
2 11 1 3
POWER FACTOR METER (90°) ERFA96/2
POWER FACTOR METER (240°) ERFAL96/2
- These instruments are produced in a single housing with an incorporated electronic circuit
- BURDEN voltage circuit: 1,5 VA
current circuit: 0,1 VA
- CLASS 2,5
- RANGE 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?
- AUX POWER SUPPLY 100V, 230V, 400V to be specified when ordering
- INPUT CURRENT 5A
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERFA■ 96/2■ 230V power supply 230V, scale plate 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?, 90°
ERFAL96/2■ 400V power supply 400V, scale plate 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?, 240°
- When testing it is necessary to apply a minimum load of 10% if not the instrument
will not indicate any value
- Note: Any operation necessary for installing these instruments must take place
in the absolute absence of voltage, as there is no insulation between line and
instrument
- On 90° version, pointer is positioned on cos ? =1 when not powered; with capacitive
or inductive load the correspondent led will be light on
- WEIGHT (kg) ERFA96/2 (0,45); ERFAL96/2 (0,50)
THREE PHASE WITH INCORPORATED ELECTRONICS, BALANCED LOAD WITHOUT NEUTRAL
L2
L3
1
3
8 5
L1
8 5 1 3
L2
L3
L1
MODULAR VERSION ERCM + 1CORFP10
SWITHCBOARD VERSION (90°) ERC48/72/96/144 + 1CORFP10
SWITHCBOARD VERSION (240°) ERCL48/72/96/144 + 1CORFP10
SWITHCBOARD VERSION, WITH 2 ALARM THRESHOLDS ERCC96+ 1CORFP10
- These measure consist of a 1mA direct current instrument for use with an external multivoltage accessory (1CORFP10). They have been produced separately to permit the reading of the cos? with instruments of various designs other than 96x96 mm
- RANGE 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?A
- TECHNICAL DATA ERC... (see the correspondent page)
1CORFP10 Auxiliary power supply (separate): 230V AC
Nominal input values:
voltage: 230V AC
current: 5A (1A on types 1CORFP10...B)
Output nominal values: (selectable):
1 - 5 - 10 - VDC e 1 - 5 - 10 - 20 - 4/20 mADC
1 mADC degrees value connection with analogue instruments
Conversion type: proportional to the phase angle
Resistive load: 700Ω; Class: 0,5
Overload: Permanent 2 In / 1,2 Un
Instantaneous 10 In / 2 Un for 1 sec
Operating frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Response time: ≤ 300 ms
Alternated residual: ≤ 1%
Burden:
voltage ≤ 1VA current ≤ 0,8VA aux supply ≤ 4VA
Galvanic separation between inputs and outputs:
insulation between inputs and outputs, supply 2kV for 1min at 50Hz
insulation between all circuits and earth: 4kV for 1min at 50Hz
Operating temperature: 0 °C ÷ +55 °C
- When testing it is necessary to apply a minimum load of 10% if
not the instrument will not indicate any value
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
CORKIT*=ERC...+1CORFP10 (technical details must be specified)
SINGLE PHASE WITH EXTERNAL TRANSDUCER
+
input by means of C.T. (.../5A)
Signal conversion’s Dip (present on COR)
proportional to the phase angle (output in degrees,
for use with an analogic instrument)
OFF
123456
ON
1234
input by means of C.T.
(.../5A) and V.T. (.../100V)
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 9-04-2009 8:59 Pagina 17
18
MODULAR VERSION ERCM + 1CORFP20
SWITHCBOARD VERSION (90°) ERC48/72/96/144 + 1CORFP20
SWITHCBOARD VERSION (240°) ERCL48/72/96/144 + 1CORFP20
SWITHCBOARD VERSION, WITH 2 ALARM THRESHOLDS ERCC96+ 1CORFP20
- These measure consist of a 1mA direct current instrument for use with an external multivoltage accessory (1CORFP20). They have been produced separately to permit the reading of the cos? with instruments of various designs other than 96x96 mm
- RANGE 0,5-1-0,5 cos ?A
- TECHNICAL DATA ERC... (see the correspondent page)
1CORFP20 Auxiliary power supply (separate): 230V AC
Nominal input values:
voltage: 400V AC
current: 5A (1A on types 1CORFP20...B)
Output nominal values: (selectable):
1 - 5 - 10 - VDC e 1 - 5 - 10 - 20 - 4/20 mADC
1 mADC degrees value connection with analogue instruments
Conversion type: proportional to the phase angle
Resistive load: 700Ω; Class: 0,5
Overload: Permanent 2 In / 1,2 Un
Instantaneous 10 In / 2 Un for 1 sec
Operating frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Response time: ≤ 300 ms
Alternated residual: ≤ 1%
Burden:
voltage ≤ 1VA current ≤ 0,8VA aux supply ≤ 4VA
Galvanic separation between inputs and outputs:
insulation between inputs and outputs, supply 2kV for 1min at 50Hz
insulation between all circuits and earth: 4kV for 1min at 50Hz
Operating temperature: 0 °C ÷ +55 °C
- When testing it is necessary to apply a minimum load of 10% if
not the instrument will not indicate any value
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
CORKIT*=ERC...+1CORFP20 (technical details must be specified)
THREE PHASE WITH EXTERNAL TRANSDUCER, BALANCED LOAD WITHOUT NEUTRAL
input by means of C.T. (.../5A)
input by means of C.T.
(.../5A) and V.T. (.../100V)
Signal conversion’s Dip (present on COR)
proportional to the phase angle (output in degrees,
for use with an analogic instrument)
OFF
123456
ON
1234
+
SINGLE PHASE WATTMETER/VARMETER (90°) ERW96/1 - ERV96/1 240° INSTRUMENT ERWL96/1 - ERVL96/1
THREE PHASE WATTMETER/VARMETER (90°) 240° INSTRUMENT
balanced load, 3 wires without neutral ERW96/2 - ERV96/2 ERWL96/2 - ERVL96/2
unbalanced load, 3 wires without neutral (ARON) ERW96/3 - ERV96/3 ERWL96/3 - ERVL96/3
balanced load, 4 wires with neutral ERW96/4 - ERV96/4 ERWL96/4 - ERVL96/4
unbalanced load, 4 wires with neutral ERW96/5 - ERV96/5 ERWL96/5 - ERVL96/5
- These instruments are produced in a single housing with an incorporated electronic circuit and indicate the Active and Reactive Power
- BURDEN ammeter circuit: 0,5VA, input resistance <50mΩ; voltage circuit: 1,5VA, 16 kΩ / V about
- INPUT VOLTAGE 100V, 230V, 400V +/- 20%
- INPUT CURRENT5A
- OVERLOAD 1,2 In continuously, 1,5 In for up to two hours; 2 In for up to five seconds
- WHEN ORDERING PLEASE INDICATE:
1) Type of current: single or three-phase; with or without neutral; balanced or unbalanced system; three or four wires
2) Voltage: between phases, between phase and neutral. If the voltage transformer is used, please indicate the primary and secondary voltage
3) Current: max 5 A for direct connection. If the current transformer is used please indicate the primary and secondary value.
4) Scale value. If not indicated, it is calculated by us according to the following table.
FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT WITH INCORPORATED ELECTRONICS
WATTMETERS AND VARMETERS
By adopting a single instrument with an interchangeable scale and multi-voltage converter it is possible to obtain all the capacities shown on the table below. It is sufficient to select the input voltage on the accessory and to insert the scale corresponding to the current transformer used. If for example there is a need for a mono-phase
380V Wattmeter (Varmeter) with a C.T. ratio of 300/5A; the corresponding scale to insert into the instrument has a 120KW (KVar) scale.
This function only applies if the input voltage is direct and not by means of a V.T. in which case calibration in the factory is preferable. If instead it is necessary to
take advantage of the multi-scale function, even if the entry voltage derives from a V.T., eg: 1500/100V, always bearing in mind a mono-phase wattmeter, it is necessary
to seek the voltage constant and therefore 1500:100=15.
In order to obtain the scale value to introduce into the indicating instrument, it is necessary to multiply the number found (15) by the value of the scale on the table corresponding to C.T. 300/5A, which is 30KW (KVar). Therefore 15 x 30KW (KVar) = 450KW (KVar)
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 18
CT1
L1
N
V
CT1
L1
L2
L3
V
CT1
L1
L2
L3
V
CT1
L1
CT3
L2
L3
V
CT1
L1
CT3
L2
L3
V
19
In order to achieve the above, the various converters have been calibrated as
follows:
Single phase system
100V, 5A=500W (VAR) 230V, 5A=1000W (VAR) 400V, 5A=2000W (VAR)
Three phase system
100V, 5A=1000W (VAR) 230V, 5A=2000W (VAR) 400V, 5A=4000W (VAR)
Different capacities can be carried out on request
When testing it is necessary to apply a minimum load of 10% if
not the instrument will not indicate any value
The scale plates are linear, with values expressed in:
Watt (W), kilowat (kW) Megawatt (MW) for Wattmeters;
Var (Var), kilovar (kvar) Megavar (Mvar) for Varmeters
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERW■ 96/1■ * (technical details must be specified) Single phase Wattmeter
ERV■ 96/5■ * (technical details must be specified) Three phase Varmeter,
unbalanced load, 4 wires with neutral
- WEIGHT (kg)
ERW96 (0,58); ERV96 (0,58); ERWL96 (0,65); ERVL96 (0,65)
SINGLE-PHASE WATTMETERS AND VARMETERS
100V 230V 400V
500 W (var) 1000 W (var) 2000 W (var)
1000 W (var) 2000 W (var) 4000 W (var)
1500 W (var) 3000 W (var) 6000 W (var)
2000 W (var) 4000 W (var) 8000 W (var)
2500 W (var) 5000 W (var) 10 kW (kvar)
3000 W (var) 6000 W (var) 12 kW (kvar)
4000 W (var) 8000 W (var) 16 kW (kvar)
5000 W (var) 10 kW (kvar) 20 kW (kvar)
6000 W (var) 12 kW (kvar) 24 kW (kvar)
8000 W (var) 16 kW (kvar) 32 kW (kvar)
10 kW (kvar) 20 kW (kvar) 40 kW (kvar)
15 kW (kvar) 30 kW (kvar) 60 kW (kvar)
20 kW (kvar) 40 kW (kvar) 80 kW (kvar)
25 kW (kvar) 50 kW (kvar) 100 kW (kvar)
30 kW (kvar) 60 kW (kvar) 120 kW (kvar)
40 kW (kvar) 80 kW (kvar) 160 kW (kvar)
50 kW (kvar) 100 kW (kvar) 200 kW (kvar)
60 kW (kvar) 120 kW (kvar) 240 kW (kvar)
80 kW (kvar) 160 kW (kvar) 320 kW (kvar)
100 kW (kvar) 200 kW (kvar) 400 kW (kvar)
150 kW (kvar) 300 kW (kvar) 600 kW (kvar)
200 kW (kvar) 400 kW (kvar) 800 kW (kvar)
250 kW (kvar) 500 kW (kvar) 1000 kW (kvar)
THREE-PHASE WATTMETERS AND VARMETERS
100V 230V 400V
1000 W (var) 2000 W (var) 4000 W (var)
2000 W (var) 4000 W (var) 8000 W (var)
3000 W (var) 6000 W (var) 12 kW (kvar)
4000 W (var) 8000 W (var) 16 kW (kvar)
5000 W (var) 10 kW (kvar) 20 kW (kvar)
6000 W (var) 12 kW (kvar) 24 kW (kvar)
8000 W (var) 16 kW (kvar) 32 kW (kvar)
10 kW (kvar) 20 kW (kvar) 40 kW (kvar)
12 kW (kvar) 24 kW (kvar) 48 kW (kvar)
16 kW (kvar) 32 kW (kvar) 64 kW (kvar)
20 kW (kvar) 40 kW (kvar) 80 kW (kvar)
30 kW (kvar) 60 kW (kvar) 120 kW (kvar)
40 kW (kvar) 80 kW (kvar) 160 kW (kvar)
50 kW (kvar) 100 kW (kvar) 200 kW (kvar)
60 kW (kvar) 120 kW (kvar) 240 kW (kvar)
80 kW (kvar) 160 kW (kvar) 320 kW (kvar)
100 kW (kvar) 200 kW (kvar) 400 kW (kvar)
120 kW (kvar) 240 kW (kvar) 480 kW (kvar)
160 kW (kvar) 320 kW (kvar) 640 kW (kvar)
200 kW (kvar) 400 kW (kvar) 800 kW (kvar)
300 kW (kvar) 600 kW (kvar) 1200 kW (kvar)
400 kW (kvar) 800 kW (kvar) 1600 kW (kvar)
500 kW (kvar) 1000 kW (kvar) 2000 kW (kvar)
CT
5/5 A
10/5 A
15/5 A
20/5 A
25/5 A
30/5 A
40/5 A
50/5 A
60/5 A
80/5 A
100/5 A
150/5 A
200/5 A
250/5 A
300/5 A
400/5 A
500/5 A
600/5 A
800/5 A
1000/5 A
1500/5 A
2000/5 A
2500/5 A
ERW96/1 - ERWL96/1
ERV96/1 - ERVL96/1 ERW96/2 - ERWL96/2 ERV96/2 - ERVL96/2
ERW96/4 - ERWL96/4
ERV96/4 - ERVL96/4
ERW96/5 - ERWL96/5 ERV96/5 - ERVL96/5
CT1
L1
CT3
CT2
L2
L3
N
V
CT1
L1
CT3
L2
L3
N
V
CT1
L1
L2
L3
N
V
ERW96/3 - ERWL96/3 ERV96/3 - ERVL96/3
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 19
20
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1
P1
S2
P2
8 19 1 2 S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
8 10 12 1 2
1 2 8
L2
L1
16 17 21 23 24
1 mA CC
+ -
400V 230V
C
10 12
V
L3
19
5 6
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S2
P2
S1
P1
S2
P2
S1
P1
8 1 56 10 19 12 2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1
P1
S2
P2
8 19 1 2
90° INSTRUMENTS ERCM - ERC48 (72-96-144) ERCC96 + INSTRUMENTS 240° ERCL48 (72-96-144) +
SINGLE PHASE WATTMETER / VARMETER 1CORPA10 / 1CORPR10 1CORPA10 / 1CORPR10
THREE PHASE WATTMETER / VARMETER
balanced load, 3 wires without neutral 1CORPA20 / 1CORPR20 1CORPA20 / 1CORPR20
unbalanced load, 3 wires without neutral (ARON) 1CORPA30 / 1CORPR30 1CORPA30 / 1CORPR30
balanced load, 4 wires with neutral 1CORPA40 / 1CORPR40 1CORPA40 / 1CORPR40
unbalanced load, 4 wires with neutral 1CORPA50 / 1CORPR50 1CORPA50 / 1CORPR50
- These measure consist of a 1mA direct current instrument for use with an external multi-voltage accessory (1CORPA/1CORPR). They
have been produced separately to permit the reading of the Active and Reactive Power, also with instruments of various designs other
than 96x96 mm. This accessory permits the interchangeability of the scale plates as shown on previous page.
- The scale plates are linear with values expressed in: Watt (W), kilowatt (kW), Megawatt (MW), Var (Var), kilovar (kVar) Megavar (MVar)
- TECHNICAL DATA ERC... (see the correspondent page)
1CORPA10, 1CORPA20, 1CORPA30, 1CORPA40, 1CORPA50 - 1CORPR10, 1CORPR20, 1CORPR30, 1CORPR40, 1CORPR50:
Auxiliary power supply (separate): 230V / 400V AC
Nominal input values: voltage 400V AC; current 5A (1A for model 1CORP...B)
Output nominal values: (selectable): 1 - 5 - 10 - VDC and 1 - 5 - 10 - 20 - 4/20 mA DC
Resistive load: 700Ω; Class: 0,5
Overload: Permanent 2 In / 1,2 Un; Instantaneous 10 In / 2 Un for 1 sec.
Operating frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Response time: ≤ 300 ms
Alternated residual: ≤ 1%
Burden: voltage ≤ 1VA current ≤ 0,8VA aux supply ≤ 4VA
Galvanic separation between inputs and outputs:
insulation between inputs and outputs, aux supply 2kV for 1min at 50Hz
insulation between all circuits and earth: 4kV for 1min at 50Hz
Operating temperature: 0 °C ÷ +55 °C
Measuring range: 0 ÷ Pn (0 ÷ Qn)
Standard calibration: 100V,5A=500W (Var); 230V,5A=1000W (Var); 400V,5A=2000W (Var)
- WHEN ORDERING PLEASE INDICATE:
1) Reading instrument type: dimensions
2) System type: single phase or three phase, with or without neutral, balanced or unbalanced load; 3 or 4 wire
3) Voltage: between phases; between phase and neutral. If the voltage transformer is used please indicate the primary and secondary
value.
4) Current: max 5A for direct connection. If a current transformer is used please indicate the primary and secondary value (the C.T. should
however be in class 0,5)
5) Desired scale value (if different from standard)
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING CORKIT*=ERC... +1CORP... (technical details must be specified)
FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT WITH EXTERNAL TRANSDUCER
1COR.../1
1COR.../3
1COR.../5
1COR.../2
1COR.../4
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 20
21
SINGLE PHASE INSULATION INSTRUMENTS
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCY METERS
MODULAR VERSION ERCMMI
SWITHCBOARD VERSION ERCC96MI - ERC96MI - ERC72MI - ERC48MI
- These instruments are used to measure permanently, also with presence of power supply, the insulation toward ground, of single phase
lines with insulated neutral; or the insulation toward the positive and negative DC lines. Reading instruments ERCC....MI are furnished with
an external power supply accessory (1RAMI)
- TECHNICAL DATA ERCC96, ERC..., ERCM (see the correspondent page)
1RAMI
- Power supply 100V AC ±10% - Measure input voltage: max 500VAC
- Frequency: 45 ÷ 65 Hz - Burden: 1,5 - 2 VA
- Temperature: -10°C ÷ +55 °C - Storage temperature: -40°C ÷ +70 °C
- Overload: 1,2 Vn
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING ERCC96MI 100V (ERCC96 Power supply 100V + 1RAMI Power supply 100V)
ERC96MI 220C (ERC96 + 1RAMI Power supply 220VDC)
ERC96MI 400 (ERC96 + 1RAMI Power supply 400V)
ERC72MI 24C (ERC72 + 1RAMI Power supply 24VDC)
A.C. LINE CONNECTION DIAGRAM
D.C. LINE CONNECTION DIAGRAM
1 4
5 6 7 8
+ -
Power supply
100VAC ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Fuses
Fuses
TVR.../100V AC
Fuse
2A
Resistance insulation measure
0 ÷ 500V max
L1
1 4
L2
L3
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
2A
5 6 7 8
Resistance insulation measure
0 ÷ 500V max
TVR.../100V AC
Power supply
100VAC ±10%, 50/60 Hz
0 L1
L2
L3
Switch
+ -
+
WITHOUT switch WITH switch ERCC96 end scale 5Mohm
ERCC96 end scale 5Mohm
1RAMI
1RAMI
MODULAR VERSION 1RSM
SWITHCBOARD VERSION ERS72 - ERS96
These instruments, for alternating three-phase current, and are used when it is
necessary to know whether the sequence of the phases of a three-phase line are correct or not. If the sequence is exact (L1-L2-L3), the green pilot light comes in; if not,
the red pilot light will come on. Should one of the phases be missing, the two pilot
lights will come on at the same time with a luminous intensity which will be half the
original intensity.
- BURDEN 1,5VA
- CLASS 0,5
- POWER SUPPLY sole from 150V to 600V
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT (1RSM) 3 DIN modules / 0,15 kg
(ERS72) 72x72/ 0,20 kg
(ERS96) 96x96/ 0,30 kg
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
ERS■M■ ■ 150-600V ERS■ 72■ 150-600V ERS■ 96■ 150-600V
L1
L2
L3
1 4
5 6 7 8
+ -
Power supply 24VDC or 220VDC
Fuse
2A
Resistance insulation measure
0 ÷ 500V max
+
-
+
-
1 4
Fuse
2A
5 6 7 8
Resistance insulation measure
0 ÷ 500V max
Switch
+ -
L2
0 L1
+
-
Power supply 24VDC or 220VDC
+
-
WITHOUT switch WITH switch ERCC96 end scale 5Mohm
ERCC96 end scale 5Mohm
1RAMI
1RAMI
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 21
22
SWITHCBOARD VERSION ERSI96
- INPUT VOLTAGE TECHNICAL DATA
- Nominal voltage Un: 57, 100, 230, 400 V (to be specified when ordering)
- Voltage range: Un +/-20%
- Frequency range: 45/65 Hz
- Burden (bus-bar): <4 VA
- Overload: 1,2 Un continuously; 2 Un for 3 seconds
- MEASURING SECTION TECHNICAL DATA:
- Resolution of phase difference display: 20° el. Magnification range: ±15° el.
- Magnification resolution: 5° el. Accuracy class (Δ?=0) ±3° el.
- SYNCHRONISATION SECTION
- Voltage difference setting range from 1 to 10% accuracy class ± 2,5 %
- Phase difference setting range from 2 to 20° el. accuracy class ± 3° el.
- Switch-on delay time range from 0,1 to 1 sec accuracy class ± 10%
- Relay: N.O. 250V/50Hz, 6A - impulse duration 120ms
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT 96x96 / 0,45
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING ERSI96■ 400V; Synchronoscope with output relay, aux supply 400V
ELECTRONIC SYNCHRONOSCOPES
ACCESSORIES
These instruments are intended for measuring phase difference Δ? between a bus-bar and a generator.They are provided with a synchronising check relay which enables switch-on of synchronisation when the set parameters are reached. These instruments are equipped with a circular display of phase angle which consists of 18
led’s.Momentary phase difference is displayed by led. Within synchronisation range (Δ?=0° between -15°el and +15°el) resolution is increased to 5°el. If difference of frequency between input voltages exceeds 3Hz, three leds above FAST (fgen > frete) or SLOW (fgen < frete) inscription are alternately illuminated. A green SYNC. LED is illuminated when synchronisation conditions are made. A red ΔU led is illuminated when difference between voltages is above the set value or when the bus-bar voltage is
lower then 80% of nominal value Un. In these instruments comparison of the input voltage of generator Ugen and net Unet method is used ,through and A/D converter of
the microprocessor.The input voltages are galvanically insulated by a transformer and a microprocessor controls all the operations of the synchronoscope verifying the
values of the input voltages coming from the A/D converter, determining the difference of phase (Δ?) between generator and net. The synchronoscopes are provided with
three potentiometers for settting conditions of a synchronisation relay switch-on at the instrument rear side: for setting permitted phase difference Δ?, for setting permitted voltage difference ΔU, for a delay of synchronisation relay switch-on (DELAY). When phase difference and voltage difference between a generator and bus-bar for
time of delay of synchronisation check relay are within the set limits, the synchronisation check relay is switched on for approx 150ms. In that time the SYNC. Led is illuminated as well.
ARP433 - instruments 72x72
ARP434 - instruments 96x96
ARP432 - instruments 48x96
FRONT PROTECTION SYSTEMS
AKIP6548 - instruments 48x48
AKIP6572 - instruments 72x72
AKIP6596 - instruments 96x96
A48G - instruments 48x48
A72G - instruments 72x72
A96G - instruments 96x96
IP65 FRONT PROTECTION
RUBBER GASKETS REAR TERMINAL COVERS
A48C - instruments 48x48
A72C - instruments 72x72
A96C - instruments 96x96 and 144x144
As indicated remove the terminal cover
BLANK PLATES
ARP48 - instruments 48x48
ARP72 - instruments 72x72
ARP96 - instruments 96x96
ARP4896 - instruments 48x96
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 22
23
GLASSES
RED POINTER KIT MAXIMUM DEMAND AMMETER KIT
AKIR48 - instruments 48x48
AKIR72 - instruments 72x72
AKIR96 - instruments 96x96
AKB72 - instruments 72x72
AKB96 - instruments 96x96
The kit is composed by: white frame, glass, red pointer and zero
adjusting for black pointer
The kit is composed by: white frame, glass, red pointer and zero adjusting
AKBC72 - Combined instruments 72x72
AKBC96 - Combined instruments 96x96
ADAPTERS
ARAD7248 - adapter 72x72, instruments 48x48
ARAD9672 - adapter 96x96, instruments 72x72
ARAD9648 - adapter 96x96, instruments 48x48
ARAD722 - adapter 72x72, 2 modules instruments
ARAD723 - adapter 72x72, 3 modules instruments
ARAD962 - adapter 96x96, 2 modules instruments
ARAD963 - adapter 96x96, 3 modules instruments
ARAD964 - adapter 96x96, 4 modules instruments
88ASACDGT - with internal spring
instruments
48x48, 72x72 and 96x96 instruments 48x48, 72x72 and 96x96 instruments 36x72 and 48x96
FIXING SYSTEMS
ASF2
screws (standard)
ASF21
screws with flat terminal to avoid
holes on plastic panels
ASF22
ASF1 screws for synotic switchboard - with spring
HOW TO MODIFY A 4 DIN MODULES INSTRUMENT INTO A 96X96
ARAD964 + 4 DIN MODULES INSTRUMENT = 96x96 INSTRUMENT
A9690V - instruments 96x96 (90°)
A7290V - instruments 72x72 (90°)
A9690VA - instruments 96x96 (90°) antireflex
A7290VA - instruments 72x72 (90°) antireflex
APG9690 - instruments 96x96 (90°) policarbonate
APG7290 - instruments 72x72 (90°) policarbonate
A4890V - instruments 48x48 (90°)
A4890VA - instruments 48x48 (90°) antireflex
APG4890 - instruments 48x48 (90°) policarbonate
A96240V - instruments 96x96 (240°)
A72240V - instruments 72x72 (240°)
A96240VA - instruments 96x96 (240°) antireflex
A72240VA - instruments 72x72 (240°) antireflex
APG96240 - instruments 96x96 (240°) policarbonate
APG72240 - instruments 72x72 (240°) policarbonate
A48240V - instruments 48x48 (240°)
A48240VA - instruments 48x48 (240°) antireflex
APG48240 - instruments 48x48 (240°) policarbonate
ARAD482
adapter 48x96
instruments 36x72
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 23
24
- The hour meters are instruments for measuring time which are particulary suitable for:
- determing the functioning time of electrical machines, elevators, boilers, electrical stoves etc.
- determing the intervention time for changing the oil, replacing ball bearings etc. on machinery that is in constant use.
- determing the functioning time of new machinery with the purpose of establishing when the guarantee expires, such as current rectifiers,
valves, lamps etc.
- determing the sum of the periods during fatigue tests, the duration of electrochemical processes etc.
- In the AC version the instrument is driven by a synchronous motor. The display is composed by 5 entires and 2 decimals (4 mm height)
- In the DC version the movement of the motor is adjusted by a quartz crystal with great stability and a frequency such that, at every 22 degrees of oscillation,
an impulse is released when amplified, activates electromagnetic converter. The display is composed by 6 entires and 1 decimal (4 mm height)
- At the end of the counter, the counting begin again automatically from zero. It is not possible to reset the device.
- The necessary voltage is 1,2....1,6V.
- The precision is obtained by means of a variable condenser with a tolerance of +/-0,2 sec/day at room temperature.
- Operating temperature: between -10°C and +55°C.
- Mounting position is indifferent and the housing is in black plastic material.
- The reading class is 1/100 h (36 sec)
- This hourmeters are manufactured following the UL, IEC, TGL21-366, DIN Standards
4RH72
4RH96
ADAPTER FRAMES
AMRK5555
AMRK7272 AMRKO58
AMRKO72
AMRK4848
AMRK2954
AMRK2448
for 4RK30 for 4RK46
AM72
4RK30
Fast-on 6,3x0,8 mm
with screws terminal
4RK46
FIXING SYSTEMS
DIN rail mounting Fast and “U-bolt”
fixing system
Fast fixing
system
4RK46D
4RK46
4RK46B 4RK46G
- Dimensions in mm
HOUR METERS
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 24
4RK7R
25
1
3 4
2
START / STOP
Counting 5
6
Power supply
24...250V AC and DC
Power supply
12V AC and DC
1
3 4
2
Power supply
24...250V AC and DC
Power supply
12V AC and DC
5
6
START = closed contact, counting phase
STOP = open contact, not counting phase
If the continuous conting is necessary, make a bridge between terminals 5 and 6
MODULAR VERSION SINGLE: 1RH24-1RH110-1RH230-1RH400-1RH36C
DOUBLE: 1RHD230
- BURDEN 1 W (single); 2 x 1 W (double)
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz to specify when ordering
- POWER SUPPLY (single) 24 V AC ± 10% Mod. 1RH24 110 V AC ± 10% Mod. 1RH110
230 V AC ± 10% Mod. 1RH230 400 V AC ± 10% Mod. 1RH400
12-36 V DC Mod. 1RH36C
(double) 2 x 230V ± 10%
- PROTECTION DEGREE IP20
- INSULATION CLASS II
- READING CLASS (single) 1RH24, 1RH110, 1RH230, 1RH400 1/100h (36 sec)
1RH36C 1/10h (6 min)
(double) 2 x 1/100h (36 sec)
- TEMPERATURE working -10°C ÷ +55°C / storage -25°C ÷ +70°C
- DISPLAY AC 99999,99 h; DC 99999,9 h / AC 2 x 99999,99 h (double)
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT kg. 2 DIN modules / 0,10 (single); 0,12 (double)
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
1RH230 hourmeter 230V, frequency 50Hz
1RHD230 Double hourmeter 230V, frequency 50Hz
MULTI VOLTAGES 1RH1
- BURDEN 0,5 W
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 50/60 Hz
- SOLE POWER SUPPLY 12V AC and DC or from 24 to 250V AC and DC
- PROTECTION DEGREE IP20
- INSULATION CLASS II
- READING CLASS 1/100h
- TEMPERATURE working -10°C ÷ +55°C
storage -25°C ÷ +70°C
- DISPLAY 99999,99 h
- INPUT not galvanically insulated from power supply
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT kg. 1 DIN module / 0,08
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
1RH1 modular hourmeter 1DIN module
SWITHCBOARD VERSION
AC DC AC AND DC
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
4RH-4RK46 4RK30 4RH 4RK30 4RK7R - 4RK6Q
- BURDEN 1,5VA 1 VA from 0,07 to 2W from 0,04 to 0,2W
- POWER SUPPLY (to specify) 110 - 230VAC (+10% / -15%) 10...50 V 12...36V 10...60V
400VAC (± 5%)
- FREQUENCY (to specify) 50Hz or 60Hz
- DISPLAY 99999,99 h (5 entires + 2 decimals) 999999,9 h (6 entires + 1 decimal) 99999,99 h (5 ent. + 2 dec.)
- PROTECTION DEGREE 4RK46 = IP54 IP40 4RK46 = IP54 IP40 IP65
4RH72 / 4RH96 = IP52 4RH72 / 4RH96 = IP52
- Using the AM72 frame with the hourmeter type 4RK46, this device change the external dimensions into 74x74 mm
- Model 4RK30 is supplied complete of fast fixing system and AMRK2448 frame
- Model 4RK46 is supplied with fast fixing system and “U-bolt” fixing system
- Model 4RK46D has DIN rail mounting system on the back.
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
4RK46 hourmeter 230V, frequency 50Hz
4RH72■ 110■ 60HZ hourmeter 110V, frequency 60Hz
4RH96■ 400 hourmeter 400V, frequency 50Hz
4RK30■■■■■ 60HZ hourmeter 230V, frequency 60Hz
- WEIGHT (kg): 4RK46 (0,09), 4RH72 (0,18), 4RH96 (0,20), 4RK30 (0,05)
4RH.... 4RK30 4RK46.... 4RK46B...
RANGE
4RK30 - 4RK3024
4RK3048 - 4RK3060
4RK30400 - 4RK301236C
4RK46 - 4RK4624 - 4RK4648
4RK4660 - 4RK46110
4RK46400 - 4RK461050C
4RH72 - 4RH7224 - 4RH7248 4RK7R
4RH7260 - 4RH72110
4RH72400 - 4RH721050C
4RH96 - 4RH9624 - 4RH9648
4RH9660 - 4RH96110
4RH96400 - 4RH961050C
4RK46+AM72
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 25
26
P1 P2
S1 S2
7 8230V - 45/60Hz
A
3 4
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
P1 P2
S1 S2
AA A
7 8 11 230V - 45/60Hz
HOUR METERS WITH CERTIFICATIONS FOR FISCAL USE
MODULAR VERSION WITH INCORPORATED MINIMUM LOAD THRESHOLD
One input current 5A 1RHA315
Three input currents 5A 1RHA335
One input current 1A 1RHA311
Three input currents 1A 1RHA331
- BURDEN 1 W
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 50/60 Hz
- POWER SUPPLY 230V and 100V ± 10% (other on request)
- PROTECTION DEGREE IP20
- INSULATION CLASS II
- READING CLASS 1/100h
- TEMPERATURE working -10°C ÷ +55°C
storage -25°C ÷ +70°C
- DISPLAY 99999,99 h
- LED green light-on = voltage presence
red light-on = working because the minimum
load limit is overpassed
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT kg. 3 DIN modules / 0,18
- Minimum load threshold limit is calibrated in factory at 1/200 of nominal current
So: 0,025A in case of nominal current = 5A
0,005A in case of nominal current = 1A
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
1RHA315 hourmeter with one input current 5A, 230V
1RHA331 hourmeter with three input currents 1A, 230V
1RHA335■ 100 hourmeter with three input currents 5A, 100V
MULTI VOLTAGES MODULAR VERSION 1RH1
- BURDEN 0,5 W
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 50/60 Hz
- SOLE POWER SUPPLY 12V AC and DC or from 24 to 250V AC and DC
- PROTECTION DEGREE IP20
- INSULATION CLASS II
- READING CLASS 1/100h
- TEMPERATURE working -10°C ÷ +55°C
storage -25°C ÷ +70°C
- DISPLAY 99999,99 h
- INPUT not galvanically insulated from power supply
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT kg. 1 DIN module / 0,08
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
1RH1 modular hourmeter 1DIN module
MODULAR VERSION 1RH230
- BURDEN 1 W
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 50 Hz
- POWER SUPPLY 230V ± 10% (other on request)
- PROTECTION DEGREE IP20
- INSULATION CLASS II
- READING CLASS 1/100h
- TEMPERATURE working -10°C ÷ +55°C
storage -25°C ÷ +70°C
- DISPLAY 99999,99 h
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT kg. 2 DIN modules / 0,12
- Customer can seal the hourmeter putting it into the proper box (to buy in the maket)
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
1RH230 modular hourmeter 2 DIN modules 230V, 50Hz
MODULAR VERSION 1RH3
- BURDEN 1 W
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 50 Hz
- POWER SUPPLY 230V ± 10% (other on request)
- PROTECTION DEGREE IP20
- INSULATION CLASS II
- READING CLASS 1/100h
- TEMPERATURE working -10°C ÷ +55°C
storage -25°C ÷ +70°C
- DISPLAY 99999,99 h
- LED light-on = voltage presence
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT kg. 3 DIN modules / 0,18
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
1RH3 modular hourmeter 3 DIN modules 230V, 50Hz
230V 50Hz
L
N
1 4
7 8
1RHA315
1RHA311
1RHA335
1RHA331
1
3 4
2
START / STOP
Counting 5
6
Power supply
24...250V AC and DC
Power supply
12V AC and DC
1
3 4
2
Power supply
24...250V AC and DC
Power supply
12V AC and DC
5
6
START = closed contact, counting phase
STOP = open contact, not counting phase
If the continuous conting is necessary, make a bridge between terminals 5 and 6
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 26
27
REVALCO is able to give a complete certification service in order to obtain from the Custom Agency/UTF the FISCAL LICENCE permission relieving the final customer to loose a lot of time.
L
N
SWITHCBOARD VERSION 4RK46
- BURDEN 1,5 VA
- OPERATING FREQUENCY 50 Hz
- POWER SUPPLY 230V ± 10% (other on request)
- PROTECTION DEGREE IP54
- INSULATION CLASS II
- READING CLASS 1/100h
- TEMPERATURE working -10°C ÷ +55°C; storage -25°C ÷ +70°C
- DISPLAY 99999,99 h
- DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT kg 55x55x56 / 0,09
- Customer can seal the hourmeter putting it into the proper box (to buy in the maket)
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING
4RK46 hourmeter 230V, 50Hz
“FULL CERTIFICATION SERVICE “ FOR FISCAL USE – RCCM
29,2
25,5
22,2
Ø 2,4
5,1
22,5
Impulse counters are designed to count electrical impulses received from various sources i.e. photocopies, bottles on a conveyor, rotating wheels etc.
The RSI.62 series impulse counters are of robust construction and are designed to withstand mechanical shock.
It is not possible to reset the counters
Front fixing
Rear fixing
AC CURRENT DC CURRENT
- BURDEN 1,2W power supply from 6 to 110 VAC 1,2W
4W power supply 230VAC
- POWER SUPPLY to specify when ordering:
6 - 12 - 24 - 48 - 60 - 110 - 230VAC (±10%) 6 - 12 - 24 - 48 - 60 - 110VDC (±10%)
- DISPLAY 999999 - 6 entires - height 4 mm
- MINIMUM DURATION OF IMPULSE 100ms 50ms
- MINIMUM DURATION OF PAUSE 100ms 50ms
- OPERATING TEMPERATURE -10°C ÷ +50°C
- MECHANICAL LIFE 206
operations
- TEST VOLTAGE 500V - 50Hz
- COUNTING SPEED 10 impulses/sec
- WEIGHT (kg) 0,09
- EXAMPLES WHEN ORDERING 5RSI62.4 (impulse counter 230VAC); 5RSI62■ 110 (impulse counter 110VAC)
5RSI62.0 5RSI62.4
012345
35
3
45
5,1
5+0,1
22,5
23
35
Ø 3,2
30
L
N
+
-
48,3
30,5
7
5,5
57
47,2
Ø 3,2
Ø 3,2
Ø 6
Ø 5
10 9
7
8
5,5
5
5RSI62.2
1 4
Power supply L
N
+
-
1RSI
IMPULSE COUNTERS
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 27
28
45
40
52,5
58
DIMENSIONS in mm
37
37
4,5
28
10
3,5
Panel cut out
rear of board version
Panel cut out
in the slot-in
version
35,5
45
14,4
16
44,4
6,5
44 x 34,7
Each pole more, 14,4 mm must be added
max 6
Accessory: AR109DF
Flexible transparent protective
casing for switchboard version)
58
85
45
52,5
The cam switches shown in this catalogue have been constructed in accordance with the specifications contained in
the CEI 23-11, CEI 17-11, IEC 408, CEE 24, VDE 0660 T107.
- The contacts are electrosoldered in Silver/Nickel, and the contact angle is 45°
- The voltage referring to the insulation is 660V (690V for swithboard version) with AC1 nominal current = 12A
- The mechanical life is 1.5 million operations with running temperature.
Running temperature ranging from -20°C to + 60°C.
- Burden less than 0,5W/pole
- The degrees of protection on the clamps is in IP40
- This protection can however be increased with the use (after assembly) of the special types of protection.
For these 工业设备进口与技术服务s of equipment an earth clamp is not required as all the rotating parts are completely isolated from
the parts carrying voltage.
On request, switches with special diagrams are also produced.
VOLTMETER SELECTOR SWITCHES
L3L1
L2L3
L1L2
0
L1N
L2N
L3N
1 3
2 4
5 7
6 8
9
10
11
12
L1
L2
2
L3
159
12
N
3
0
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
1 3
2 4
5 7
6 8
L1
L2
2
L3
135
8
0
L1N
L2N
L3N
1 3
2 4
5 7
6 8
L1
L2
2
L3
N
1357
8
PHASE-NEUTRAL
CONNECTION
2 elements
PHASE-PHASE
CONNECTION
2 elements
PHASE-PHASE AND
PHASE-NEUTRAL CONNECTION
3 elements
PHASE-PHASE FOR TWO
DIFFERENT LINES CONNECTION
4 elements
1RCO1215QP switchboard version
1RCO1215D modular version
1RCO1216QP switchboard version
1RCO1216D modular version
1RCO1218QP switchboard version
1RCO1218D modular version
2RCO1217QP switchboard version
PHASE-PHASE AND PHASE-NEUTRAL
CONNECTION IN CASE
1RCO1218DS 3 DIN modules
L1
L2
1
L3
N
7 9 11 6
3
SWITCHES
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 28
29
AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCHES
0
L1
L2
L3
1 3
2 4
5 7
6 8
9
10
11
12
L1
L2
2
L3
159
4
P1 P2
s1 s2
A
P1 P2
s1 s2 P1 P2
s1 s2
1RCO1222QP switchboard version
1RCO1222D modular version
1RCO1222DS 3 DIN modules
3~
CHANGE-OVER SWITCHES REVERSING SWITCHES
SINGLE POLE
1 element
2 POLES
2 elements
3 POLES
3 elements
3 POLES
3 elements
SINGLE POLE
1 element
2 POLES
2 elements
3 POLES
3 elements
4 POLES
4 elements
1RCO1205D modular version 1RCO1206D modular version 1RCO1207D modular version 1RINV1206D modular version
1RIN1201D modular version 1RIN1202D modular version 1RIN1203D modular version 1RIN1204D modular version
ON-OFF SWITCHES
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 29
55DEANA-GB Ediz. 2008.02.GB - Validity of the catalogue: until the release of a new edition which cancels and replaces the previous one
Via Giorgio Stephenson, 90 - 20157 MILANO ITALY
Telephone ++39 02.39002153 - Fax ++39 02.39002207
E-mail: info@revalco.it - Web site: www.revalco.it
Revalco® is a trade mark - Made in Italy
Kazakhstan
Gost
Russia
Underwriters
Laboratories Inc. ®
USA
Analogici GB 2009:Strumenti analogici ITA 2008 8-04-2009 15:47 Pagina 30EF2A003, EF2h050, EF2L050, EF2A100, EF2h150, EF2L150
d d d
Eh1B015-Eh1B100 Eh2B015-Eh2B100 Eh3B015-Eh3B100
c c c
hE2A003, hE2h050, hE2L050-hE2A100 hE3A003, hE3h050, hE3L050-hE3A100 hE3B015-hE3B100
aMechanically and electrically interchangeable. dThese units are no longer manufactured, and no bElectrically interchangeable only, refer to sales replacement is available.
office for further details.
cThese units are for replacement purposes only.
Consult sales office for availability.
Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAXTM 2017 Product Catalog
7-173
MOLDED CASE
7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
